美国eBay公司是世界上最大的网上交易平台。据统计，每天有涉及几千个分类的几百万件商品在eBay上销售；eBay的年增长率达到50%。但是，和快速增长的业务相比，eBay的IT支撑系统的高可用性还相对滞后，其IT系统重构规划时还确认用户数据库有单点故障(SPOF)。为此，eBay采用了F5公司提供的数据库服务器负载均衡解决方案，不仅使数据库可用性达到99.9%，而且还实现了在线拓展、高安全和高可管理性，从而解决了eBay的用户数据库服务请求的压力，为其进一步的持续高速发展铺平了道路；该方案也为电子商务以及其他公共服务行业类的数据库服务器负载均衡，提供了一个不可多得的成功样板。

需求及挑战

问题还得从eBay的数据库系统说起，eBay拥有30套生产数据库，全部采用Oracle数据库,其中包括12 数据库支持 “live” 项目 (Sun 480/4500)；1 个数据库支持存档项目(Sun 4800)；4个数据库支持客户数据 (Sun 4800)；2 个数据库支持 eBay的反馈系统 (Sun 480)；1个 数据库支持非正常的 “cache” 数据 (Sun 4800)；其他的数据库 (大部分 Sun 480 class)。同时，采用Hitachi SAN 建立存储架构,建立了两个远程备份数据库，并实施实时复制数据到远程数据库实现冗灾，同时每24小时实施针对数据块的数据备份。

因此，通过eBay 数据库读写的比率分析，可以发现，eBay在数据库提供服务时，读和查询的操作达到530亿次，而数据库写和更新的操作达到2亿次。“读和查询”操作与“写和更新”的比率达到265:1。可见查询和数据库读的操作给数据库管理系统带来巨大的压力。而更为严峻的是，eBay年增长率达到50%，这意味着，来自读和查询的操作压力将持续增大，要保证数据库服务的响应能力和效率，稳定性和安全性，eBay 必须采用数据库服务器的负载均衡解决方案。

但是，由于系统庞大，出于投资保护等考虑，Bay 对数据库服务器的负载均衡解决方案的需求有如下几个特点：不改变eBay的数据库体系结构；可用性目标达到99.9%；需承载eBay每年50%的高成长；简单管理等等。这意味着在不对系统大动干戈的同时，却革命性地提高其性能，其挑战不言而喻。

解决方案

针对eBay数据库服务器负载均衡的需求特点，eBay考虑了三种主要解决方案。1） 将数据库垂直分割，划分成多层数据库处理，减轻原来单层数据库处理数据而形成的瓶颈与可用性问题。但问题：这种方案很难部署，而且也没有从根本上解决单点故障问题。2）采用Oracle OPS/RAC机群解决方案。问题：要求给便数据库编程代码，非常难以管理与维护。3）采用F5 与SharePlex 联合解决方案。其优点是：简单管理，不需要改变整个体系结构。

在最初，eBay采用Oracle OPS/RAC解决问题。但是后来经过充分论证和探讨，最终eBay采用了基于F5/SharePlex的解决方案。F5解决方案是应用类似OPS/RAC，但是却相对简单的f5的解决方案，不用改变数据库体系结构，管理和维护简单得多。F5解决方案得主要思路是，通过应用将数据库“读与查询”的操作与”写和更新”的操作导向到分开的 “逻辑” 数据库，这些数据库服务器都单独配备数据存储，而没有采用共享存储的方式！这样，F5 应用交换机动态的将所有的数据库”读与查询”请求导向到查询数据库服务器群中，并智能负载均衡到最佳的数据库服务器上。所有的”写和更新”请求都指向到一个单一的数据库服务器上,由SeharePlex动态实时将数据记录复制到”读与查询”数据库服务器群的数据库中。

这样，一方面，数据库服务器群被F5应用交换机虚拟化和集群，变成了一个“池”；另一方面，“读与查询”的操作，可以根据需要，选择更高效率得数据库服务器，从而使“读与查询”的操作压力得到解决。同时，随着业务的增长，还可以随时根据客户业务的压力在线扩展新的服务器在这个群之中。由于根据以上分析，数据库读写的比例超过260倍，采用这样的方法，有效解决了数据库性能和高可用性要求。

采用F5/Share Plex 解决方案示意图

方案特点

F5解决方案具有以下特点：1.运用分离读和写操作，使读和写操作进入分别的逻辑数据库 而不是共享磁盘2. f5 数据库服务器均衡可以使所有的读操作交叉分配到available hosts; 所有的写操作都指定到单一的database-of-record ; 3.应用类似OPS/RAC，但是却相对简单的f5的解决方案; 4.发挥f5产品灵敏的量测性和显著的增强可用性。

采用F5的BIG-IP负载均衡器后,对于eBay应用系统有独到的优势:
高可用性: BIGIP动态分配每一个流量请求到后台的四台Oracle 9i Database 数据库服务器,并动态检查各个服务器的健康状态,将下一个请求分配给最有效率的服务器,任何服务起死机时,BIGIP即刻将流量请求分配给其他的三台服务器,从而达到99.999%系统有效性。特别是针对Oracle 9i 数据库服务器，F5公司专门为Oracle 9i 数据库开发了专用的健康检查模块，通过调用F5专有的扩展应用校验(EAV)进程，F5能够随时得到Oracle 9i数据库的应用层服务能力而不是其他的负载均衡设备所采用的iCMP / TCP 层进行健康检查。

高安全性: BIGIP支持地址翻译技术和安全地址翻译，这样一来客户不可能知道真正提供服务的服务器的IP地址与端口，从而保护数据库服务器不受到诸如SYN Flood 等DOS及DDOS进攻。

高效率: 采用BIG-IP 负载均衡之后, BIG-IP可以智能寻找最佳状态的数据库服务器从而保证客户得到响应最快的数据库服务器以提供最佳的查询数据库服务!

高可扩展性: BIGIP可以支持动态增加或删除其负载均衡的数据库服务器群组的任何数量的服务器,而不需要对前端或后台做任何改变从而使得系统扩展轻松方便，透明。

高可管理性: BIGIP有专门的管理软件可以实时监控整个数据库服务器群组的流量状态,并分析发展趋势帮助客户及时根据流量增长增加服务器。

客户价值

F5解决方案具有低成本、低维修，以及保护投资，高效率的特点，并方便在线拓展，面向未来。在2001年第二季度，F5公司与Quest公司合作成功帮助客户实现了以上解决方案，初期布署了两台”读与查询”数据库服务器和一台”写和更新”数据库服务器。在2001年第三季度成功通过了99.9%高可用性。并真正实现了在线高可扩展性，在2002年增加另外两台读与查询”数据库服务器，并于2002年第三季度增加部署了冗灾备份的功能。

F5提供的eBay数据库服务器负载均衡解决方案对行业也具有相当的借鉴意义。电子商务应用同样有着数据库查询的压力，如果能够有效将查询的压力分解到单独的服务器群来处理，将有效提高电子商务的应用效率。 对于电子商务类应用系统数据库扩展解决方案，只需要在Web Portal上将数据库请求分成两个不同模块，问题便迎刃而解。

对于公众服务行业类的数据库服务器的负载均衡，如银行，电信，税务等系统，每月和每季度的都会有报表生成汇总，这些报表既包括用户的月结单数据信息，也需要产生总体业务的业绩报告。这样就必须对数据库系统进行检索和查询。如果这些业务工作与实际生产环境是一个数据库的情况下，将造成系统的巨大压力。采用F5类似方法，同样能够有效达到高可用性预告可扩展性能的需要！

备份的概念 所谓备份，就是把数据库复制到转储设备的过程。其中，转储设备是指用于放置数据库拷贝的磁带或磁盘。通常也将存放于转储设备中的数据库的拷贝称为原数据库的备份或转储。如下图所示： ORACLE数据库的备份分为物理备份和逻辑备份两种。物理备份是将实际组成

备份的概念

所谓备份，就是把数据库复制到转储设备的过程。其中，转储设备是指用于放置数据库拷贝的磁带或磁盘。通常也将存放于转储设备中的数据库的拷贝称为原数据库的备份或转储。如下图所示：

ORACLE数据库的备份分为物理备份和逻辑备份两种。物理备份是将实际组成数据库的操作系统文件从一处拷贝到另一处的备份过程，通常是从磁盘到磁带。可以使用 Oracle 的恢复管理器（Recovery Manager，RMAN）或操作系统命令进行数据库的物理备份。逻辑备份是利用SQL语言从数据库中抽取数据并存于二进制文件的过程。Oracle提供的逻辑备份工具是 EXP。数据库逻辑备份是物理备份的补充。

根据在物理备份时数据库的状态，可以将备份分为一致性备份（consistent backup）和不一致性备份（inconsistent backup）两种：

一致性备份：一致性备份是当数据库的所有可读写的数据库文件和控制文件具有相同的系统改变号（SCN），并且数据文件不包含当前 SCN 之外的任何改变。在做数据库检查点时，Oracle 使所有的控制文件和数据文件一致。对于只读表空间和脱机的表空间，Oracle 也认为它们是一致的。使数据库处于一致状态的唯一方法是数据库正常关闭（用shutdown normal 或 shutdown immediate 命令关闭）。因此，只有在以下条件下的备份是一致性备份：

数据库正常关闭（用shutdown normal 或 shutdown immediate 命令关闭）。

不一致性备份：不一致备份是当数据库的可读写的数据库文件和控制文件的系统改变号（SCN）在不一致条件下的备份。对于一个 7*24 工作的数据库来说，由于不可能关机，而数据库数据是不断改变的，因此只能进行不一致备份。在 SCN 号不一致的条件下，数据库必须通过应用重做日志使 SCN 一致的情况下才能启动。因此，如果进行不一致备份，数据库必须设为归档状态，并对重做日志归档才有意义。在以下条件下的备份是不一致性备份：

数据库处于打开状态。

数据库处于关闭状态，但是用非正常手段关闭的。例如，数据库是通过 shutdown abort 或机器掉电等等方法关闭的。

恢复的概念

所谓恢复，就是把数据库由存在故障的状态转变为无故障状态的过程。根据出现故障的原因，恢复分为两种类型：

实例恢复。这种恢复是Oracle实例出现失败后，Oracle自动进行的恢复。

介质恢复。这种恢复是当存放数据库的介质出现故障时所做的恢复。本书后面提到的恢复都是指介质恢复。

装载（restore）物理备份与恢复（Recover）物理备份是介质恢复的手段。装载是将备份考回到磁盘，恢复是利用重做日志（物理备份的一部分）修改考回到磁盘的数据文件（物理备份的另一部分），从而恢复数据库的过程。如下图所示：

根据数据库的恢复程度，将恢复方法分为两种类型：

完全恢复：将数据库恢复到数据库失败时数据库的状态。这种恢复是通过装载数据库备份和并应用全部的重做日志做到的。

不完全恢复：将数据库恢复到数据库失败前的某一时刻数据库的状态。这种恢复是通过装载数据库备份和并应用部分的重做日志做到的。进行不完全恢复后必须在启动数据库时用 resetlogs 选项重设联机重做日志。

例如，在上午10：00，由于磁盘损坏导致数据库中止使用。现在使用两种方法进行数据库的恢复，第一种方法使数据库可以正常使用，且使恢复后与损坏时（10：00）数据库中的数据相同，那么第一种恢复方法就属于完全恢复类型；第二种方法能使数据库正常使用，但只能使恢复后与损坏前（例如9：00）数据库中的数据相同，没能恢复数据库到失败时（10:00）数据库的状态，那么第二种恢复方法就属于不完全恢复类型。

事实上，如果数据库备份是一致性的备份，则装载后的数据库即可使用，从而也可以不用重做日志恢复到数据库备份时的点。这也是一种不完全恢复。

备份与恢复的关系

备份一个Oracle数据库，类似于买医疗保险——在遇到疾病之前不会意识到它的重要性，获得保险金的数量取决于保险单的种类。同理，随着制作备份的种类和频繁程度的不同，数据库发生故障后其恢复的可行性、难度与所花费的时间也不同。

数据库故障是指数据库运行过程中影响数据库正常使用的特殊事件。数据库故障有许多类型，最严重的是介质失败（如磁盘损坏），这种故障如不能恢复将导致数据库中数据的丢失。数据库故障类型有：

语句失败。

用户进程失败。

实例失败。

用户或应用错误操作。这类错误可能是意外地删除了表中的数据等错误操作。

介质失败。如硬盘失败，硬盘中的数据丢失。

自然灾害。如地震、洪水等。

由于故障类型的不同，恢复数据库的方法也不同。通过装载备份来恢复数据库既是常用的恢复手段，也是恢复介质失败故障的主要方法。

备份与恢复要考虑的问题

备份与恢复要考虑以下的三个问题：

备份与恢复策略要考虑的商业、操作、及技术问题；

灾难恢复计划的组成；

测试备份与恢复策略的重要性。

能够进行什么样的恢复依赖于有什么样的备份。作为 DBA，有责任从以下三个方面维护数据库的可恢复性：

使数据库的失效次数减到最少，从而使数据库保持最大的可用性；

当数据库不可避免地失效后，要使恢复时间减到最少，从而使恢复的效率达到最高；

当数据库失效后，要确保尽量少的数据丢失或根本不丢失，从而使数据具有最大的可恢复性。

备份与恢复策略要考虑的商业、操作、及技术问题

作为 DBA，首先需要了解企业是如何使用数据库系统的，以及企业对数据库的可用性，恢复性能，和数据的可恢复性以及恢复时间的要求。然后，DBA 需要使企业的管理人员了解维护这样的数据库的可用性的代价有多大。做到这点的最好方法是评估恢复需要的花费，以及丢失数据给企业带来的损失。

在代价被评估后，就可以进行备份与恢复的讨论了。此时，要定义数据库总体的可用性需求，并根据各项工作对数据库可用性的影响程度来定义工作重点的次序。例如，如果数据库需要 7*24 的可用性，那么其重要性就高于其它任何工作，其它任何需要关机才能做的工作就不能做。

另外，数据库变化的情况也是备份与恢复策略需要考虑的一个因素。例如，如果数据不断改变，有新数据或数据文件加入，或表结构有大的变化，则应该经常备份；反之，如果数据是静态的或只读的，则备份一次即可。无论如何，应遵从这样一个原则，如果怀疑数据库的可恢复性，就应该备份。

灾难恢复计划的组成

针对灾难恢复，必须回答下述问题：

系统可能出现什么样的灾难恢复情况？

如果出现数据丢失，灾难恢复情况是怎样的？

系统中数据的易变程度如何？

如果出现问题，系统需要多快的速度恢复？

在各种情况下恢复策略的代价，以及相应的花时间重新录入数据的代价?

对这些问题的回答组成了灾难恢复计划。

计算机是易坏的。主板上的芯片、主板电路、内存、电源等任何一项不能正常工作，都会导致计算机系统不能正常工作。当然，这些损坏可以修复，不会导致应用和数据的损坏。但是，如果计算机的硬盘损坏，将会导致数据丢失，此时必须用备份恢复数据。

灾难恢复的最重要步骤是设计充足频率的硬盘备份过程。备份过程应该满足系统要求的可恢复性。例如，如果数据库可有较长的关机时间，则可以每周进行一次冷备份，并归档重做日志；但是，如果数据库只有极少的关机时间，则只能从硬件的角度来考虑备份与恢复的问题，例如使用硬盘镜像或双机系统。选择备份策略的依据是：丢是数据的代价与确保数据不丢失的代价之比。

果每天都能备份当然会很理想，但要考虑其现实性。企业都在想办法降低维护成本，现实的方案才可能被采用。只要仔细计划，并想办法达到数据库可用性的底线，花少量的钱进行成功的备份与恢复也是可能的。

DBA 还应以服务协议的形式制订一个可恢复性与可用性的标准文件。该文件应成为讨论DBA 服务，以及服务是否能达到预期标准的依据。这样做可使所有相关人员对同样的预期有潜在的危机感。

测试备份与恢复策略的重要性

备份与恢复策略必须经测试无误后才可使用。如果进行了备份，但不知道该备份是否支持希望的恢复目标则与根本没有备份没有两样。

恢复策略也要考虑虑对环境的依赖性。例如，假如机器的硬盘失效了，供货商能在多长时间内提供一个新的硬盘；在机器需要重新启动时，能找到操作系统管理员吗？

另外一个需要考虑的问题是数据库是否能经受自然的破坏。应在与计算机不同的地方再存储一份备份介质，以免出现自然灾害时主机与备份一起遭到破坏。

最后需要考虑的问题是万一DBA 出现了问题怎么办？后备的DBA能否执行备份策略？他或她能找到支持用的文档吗？这些文档存在吗？

没有比花了大精力指定了好的计划，但没有测试其有效性而使其付诸东流的了。一个好的计划还应容纳人为错误，特别是用于开发的系统。理想的测试计划应包括以下内容：

一系列的测试例子及其状态描述；

测试结果是否成功的标准；

解决这些状态的步骤。

只有在上述情况测试成功的前提下，DBA 才应该考虑把备份计划付诸实施，用于实际使用的生产系统。

在数据库实际使用时，备份策略的测试也不能终止。小范围的测试可以确保备份策略可以满足未来的需求。随着应用系统的成熟，备份策略也应相应地成熟。如果备份策略不能满足新的需求，就应该重新设计。

测试备份策略的益处：

测试人工的备份过程可能会发现人工的疏漏，促使DBA考虑自动的备份方法。只要自动的备份过程经过了测试，并能解决数据库改变后的（例如增加了表空间）的备份问题，自动备份是有益无害的。

测试的另外一个好处是可以发现数据块的问题。如果数据文件的一个或多个数据块损坏了，而又使用了数据库的物理备份方法，则损坏了的数据块会被拷贝到备份文件中，这会导致备份的损坏和数据库的损坏。如果不做测试，该问题是不会被发现的。当然，也可以通过设置INIT.ORA 文件中的参数DB_BLOCK_CHECKSUM 或用DBVERIFY 实用工具进行数据的完整性检查。

备份的概念

所谓备份，就是把数据库复制到转储设备的过程。其中，转储设备是指用于放置数据库拷贝的磁带或磁盘。通常也将存放于转储设备中的数据库的拷贝称为原数据库的备份或转储。如下图所示：

ORACLE数据库的备份分为物理备份和逻辑备份两种。物理备份是将实际组成数据库的操作系统文件从一处拷贝到另一处的备份过程，通常是从磁盘到磁带。可以使用 Oracle 的恢复管理器（Recovery Manager，RMAN）或操作系统命令进行数据库的物理备份。逻辑备份是利用SQL语言从数据库中抽取数据并存于二进制文件的过程。Oracle提供的逻辑备份工具是 EXP。数据库逻辑备份是物理备份的补充。

根据在物理备份时数据库的状态，可以将备份分为一致性备份（consistent backup）和不一致性备份（inconsistent backup）两种：

一致性备份：一致性备份是当数据库的所有可读写的数据库文件和控制文件具有相同的系统改变号（SCN），并且数据文件不包含当前 SCN 之外的任何改变。在做数据库检查点时，Oracle 使所有的控制文件和数据文件一致。对于只读表空间和脱机的表空间，Oracle 也认为它们是一致的。使数据库处于一致状态的唯一方法是数据库正常关闭（用shutdown normal 或 shutdown immediate 命令关闭）。因此，只有在以下条件下的备份是一致性备份：

数据库正常关闭（用shutdown normal 或 shutdown immediate 命令关闭）。

不一致性备份：不一致备份是当数据库的可读写的数据库文件和控制文件的系统改变号（SCN）在不一致条件下的备份。对于一个 7*24 工作的数据库来说，由于不可能关机，而数据库数据是不断改变的，因此只能进行不一致备份。在 SCN 号不一致的条件下，数据库必须通过应用重做日志使 SCN 一致的情况下才能启动。因此，如果进行不一致备份，数据库必须设为归档状态，并对重做日志归档才有意义。在以下条件下的备份是不一致性备份：

数据库处于打开状态。

数据库处于关闭状态，但是用非正常手段关闭的。例如，数据库是通过 shutdown abort 或机器掉电等等方法关闭的。

恢复的概念

所谓恢复，就是把数据库由存在故障的状态转变为无故障状态的过程。根据出现故障的原因，恢复分为两种类型：

实例恢复。这种恢复是Oracle实例出现失败后，Oracle自动进行的恢复。

介质恢复。这种恢复是当存放数据库的介质出现故障时所做的恢复。本书后面提到的恢复都是指介质恢复。

装载（restore）物理备份与恢复（Recover）物理备份是介质恢复的手段。装载是将备份考回到磁盘，恢复是利用重做日志（物理备份的一部分）修改考回到磁盘的数据文件（物理备份的另一部分），从而恢复数据库的过程。如下图所示：

根据数据库的恢复程度，将恢复方法分为两种类型：

完全恢复：将数据库恢复到数据库失败时数据库的状态。这种恢复是通过装载数据库备份和并应用全部的重做日志做到的。

不完全恢复：将数据库恢复到数据库失败前的某一时刻数据库的状态。这种恢复是通过装载数据库备份和并应用部分的重做日志做到的。进行不完全恢复后必须在启动数据库时用 resetlogs 选项重设联机重做日志。

例如，在上午10：00，由于磁盘损坏导致数据库中止使用。现在使用两种方法进行数据库的恢复，第一种方法使数据库可以正常使用，且使恢复后与损坏时（10：00）数据库中的数据相同，那么第一种恢复方法就属于完全恢复类型；第二种方法能使数据库正常使用，但只能使恢复后与损坏前（例如9：00）数据库中的数据相同，没能恢复数据库到失败时（10:00）数据库的状态，那么第二种恢复方法就属于不完全恢复类型。

事实上，如果数据库备份是一致性的备份，则装载后的数据库即可使用，从而也可以不用重做日志恢复到数据库备份时的点。这也是一种不完全恢复。

备份与恢复的关系

备份一个Oracle数据库，类似于买医疗保险——在遇到疾病之前不会意识到它的重要性，获得保险金的数量取决于保险单的种类。同理，随着制作备份的种类和频繁程度的不同，数据库发生故障后其恢复的可行性、难度与所花费的时间也不同。

数据库故障是指数据库运行过程中影响数据库正常使用的特殊事件。数据库故障有许多类型，最严重的是介质失败（如磁盘损坏），这种故障如不能恢复将导致数据库中数据的丢失。数据库故障类型有：

语句失败。

用户进程失败。

实例失败。

用户或应用错误操作。这类错误可能是意外地删除了表中的数据等错误操作。

介质失败。如硬盘失败，硬盘中的数据丢失。

自然灾害。如地震、洪水等。

由于故障类型的不同，恢复数据库的方法也不同。通过装载备份来恢复数据库既是常用的恢复手段，也是恢复介质失败故障的主要方法。

备份与恢复要考虑的问题

备份与恢复要考虑以下的三个问题：

备份与恢复策略要考虑的商业、操作、及技术问题；

灾难恢复计划的组成；

测试备份与恢复策略的重要性。

能够进行什么样的恢复依赖于有什么样的备份。作为 DBA，有责任从以下三个方面维护数据库的可恢复性：

使数据库的失效次数减到最少，从而使数据库保持最大的可用性；

当数据库不可避免地失效后，要使恢复时间减到最少，从而使恢复的效率达到最高；

当数据库失效后，要确保尽量少的数据丢失或根本不丢失，从而使数据具有最大的可恢复性。

备份与恢复策略要考虑的商业、操作、及技术问题

作为 DBA，首先需要了解企业是如何使用数据库系统的，以及企业对数据库的可用性，恢复性能，和数据的可恢复性以及恢复时间的要求。然后，DBA 需要使企业的管理人员了解维护这样的数据库的可用性的代价有多大。做到这点的最好方法是评估恢复需要的花费，以及丢失数据给企业带来的损失。

在代价被评估后，就可以进行备份与恢复的讨论了。此时，要定义数据库总体的可用性需求，并根据各项工作对数据库可用性的影响程度来定义工作重点的次序。例如，如果数据库需要 7*24 的可用性，那么其重要性就高于其它任何工作，其它任何需要关机才能做的工作就不能做。

另外，数据库变化的情况也是备份与恢复策略需要考虑的一个因素。例如，如果数据不断改变，有新数据或数据文件加入，或表结构有大的变化，则应该经常备份；反之，如果数据是静态的或只读的，则备份一次即可。无论如何，应遵从这样一个原则，如果怀疑数据库的可恢复性，就应该备份。

灾难恢复计划的组成

针对灾难恢复，必须回答下述问题：

系统可能出现什么样的灾难恢复情况？

如果出现数据丢失，灾难恢复情况是怎样的？

系统中数据的易变程度如何？

如果出现问题，系统需要多快的速度恢复？

在各种情况下恢复策略的代价，以及相应的花时间重新录入数据的代价?

对这些问题的回答组成了灾难恢复计划。

计算机是易坏的。主板上的芯片、主板电路、内存、电源等任何一项不能正常工作，都会导致计算机系统不能正常工作。当然，这些损坏可以修复，不会导致应用和数据的损坏。但是，如果计算机的硬盘损坏，将会导致数据丢失，此时必须用备份恢复数据。

灾难恢复的最重要步骤是设计充足频率的硬盘备份过程。备份过程应该满足系统要求的可恢复性。例如，如果数据库可有较长的关机时间，则可以每周进行一次冷备份，并归档重做日志；但是，如果数据库只有极少的关机时间，则只能从硬件的角度来考虑备份与恢复的问题，例如使用硬盘镜像或双机系统。选择备份策略的依据是：丢是数据的代价与确保数据不丢失的代价之比。

果每天都能备份当然会很理想，但要考虑其现实性。企业都在想办法降低维护成本，现实的方案才可能被采用。只要仔细计划，并想办法达到数据库可用性的底线，花少量的钱进行成功的备份与恢复也是可能的。

DBA 还应以服务协议的形式制订一个可恢复性与可用性的标准文件。该文件应成为讨论DBA 服务，以及服务是否能达到预期标准的依据。这样做可使所有相关人员对同样的预期有潜在的危机感。

测试备份与恢复策略的重要性

备份与恢复策略必须经测试无误后才可使用。如果进行了备份，但不知道该备份是否支持希望的恢复目标则与根本没有备份没有两样。

恢复策略也要考虑虑对环境的依赖性。例如，假如机器的硬盘失效了，供货商能在多长时间内提供一个新的硬盘；在机器需要重新启动时，能找到操作系统管理员吗？

另外一个需要考虑的问题是数据库是否能经受自然的破坏。应在与计算机不同的地方再存储一份备份介质，以免出现自然灾害时主机与备份一起遭到破坏。

最后需要考虑的问题是万一DBA 出现了问题怎么办？后备的DBA能否执行备份策略？他或她能找到支持用的文档吗？这些文档存在吗？

没有比花了大精力指定了好的计划，但没有测试其有效性而使其付诸东流的了。一个好的计划还应容纳人为错误，特别是用于开发的系统。理想的测试计划应包括以下内容：

一系列的测试例子及其状态描述；

测试结果是否成功的标准；

解决这些状态的步骤。

只有在上述情况测试成功的前提下，DBA 才应该考虑把备份计划付诸实施，用于实际使用的生产系统。

在数据库实际使用时，备份策略的测试也不能终止。小范围的测试可以确保备份策略可以满足未来的需求。随着应用系统的成熟，备份策略也应相应地成熟。如果备份策略不能满足新的需求，就应该重新设计。

测试备份策略的益处：

测试人工的备份过程可能会发现人工的疏漏，促使DBA考虑自动的备份方法。只要自动的备份过程经过了测试，并能解决数据库改变后的（例如增加了表空间）的备份问题，自动备份是有益无害的。

测试的另外一个好处是可以发现数据块的问题。如果数据文件的一个或多个数据块损坏了，而又使用了数据库的物理备份方法，则损坏了的数据块会被拷贝到备份文件中，这会导致备份的损坏和数据库的损坏。如果不做测试，该问题是不会被发现的。当然，也可以通过设置INIT.ORA 文件中的参数DB_BLOCK_CHECKSUM 或用DBVERIFY 实用工具进行数据的完整性检查。

现在的年轻人对街霸已经没有爱了，多么怀念一台街霸II前聚起全游戏机室人的情景。


隆（RYU）
向世界最强武斗家之路挑战的格斗家
人物资料：身高－175CM
体重－68KG
生日－S39.7.12
三围－胸围 112CM
－腰围 81CM
－臀围 85CM
血型－O型血
国籍－日本
职业－日本空手道高手
主场－房顶
人物传记：作为"街霸"系列第一男主角，隆的形象就是"孤高的求道者"。隆是一个孤儿，
从小就被师父豪拳收养，并被传授极限流空手道。 豪拳对于这位强健的习武奇才十分器重
，并将一生所学倾囊相授，同时也教会了隆所谓战斗的光荣。隆一生孤独，最好的朋友就
是豪 拳的另一名弟子--来自美国的肯。
与肯不同的是，隆一生中唯一的目标就是追求武学的最高境界。在豪拳死后，隆开始参加
"街头霸王比武大会"，以证明自己的实力。最后他凭借顽强的意志和不屈的精神，以一招
升龙拳打败了泰国的沙卡特，并为其留下了长长的伤疤和永远的屈辱。沙卡特从此 视隆为
宿敌。
在这一切的背后，隆的师叔豪鬼正在等待时机来临，以向隆展示极限流武学的真正实力。
虽然隆打败了弱化的豪鬼，然而暴走后的" 真豪鬼"的超强实力却使其大为震撼。不管条件
多么恶劣，隆总是在不断突破自我。几年后的第二次"街头霸王"大赛上，隆又一次取得胜
利，并打败了一直试图称霸世界的独裁者维加。


本田（E.HONDA）
性格豪迈的日本相扑手
人物资料：身高－185CM
体重－137KG
生日－S35.11.3
三围－胸围 212CM
－腰围 180CM
－臀围 210CM
血型－A型血
国籍－日本
职业－日本职业相扑手
主场－澡堂
人物传记：埃德蒙.本田（Edmond Honda）是日本相扑界的传奇。自出生就开始接受最佳相
扑教练的指导，在相扑界本田是无敌的。尽管庞大的身躯使其行动的敏捷度上吃了不少的
亏，但是他却扬长避短利用手部和头部攻击，让一些身受敏捷的格斗家也毫无对策。由于
相扑运动并未受到全世界的认可和喜爱，本田一直都想向世界证明相扑运动的魅力。在"少
年街霸"中，本田在日本的相扑比赛中打败了Sodom。Sodom就建议本田参加街霸大赛并成为
世界最强战士，让全世界人都知道相扑的伟大。


布兰卡（BLANKA）
亚马逊丛林的野性儿
人物资料：身高－192CM
体重－98KG
生日－1966.2.12
三围－胸围 198CM
－腰围 120CM
－臀围 172CM
血型－B型血
国籍－巴西
职业－兽人
主场－亚马逊的丛林
人物传记：巴西，一个暴风骤雨的夜晚。飞机在热带雨林上空小心翼翼的飞行，这样一个
恐怖的风暴让驾驶员和乘客们都绷紧了神经。小男孩吉米就在这架飞机上，他要去看望妈
妈。突然，一道闪电击中了飞机，这架飞机立刻失去控制急速的撞进了巴西的丛林中。在
这样一个猛烈的撞击下机上人员几乎全部遇难，唯一的幸存者就是吉米。从此之后小吉米
就开始了孤独的丛林生活。
在这次撞机事件后，小吉米就患上了健忘症，对于他的过去甚至他最亲爱的妈妈都已经没
有什么印象。而在多年的丛林生活后，吉米的身体也发生了可怕的变化，这个为了适应自
然界而变异存活下来的兽人就是布兰卡.



古烈（GUILE）
为死去的战友而奋斗
人物资料：身高－182CM
体重－86KG
生日－1960.12.23
三围－胸围 125CM
－腰围 83CM
－臀围 89CM
血型－O型血
国籍－美国
职业－美国特种兵
主场－波特兰机场
人物传记：古烈就是一副典型的美国大兵形象。还是个孩子的时候，他就接受了特种部队
的严格训练。作为一个军人，他的生活本来是一条直线，直到一次前往Shadowlaw的侦察任
务彻底改变了他的一生。这次行动是古列和其最好的朋友查理一起参加的，然而最后他们
两都被活捉了。在经历了几周地狱般的严刑拷问后，他们终于逃出了敌方基地。
古烈醒来后已经在军方的医院中，此时查理早已康复，并参加了在越南丛林中围剿维加，
摧毁Shadowlaw的又一次新行动。然而最后却是音信全无。得知这一消息古列立刻前往调查
，但是在那里唯一发现的却是查理血迹斑斑的狗牌(美军士兵颈上的身份识别牌)最好朋友
的死对于古烈无疑是个致命的打击，被愤怒火焰所燃烧的他决定不顾一切向维加报仇。在
得知维加举办的"街头霸王比武大会"后，古列抛妻弃女毅然前往,不管是生是死，只要能为
好友报仇一切都是值得的……


肯（KEN）
傲气凌人的格斗家
人物资料：身高－176CM
体重－76KG
生日－S39.7.12
三围－胸围 114CM
－腰围 82CM
－臀围 86CM
血型－B型血
国籍－美国
职业－美国空手道高手
主场－罗德岛岸
人物传记：作为一个典型的热血系青年，肯从小就无所畏惧喜欢做充满挑战性的事。肯出
生豪门，然而他的父母却丝毫管不住这个焦躁的孩子。为了能够驯服肯，他们很小就将其
送往日本，希望在极限流明师豪拳的教导下能够将其彻底改变。在那里他遇上了一生中最
大的劲敌，同时也是最好的朋友隆。 在习武天赋上，肯甚至比隆更高一筹，经常会自己研
究出最新招式，而在掌握了新技巧后他就会经常取笑隆太过笨拙和死板。在自创出能燃烧
出火焰的升龙拳后，隆和豪拳都惊讶不已。他在其后还根据升龙拳研究出了两套自创超必
杀。
豪拳死后，肯回到家乡美国并参加了当地举行的各项格斗大会。凭借自身高超的武艺，肯
很快成为了全美空手道冠军，并在其后开始接拍电影，成为红便美国的动作巨星。在"街头
霸王比武大会"上，急躁的肯败给了沙卡特，还好最后同门师兄隆为其报了一箭之仇。此次
比武会结束后，肯就回到了美国，随后就遇上了依丽莎陷入了疯狂的恋爱中。
第二次"街头霸王比武大会"上，肯再次与冠军头衔失之交臂，不过这对于他而言并不是太
大的遗憾。比赛结束后，热恋中的肯马上就娶了依丽莎。对他来说这可比当世界第一格斗
家好多了。第三次"街头霸王比武大会"上，肯碰到了一个疯狂的崇拜者。这位来自巴西的
小伙子叫西恩，长期以来一直想要拜肯为师。经过随后的磨练，现在的肯已经不是当年那
个急躁的毛头小伙，他一直都想将 极限流的空手道技传授给儿子Mel，有一个武痴师兄或
许对Mel会有很大的裨益吧！肯想起了当年与隆一起练功的日子。经过这么多年时间，他们
已经很久没有联系了。不管是出于何种理由，西恩就这样成为了极限流新一代传人。


春丽（CHUNLI）
穿梭是非舞台的女中豪杰
人物资料：身高－170CM
体重－保密
生日－1968.3.1
三围－胸围 88CM
－腰围 58CM
－臀围 90CM
血型－A型血
国籍－中国
职业－中国女警
主场－市场
人物传记：还在很小的时候春丽作为香港特警的父亲就被谋杀了，而这起谋杀案与维加有
着莫大的关联。为了报仇春丽勤练武艺，并获得了"世界最强女性"的称号，他的目标就是
摧毁维加和他的Shadowlaw帝国。春丽是一个很漂亮的女人，对手在和她战斗前常常会因为
其容貌而认为其不堪一击。为了报仇，春丽加入了国际警察组织。她还查出维系Shadowla
w运作所需的庞大资金来自毒品交易，现在她要找出犯罪证据以将其绳之于法。一直以来她
还在查找维加杀害其父的证据，然而至今仍未有任何结果。于是她希望有一天能够碰到维
加，当面向其讨还血债。


桑基尔夫（ZANGIEF）
钢铁般的俄罗斯摔角手
人物资料：身高－211CM
体重－115KG
生日－1956.6.1
三围－胸围 163CM
－腰围 128CM
－臀围 150CM
血型－A型血
国籍－俄罗斯
职业－俄罗斯摔跤手
主场－发电厂
人物传记：俄罗斯引以为傲的最强摔角手。因统一的红色衣装和可以说是其象征的必杀技
[螺旋打桩]而得名“赤色旋风”。虽然在摔角界以无败著称，但太过强大也是灾害，使其
遭受等同被放逐的忧伤经历。
从其强横的外表难以想象，他也是个充满男气正直的家伙。
追求着更强，俗称正统派的力量型是ZENGIEF的格斗流派。虽然因为身体庞大而动作缓慢，
但是一击必杀的投掷技，和充满力量的打击技等，可以熟练运用一切强力的招势。另外也
习得了气功的一种，即将气集中在掌上，作为对于对付不擅长应付的飞行道具的手段。


被迫脱离摔角界，没有办法而到深山里修行的ZANGIEF。有一天，有个大人物秘密拜访这样
的他。
[为了使改革成功，希望您努力通过摔角促进国际交流]。。。。。是的，拜访他的是深爱
着的祖国的领导人。
受到委托的他，为了显示祖国俄罗斯的强大，开始和世界上强横的对手们战斗。


达尔锡（DHAISIM）
来自印度的修行僧
人物资料：身高－176CM
体重－48KG
生日－1952.11.22
三围－胸围 107CM
－腰围 46CM
－臀围 65CM
血型－O型血
国籍－印度
职业－印度高僧
主场－古老的神祠
人物传记：人们总是认为逾迦术只是强身健体之术，无法用作战斗技能，但是达尔锡（Dh
alsim）向世人证明这只是一种误解。很小的时候达尔锡就接受了最优秀逾迦术老师的训练
。他可以感知周围人们的思想，秉承佛家众生平等的思想，达尔锡从不杀生，他的技能只
是用来自卫。为了继续探寻精神的秘密，达尔西参加了街霸大赛，他想知道维持这些格斗
家们战斗的精神所在，并试图化解他们的战斗欲望。尽管最后在比赛中落败，达尔锡却认
识了他的妻子，赢得了一生的幸福。达尔西第二次参加街霸大赛时再度落败，但是这一次
他又喜获贵子，自己一生的知识总算有了传人- 本田（HONDA）


拜森（M.BISON）
以力量称霸拉斯维加斯的拳王
人物资料：身高－198CM
体重－102KG
生日－1968.9.4
三围－胸围 120CM
－腰围 89CM
－臀围 100CM
血型－A型血
国籍－美国
职业－美国拳王
主场－拉斯维加斯

开始步入星光大道的飞龙，某日知道将举办世界格斗选手权大赛，为了磨练自己的技艺和
演技，决定参加。但是举办人是SHADOW的总帅。有什么在等待着不明真相的飞龙呢。。。
。


巴洛克（BALROG）
戴着面具的西班牙斗士
人物资料：身高－186CM
体重－72KG
生日－1967.1.27
三围－胸围 121CM
－腰围 73CM
－臀围 183CM
血型－O型血
国籍－西班牙
职业－西班牙斗牛士
主场－餐馆
人物传记：号称西班牙最强斗牛士的巴洛克（Barlog美版名为VEGA）受训于西班牙忍者学
校，结合其斗牛技和忍者术，巴洛克是地下拳赛中最优秀的选手。由于被维加看中，而被
招进了Shadowlaw组织，从此成为维加的傀儡之一。巴洛克是一个极为爱美的男子，他认为
伟大的战士就要有美丽的外表，他总是认为自己就是世界上最英俊的格斗家，为了不让自
己的脸部在战斗中受伤，巴洛克总是戴着一副钢制面具。在第二次街霸比赛中，巴洛克被
维加安排在沙卡特之前接受世界格斗家们的挑战。对一向自负的巴洛克而言，这无疑是一
种侮辱。巴洛克一向认为自己才是危机最重要的战士，而沙盖特只不过用独眼吓唬人而已
。 巴洛克也确实是一位优秀的格斗家，他的钢爪常常让对手闻风丧胆。



沙盖特（SAGAT）
充满野心的泰拳王
人物资料：身高－226CM
体重－78KG
生日－1955.7.2
三围－胸围 130CM
－腰围 86CM
－臀围 95CM
血型－B型血
国籍－泰国
职业－泰国拳王
主场－郊区
人物传记：隆之前的"街头霸王"沙盖特（Sagat）在系列中的地位相当显著。隆用升龙拳在
其胸口留下的疤痕永远的提醒他那一段屈辱的经历。在这种愤怒的驱使下，沙盖特也创出
了自己的一招升龙拳。为了使自创的升龙拳更具杀伤力，沙盖特经常在奔流的瀑布下练习
。逆着瀑布的强大冲力，沙盖特的升龙拳具有相当大的爆破力。在这段时间里沙盖特遇上
了维加，维加向他保证将会给他更强的力量和向隆报仇的机会，于是沙盖特就加入了维加
的军队 ，成为其手下的第一猛将。
沙盖特一次在街上偶遇隆，并再次向其挑战。这一次沙盖特赢得了比赛，然而很明显的是
隆是让着他的，目的就是抚平其受伤的骄傲灵魂。"要明白战斗的意义"隆抛下了这样一句
话就消失在落日的余晖中，给沙盖特留下的是又一次的耻辱。于是沙盖特又开始了艰苦的
修行，他知道下一次格斗只有一个人能活着离开……


维加（VEGA）
妄图征服世界的恐怖魔王
人物资料：身高－182CM
体重－80KG
生日－？？？？.4.17
三围－胸围 129CM
－腰围 85CM
－臀围 91CM
血型－A型血
国籍－泰国
职业－泰国警察
主场－神祠

人物传记：维加（VEGA美版名为M. Bison）首次出现是在"街霸2"中。之所以举办"街头霸
王2"比武大会就是要为其军队招募高手，并实现称霸世界的计划。作为Shadowlaw王国的独
裁者，维加是一个残忍而邪恶的人。他统治世界的计划就是通过暗杀全球最重要的几大首
脑，要想达成这一目标，他需要全球最优秀的格斗家，并通过其所掌握的催眠术控制这些
格斗家进行暗杀计划。
没有人知道维加的过去，除了Rose，她是一个研究精神能力的秘密社团成员，而在过去维
加也是该社团成员。还有一个与维加有亲密关系的人就是嘉米（Cammy），维加与嘉米曾经
相爱过，可是在这位野心家的心中没有什么比称霸世界更重要的，嘉米一直以来都受到维
加催眠术的控制。在一次刺杀行动中，嘉米被抓获了，然而在其苏醒之后对于过去的一切
却完全没有印象。在嘉米之后，维加又得到了三位格斗家：最得力助手沙盖特、首席刺客
巴洛克以及拳王M.拜森。维加在这些人身上同样实行了催眠术，在控制他们的同时也提高
了他们的战斗能力。
维加最感兴趣的格斗家就是武痴隆，一直以来都想将这位世界顶级格斗家收入麾下。维加
很早就已经看出隆所具备的可怕潜力，他可不想让这样一个危险人物成为自己的敌人。有
传言称，维加曾经捉到过隆，并在其身上施展了催眠术。然而却遭到了隆身体内的剧烈反
弹，这次的试验将隆身体内的潜能完全诱发，并使其走火入魔。

〈慈悲〉

IVE介绍及特性
一.IVE介绍:     IVE 是Integrated Virtual Ethernet Adapter 的缩写,目前主要用于Power 520,Power 550,Power 560,Power 570上,主要有三种类型的IVE adapter: 　　2个1Gbps 物理端口,1个Port Group,16个逻辑端口 　　4个1Gbps 物理端口,2个Port Group,32个逻辑端口(每个Port Group 16个逻辑端口) 　　2个10Gbps 物理端口,2个Port Group,32个逻辑端口(每个Port Group 16个逻辑端口)     如图一,显示了相应IVE adapter对应的物理端口,Port Group,和逻辑端口: 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　图一     其中1Gbps 的物理端口为RJ-45 Ethernet connections,10Gbps的物理端口为光纤接口,其接口如图二:   二.IVE的特性: 　　(1) IVE直接连接到GX+ bus 上,不占用PCI-e, PCI-x槽位; 　　(2) 每个物理端口有一个layer 2 switches;每个逻辑端口只能属于一个物理端口;属于同一个物理端口的LPAR之间可直接通信; 　　(3) 每个逻辑端口有一个唯一的MAC 地址,可以将逻辑端口指派给任何一个LPAR; 　　(4) 指派给同一个LPAR的多个逻辑端口,均不属于同一个物理端口(注: 1个LPAR最多对应的逻辑端口,依赖于IVE的物理端口数); 　　(5) IVE通过HMC或者IVM进行管理; 　　(6) 通过HMC或者IVM,将某个物理端口设定为Ppromiscuous模式,则这个物理端口只能分配给一个LPAR,其他LPAR不能共享这个物理端口;    (7) 通过HMC或者IVM设定MCS(Multiple Core Scaling)参数,以此来改变每个Port Group的逻辑端口数.例如:当MCS=1时,一个Port Group支持16个逻 辑端口,当MCS=8时,一个Port Group支持2个逻辑端口;    (8) IVE支持的操作系统:AIX(IBM AIX 5L version 5.2,5.3,6.1),Linux(Red Hat RHEL 4.5 or later; SuSE SLES 10 SP1 or later).     参考文档:<<Integrated Virtual Ethernet Adapter Technical Overview and Introduction>>     下载地址: http://www.redbooks.ibm.com/abstracts/redp4340.html?Open

Product Life Cycle Dates

Type Model	Announced	Available	Marketing Withdrawn	Service Discontinued
8204-E8A	2008/01/29	2008/02/08	-	-

Back to top
 

Abstract

The IBM 8204 Power 550 Express deskside and 4U rack-mount server (8204-E8A) supports up to four POWER6 processor cards and 2-, 4-, 6-, and 8-core configurations. The POWER6 processors in this server are 64-bit, dual-core modules on a single processor card with 32 MB of L3 cache, and 8 MB of L2 cache, and eight DDR2 memory DIMM slots.

Model Abstract 8204-E8A

The IBM 8204 Power 550 Express Server model E8A has a POWER6 processor, a clock rate of 3.5 GHz, 4.2 GHz, or 5.0 GHz, system memory of 1 GB/256 GB, internal storage of 2700 GB with 3.5-inch DASD or 1174.4 GB with 2.5-inch DASD and 5 slots, six 3.5-inch or eight 2.5-inch DASD bays, and two media bays.
Back to top
 

Highlights

The Power 550 Express server offers four processor card slots that can contain 2-core IBM POWER6 processor cards running at 3.5, 4.2, or 5.0 GHz. The Power 550 Express features:

• Powerful POWER6 processors

• 2-, 4-, 6-, and 8-core configurations

• Deskside or rack-mount configuration

• Integrated 10/100/1000 dual-port Virtual Ethernet with optional 10/100/1000 quad-port or dual-port 10 Gb Virtual Ethernet

• EnergyScale(TM) technology

• Up to 256 GB of memory with four 4.2 or 5.0 GHz processors installed

• Five I/O slots

• Up to 1800 GB of internal disk storage

• One media bay for DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM

• One media bay for tape drive

Back to top
 

Description

The Power 550 model 8204-E8A allows the following upgrades from 940x systems:

FROM                                TO
---------------------------------      -------------------
9406-550 4-core 2 x feature #8312      8204-E8A 4-core 2 x
                                       feature #4966
 
9406-550 4-core 2 x feature #8958      8204-E8A 4-core 2 x
                                       feature #4966
 
9409-M50 4-core 2 x feature #4966      8204-E8A 4-core 2 x
                                       feature #4966
 

The POWER6 processors available in the Power 550 Express server operate at a frequency of 3.5, 4.2, or 5.0 GHz. The DDR2 DIMMs run at speeds up to 667 MHz. A full 8-core system can contain up to 256 GB of memory. The Power 550 Express server contains EnergyScale(TM) technology that provides features such as power trending, power-saving, capping of power, and thermal measurement. These features, enabled via IBM Systems Director Active Energy Manager for Power software allow the customer to measure the energy of the system and direct policies toward the energy- efficient operation of the server, while the underlying hardware automatically adjusts to deliver the desired operating solution.

Also available in this model is a choice of quad gigabit or dual 10 Gb integrated host Ethernet adapters. These native ports can be selected at the time of initial order. Virtualization of these integrated Ethernet adapters is supported. The Power 550 Express contains either six 3.5-inch SAS DASD bays, which can accommodate up to 2700 GB of disk storage, or eight 2.5-inch SAS DASD bays, which can accommodate up to 1174.4 GB of disk storage.

All DASD are direct dock and hot pluggable. A slim media bay is available for a DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM, and a half-high media bay is available for a tape drive.

Other integrated features include:

• Five expansion slots:
  • Two PCIe x8 short-length slots
  • One PCIe x8 full-length slot
  • Two PCIX DDR full-length slots
  • One GX+ slot shared with PCIe x8 slot 2
  • One GX+/GX++ slot shared with PCIe x8 slot 1

• Service Processor FSP-1

• Integrated Dual-port 10/100/1000 Mb Ethernet
  • Optional Quad 10/100/1000 Mb Ethernet
  • Optional Dual-port 10 Gigabit Ethernet

• SAS/SATA controller

• EnergyScale(TM) technology

• Two system ports and three USB ports

• Two Hardware Management Console (HMC) ports and two SPCN ports

• AC power standard

• Redundant and hot-swap power (optional)

• Redundant and hot-swap cooling

  Clients with a 9406 Model 650, 740, 825, 830, 840, or S40 that was installed prior to January 1, 2008 are eligible to receive one no-charge processor entitlement of IBM i with the purchase of a new 2-core, 4-core, 6-core or 8-core Power 550 (8204-E8A). Clients must provide a valid serial number for an installed Model to be eligible for this offer. Ordering will be available through the IBM configurator.

  The purchase of Power 550 Solution editions are not eligible for this offer.

Power 550

Summary of standard features:

• Deskside or rack-mount (4U) configurations

• 2-, 4-, 6-, or 8-core design with one, two, three, or four 3.5, 4.2, or 5.0 GHz processor cards, each with 32 MB L3 cache

• 1 GB of PC2-5300 667 MHz ECC memory (error checking and correcting) memory, expandable to 64 GB per processor card (128 GB system maximum with 3.5 GHz processor cards; 256 GB system maximum with 4.2 and 5.0 GHz processor cards)

• Choice of three DASD options
  • 6 x 3.5-inch DASD backplane with no external SAS port (default)
  • 6 x 3.5-inch DASD backplane with an external SAS port (optional)
  • 8 x 2.5-inch DASD backplane with an external SAS port (optional).

• Choice of three integrated virtual Ethernet daughter cards:
  • Dual-port 10/100/1000 Mb copper (default)
  • Quad-port 10/100/100 Mb copper
  • Dual-port 10 Gb optical

• Two media bays:
  • One slim bay for a DVD-ROM (optional) or DVD-RAM (optional)
  • One half-high bay for a tape drive (optional)

    Note: Either a DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM is required in a minimum configuration.

• A maximum of five hot-swap slots:
  • Two PCIe x8 slots, short card length
  • One PCIe x8 slot, full card length
  • Two PCIX DDR slots, full card length
  • One GX+ slot (shares same space as PCIe x8 slot 2)
  • One GX+/GX++ slot (shares same space as PCIe x8 slot 1)

• Integrated:
  • Service Processor
  • Dual-port 10/100/1000 Mb Ethernet
  • EnergyScale technology
  • Hot-swap and redundant cooling
  • Three USB ports; two system ports
  • Two HMC ports; two SPCN ports

• One Power Supply, 1700 Watt AC or DC, Hot-swap, Base (redundant power optional)

The minimum Power 550 Express configuration must include a processor, processor activations, memory, power supply, hard disk, a DASD/Media backplane, an Op Panel Cable, an Ethernet daughter card, a DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM, a power cord, one or two configuration indicators, and a Language Group Specify. The defaults, if no choice is made, are:

Feature number   Description
--------------   ----------------------------------------------------
4965             0/2 core 3.5 GHz Processor
2 x 4985         2 Processor Activations
4520             1 GB (2 x 512 MB) Memory
3646             73.4 GB 15k DASD
1843             Operator Panel Cable, Deskside with 3.5-inch DASD
                 Backplane
8341             DASD Backplane for 3.5-inch DASD (without external
                 SAS                  port)
5623             Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card
7707             Power Supply, 1700 Watt AC, Base
5756             DVD-ROM
7292             IBM Deskside Covers
9300/97xx)       Language Group Specify
6xxx             Power Cord
 

Deployment Ready Services

IBM offers a portfolio of integration, configuration and customization services for IBM Power Systems. These Deployment-ready Services are designed to accelerate customer solution deployment and reduce related resources and cost. Offerings include:

Integration:

• Component integration
• Rack integration
• Operating system preinstall
• Unit personalization
• 3rd party hardware/software install
• Customer Specified Placement

Asset tagging

• Standard tagging Radio Frequency Item Device (RFID)

Special packaging:

• Box consolidation

System customization

• Remote access Partitioning Customized operating system/firmware

For more information on Deployment-Ready Services refer to:

http://www.ibm.com/power/deploymentreadyservices/

Remote I/O drawer availability:

The following feature code I/O Drawers are available for order on the Power 550.

PCI/SCSI Disk Expansion Drawer (#0595)

(i5/OS partition only)

The PCI/SCSI Disk Expansion Drawer (#0595)is a 5 EIA unit drawer and mounts in a 19 inch rack. Feature 0595 is 24 inches long and can weigh up to 101 pounds. The high density expansion drawer provides additional adapter slots and SCSI disk slots as remote I/O. There are seven hot-swap PCI-X 64-bit, 133MHz, 3.3 volt I/O slots and twelve optional hot-swap disk drive bays. The 0595 has redundant power and cooling. The fans, power supplies, and PCI adapters, are top-accessible while the disk drives are front-accessible for easy service and maintenance. Feature #0595 attaches to a host system CEC with a RIO-2 adapter in a GX slot.

TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer (#5786)

The TotalStorage EXP24 (#5786) is a 4 EIA unit drawer and mounts in a 19-in rack. The drawer is 27 inches long and can weigh up to 120 lb.

The front of the IBM TotalStorage EXP24 Ultra320 SCSI Expandable Storage Disk Enclosure has slots for up to 12 disk drives organized in two SCSI groups of up to six drives. The rear also has slots for up to 12 disk drives organized in two additional SCSI groups of up to six drives plus slots for the four SCSI interface cards. Each SCSI drive group can be connected by either a Single Bus Ultra320 SCSI Repeater Card (#5741) or a Dual Bus Ultra320 SCSI Repeater Card (#5742), allowing a maximum of eight SCSI connections per TotalStorage EXP24. Feature 5786 is delivered with three cooling fans and two power supplies to provide redundant power and cooling. Feature 5786 attaches to a host system CEC enclosure or to a remote I/O drawer with an Ultra320 SCSI adapter.

The EXP24S SCSI Disk Drawer is complemented by the use of the previously announced TotalStorage EXP 12S Disk Drawer (#5886) which supports SAS disk drives.

PCI Expansion Drawer (#5790)

(i5/OS partition only)

The PCI Expansion Drawer (#5790) is a 4 EIA unit tall drawer and mounts in a 19 inch rack. Feature 5790 is 8.6 inches wide and takes up half the width of the 4 EIA rack space. Feature 5790 requires the use of a #7307 or #7311 drawer mounting enclosure. The 4 EIA tall enclosure can hold up to 2 #5790 drawers mounted side by side in the enclosure. The drawer is 28 inches long and can weigh up to 37 lbs. The PCI Expansion Drawer has six 64-bit, 3.3 volt PCI-X slots that use blind swap cassettes and support hot plugging of adapter cards. The drawer includes redundant hot-plug power and cooling. Feature #5790 attaches to a host system CEC with a RIO-2 adapter in a GX slot.

PCI DDR 12X Expansion Drawer (#5796)

The PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer (#5796) is a 4 EIA unit tall drawer and mounts in a 19 inch rack. Feature 5796 is 8.8 inches wide and takes up half the width of the 4 EIA rack space. Feature 5796 requires the use of a #7314 drawer mounting enclosure. The 4 EIA tall enclosure can hold up to 2 #5796 drawers mounted side by side in the enclosure. The drawer is 31.5 inches deep and can weigh up to 44 pounds. The PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer has six 64-bit, 3.3V, PCI-X DDR slots running at 266 MHz that use blind swap cassettes and support hot plugging of adapter cards. The drawer includes redundant hot-plug power and cooling. The Client must select one of the two available interface adapters for use in the #5796 drawer. The Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach Adapter -- Long Run (#6457) or the Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach Adapter Short Run (#6446). The adapter selection is based on how close the host system or the next I/O drawer in the loop is physically located. Feature #5796 attaches to a host system CEC with a 12X adapter in a GX slot.

12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk (#5802)

This feature provides a 4U high 19-inch I/O drawer containing ten PCIe 8x I/O adapter slots and eighteen SAS hot-swap Small Form Factor (SFF) disk bays. Using 146 GB drives, the #5802 provides up to 2.6 Tbytes of storage.

The 18 disk bays can be organized either into one group of 18 bays (AIX/Linux), two groups of 9 slots (AIX/IBM i/Linux), or four groups of 4 or 5 bays AIX/Linux). Selecting either one, two, or four groups of drive bays is done with a mode switch on the drawer.

A maximum of two #5802 drawers can be placed on the same 12X loop. Mixing #5802 and #5796/5714-G30 on the same loop is not supported.

The PCIe adapter slots use Gen 3 blind swap cassettes and support hot plugging of adapter cards. A minimum configuration of two 12X DDR cables and two AC power cables and two SPCN cables is required to ensure proper redundancy. 12X SDR cables are not supported. The drawer attaches to the host CEC enclosure with a 12X adapter in a GX slot via 12X DDR cables (#1861/#1862/#1864/#1865).

POWER6 520 and POWER6 550 use GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (#5609) or GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach (#5616) to attach a #5802 12X I/O Drawer. The #5608 GX adapter is not supported with the #5802 drawer. The #5609 provides the higher capacity bandwidth (DDR), but is available only with 4-core or larger servers.

EXP 12S SAS Drawer (#5886)

The EXP 12S SAS drawer (#5886) is a 2 EIA unit tall drawer and mounts in a 19 inch rack. The drawer is 20.12 inches long and can weigh up to 40 pounds, without SAS disks. The EXP 12S SAS drawer has twelve 3.5 inch SAS disk slots with redundant data paths to each slot. The drawer supports redundant hot-plug power and cooling and redundant hot-swap SAS expanders (Enclosure Services Manager-ESM). Each ESM has an independent SCSI Enclosure Services (SES ) diagnostic processor. Feature #5886 attaches to a host system CEC or a remote I/O drawer with a SAS adapter in a PCI-X or PCIe slot.

7311-D20 Rack Mounted High Density Expansion Drawer

(AIX/Linux Partitions only)

The 7311-D20 Expansion Drawer is a 4 EIA unit drawer and mounts in a 19-in rack. It is 24 inches long and can weigh up to 101 lb. The high density expansion drawer provides additional adapter slots and SCSI disk slots as remote I/O. There are seven hot-swap PCI-X 64-bit, 133 MHz, 3.3 volt I/O slots and twelve optional hot-swap disk drive bays. The drawer includes redundant power and cooling. The fans, power supplies, and PCI adapters, are top-accessible while the disk drives are front-accessible for easy service and maintenance. The D20 attaches to a host system CEC enclosure with a RIO-2 adapter.

19-IN RACKS

The Model 8204-E8A and its remote I/O drawer features are designed to mount in the 7014-S11, 7014-S25/#0555, 7014-T00/#0551 or the 7014-T42/#0553 rack. These are both built to the 19-in EIA standard. When you order a new 8204 system, you can also order the appropriate 7014 rack model with the system hardware on the same initial order. IBM is making the racks available as features of the 8204-E8A when you order additional I/O drawer hardware for an existing system (MES order). The rack feature number should be used if you want IBM to integrate the newly ordered I/O drawer in a 19-in rack before shipping the MES order.

1.8-METER RACK (#0551)

The 1.8-meter rack (#0551) is a 36 EIA unit tall rack. The rack that is delivered as feature 0551 is the same rack delivered when you order the 7014-T00 rack; the included features may be different. Some features that are delivered as part of the 7014-T00 must be ordered separately with the feature 0551. Order the feature 0551 only when required to support rack integration of MES orders prior to shipment from IBM.

2.0-METER RACK (#0553)

The 2.0-meter rack (#0553) is a 42 EIA unit tall rack. The rack that is delivered as feature 0553 is the same rack delivered when you order the 7014-T42 rack; the included features may be different. Some features that are delivered as part of the 7014-T42 must be ordered separately with the feature 0553. Order the the feature 0553 only when required to support rack integration of MES orders prior to shipment from IBM.

POWERVM

PowerVM Editions are available as a hardware feature (#7983 PowerVM Express, #7982 for Standard, #7986 for Enterprise). Select the feature that provides the level of virtualization required for your application.

POWERVM provides:

• Micro-partitioning for IBM i 5.4 and IBM i 6.1, AIX, and Linux partitions
• Lx86 for Linux partitions
• VIOS for IBM i 6.1, AIX, and Linux partitions
• IVM for IBM i 6.1, AIX, and Linux partitions
• Live Partition Mobility for AIX and Linux partitions
• Partition Mobility, available only with PowerVM-Enterprise (#7986), enables you to move a running AIX or Linux LPAR from one physical server to another with no downtime if both servers are using POWER6 processors. This is a significant advancement in Power Systems virtualization technology and can assist you with performing the following common business needs while keeping the business up and running:

  • Evacuating a system before performing scheduled maintenance

  • Moving workloads across a pool of different physical resources as business needs shift

  • Moving workloads off underutilized machines so that they can be powered off to save on energy and cooling costs
• Micro-Partitioning support for a single core being shared by up to 10 logical partitions.
• Virtual I/O Server is a single-function appliance that resides in a POWER5 or POWER6 processor-based partition. It facilitates the sharing of physical I/O resources between client partitions (AIX V5.3 or later, IBM i V6.1, or Linux) within the server. VIOS provides virtual SCSI targets and shared Ethernet adapter (SEA) virtual I/O to client LPARs.
• Virtual SCSI (VSCSI) enables the sharing of physical storage adapters (SCSI and Fibre Channel) and storage devices (disk and optical) between LPARs.
• Virtual networking: SEA enables connectivity between internal and external virtual LANs (VLANs); virtual Ethernet enables high-speed connections between partitions.
• Lx86 supports running most x86 Linux applications within Linux partitions (see PowerVM Lx86 - Limitations).

PowerVM Editions:

• PowerVM -Express (#7983) supports up to 3 partitions per system (VIOS, AIX, Linux and /or IBM i) which share processors and I/O. No HMC required or supported. It allows users to try out the IVM and the VIOS, which they would not get with an HMC.

• PowerVM -Standard (#7982) supports up to 10 partitions per core, HMC management, VIOS, Lx86 and multiple shared processor pools.

• PowerVM -Enterprise (#7986) adds support for Live Partition Mobility for AIX and Linux partitions.

Power 550 Capacity BackUp (CBU) Capability

(Applies to IBM i only)

The Power 550 systems' CBU designation can help meet your requirements for a second system to use for backup, high availability, and disaster recovery. It enables you to temporarily transfer IBM i processor license entitlements and 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlements purchased for a primary machine to a secondary CBU-designated system. Temporarily transferring these resources instead of purchasing them for your secondary system may result in significant savings. Processor activations cannot be transferred.

The CBU specify feature #0444 is available only as part of a new server purchase or during a model upgrade to the 8204-E8A. Certain system prerequisites must be met and system registration and approval are required before the 8204 CBU specify feature can be applied on a new server. Feature #0444 cannot be added to a Solution Edition feature #9645 of #9646.

Standard IBM i terms and conditions do not allow either IBM i processor license entitlements or 5250 OLTP (Enterprise Enablement) entitlements to be transferred permanently or temporarily. These entitlements remain with the machine they were ordered for. When you register the association between your primary and on-order CBU system, you must agree to certain terms and conditions regarding the temporary transfer.

After a CBU system designation is approved and the system is installed, you can temporarily move your optional IBM i processor license entitlement and 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlements from the primary system to the CBU system when the primary system is down or while the primary system processors are inactive. The CBU system can then better support failover and role swapping for a full range of test, disaster recovery, and high availability scenarios. Temporary entitlement transfer means that the entitlement is a property transferred from the primary system to the CBU system and may remain in use on the CBU system as long as the registered primary and CBU system are in deployment for the high availability or disaster recovery operation.

The primary system for a Power 550 (8204-E8A) server can be:

• 9117-MMA
• 9406-MMA
• 9406-570
• 8234-EMA
• 8204-E8A
• 9409-M50
• 9406-550

These systems have IBM i software licenses with an IBM i P20 or P30 software tier. The primary machine must be in the same enterprise as the CBU system.

Before you can temporarily transfer IBM i processor license entitlements from the registered primary system, you must have more than one IBM i processor license on the primary machine and at least one IBM i processor license on the CBU server. An activated processor must be available on the CBU server to use the transferred entitlement. You can then transfer any IBM i processor entitlements above the mimimum one, assuming the total IBM i workload on the primary system does not require the IBM i entitlement you would like to transfer during the time of the transfer. During this temporary transfer, the CBU system's internal records of its total number of IBM i processor license entitlements are not updated, and you may see IBM i license noncompliance warning messages from the CBU system. These warning messages in this situation do not mean you are not in compliance.

Before you can temporarily transfer 5250 entitlements, you must have more than one 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlement on the primary server and at least one 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlement on the CBU system. You can then transfer the entitlements that are not required on the primary server during the time of transfer and that are above the minimum of one entitlement.

For example, if you have a four-core Power 550 as your primary system with two IBM i processor license entitlements (one above the minimum) and two 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlements (one above the minimum), you can temporarily transfer only one IBM i entitlement and one 5250 Enterprise Enablement entitlement. During the temporary transfer, the CBU system's internal records of its total number of IBM i processor entitlements is not updated, and you may see IBM i license noncompliance warning messages from the CBU system.

If your primary or CBU machine is sold or discontinued from use, any temporary entitlement transfers must be returned to the machine on which they were originally acquired.

For CBU registration and further information, visit:

http://www.ibm.com/systems/power/hardware/cbu

Express Editions and Solution Editions with the IBM i Operating System

Express editions enable initial ease of ordering and feature a lower price than if you ordered them "a la carte" or build-to-order. Taking advantage of the edition is the only way you can use no-charge features for processor activations and IBM i user license entitlements. The Express editions are available only during the initial system order and cannot be ordered after your system is shipped.

The IBM configurator offers these easy-to-order Express editions that include no-charge activations or no-charge IBM i user entitlements. You can modify the Express Edition configurations to match your exact requirements for your initial shipment -- increasing or decreasing the configuration. If you create a configuration that falls below any of the defined minimums, the IBM configurator replaces the no-charge features with equivalent function regular charge features.

Solution Editions help meet the needs of SAP application users for the 2-core and 4-core 8204-E8A. Users of SAP's mySAP, ERP, BI, CRM, PLM, and SCM can qualify to use these editions.

The Power 550 Solution Editions require proof of a minimum purchase before the system is shipped from IBM. For details, visit the Solution Edition Web site at:

http://www.ibm.com/systems/i/editions/solutionedition.html

For the validation form and entitlement requirements, visit:

http://www.ibm.com/systems/i/editions/validate.html

Express Editions/Solution Editions for the Power 550

2-core/4-core/6-core/8-core POWER 550 EXPRESS EDITION (#9642):

To receive one no-charge processor activation feature for each 2-core processor card (activation feature #4945 for 3.5 GHz, #4946 for 4.2 GHz, or #4947 for 5.0 GHz) your initial order must include a minimum of:

• One IBM i processor license
• One processor activation (#4985/#4986/#4987) for each processor card (#4965/#4966/#4967) ordered
• Four GB memory per processor card
• Eight SAS or SCSI IBM i disk drives (any size) or at least two Fibre Channel adapters
• One SAS RAID Enablement (#5679), or at least one 1.5GB write cache disk controller (#5583/5782/5782/5904/5908) or a pair of #5903 380MB write cache disk, or at least two Fibre Channel adapters, or at least two Fibre Channel over Ethernet adapters (#5708).
• Two power supplies (#7707)
• One GX loop adapter (HSL/RIO #5614 or 12X #5616/5608/5609)
• PowerVM Standard Edition (#7982), or higher

POWER 550 EXPRESS EDITION (#9642) SUGGESTED STARTING CONFIGURATION:

• One/two/three/four 2-core 3.5 (#4965), 4.2 (#4966), or 5.0 (#4967) GHz processor cards
• Two 4 GB memory feature (#4532) per processor card
• One 1.5 GB write cache disk controller either #5778 for EXP24 or #5904 for EXP 12S
• Eight 15k rpm disk drives, either SCSI 141 GB (#4328) or SAS 139 GB (#3677)
• One #5786 EXP24 SCSI or #5886 EXP 12S SAS disk drawer
• One quad-port 1 Gb integrated Ethernet adapter (#5624)
• Two power supplies, 1700 watt (#7707)
• One PCIe WAN IOA (#2893 or 2894)(country dependent) - can deselect
• One DVD-ROM (#5756 with backplane #8345 or #5743 with backplane #8310)
• One DASD/media backplane with external SAS port(#8345 or #8310)
• One 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS tape drive (#5746)
• Two power cords (6xxx)
• One/two/three/four processor activations (#4985/#4986/#4987) (One per processor #4965/#4966/#4967 ordered)
• One/two/three/four processor activation (#4945/#4946/#4947) at no charge (One per processor #4965/#4966/#4967 ordered)
• One IBM i processor entitlement
• System i Access unlimited users (57xx-XW1)
• PowerVM Standard Edition (#7982)
• One year software maintenance

SOLUTION EDITIONS

Power 550 Solution Editions for 4-core systems offer no-charge IBM i processor license entitlements resulting in a lower initial list price for qualifying clients.

4-core Solution Editions:

To receive no-charge features on your initial 4-core Solution Edition (#9645 and #9646) order, your order must include a minimum of:

• Four 4.2 or 5.0 GHz processor activations (2 x #4986 and 2 x #4946 for #4966 processor card, or 2 x #4987 and 2 x #4947 for #4967 processor card)
• Two (for #9645) or four (for #9646) IBM i processor licenses. #9646 requires one chargeable IBM i license which must be a regular IBM i license and cannot be the specialized Application Server license.
• 8 GB memory (4 GB per processor card)
• Eight SAS or SCSI IBM i disk drives (any size) or at least two Fibre Channel adapters
• One SAS RAID Enablement (#5679), or at least one 1.5GB write cache disk controller (#5583/5782/5782/5904/5908) or a pair of #5903 380MB write cache disk, or at least two Fibre Channel adapters, or at least two Fibre Channel over Ethernet adapters (#5708).
• Two power supplies (#7707)
• One GX loop adapter (HSL/RIO #5614 or 12X #5616/5608/5609)
• PowerVM Standard Edition (#7982), or higher

The no-charge features included are two no-charge processor activations (#4945 for processor #4965,#4946 for processor #4966 or #4947 for processor #4967) and either two no-charge IBM i license entitlement (#9645) or three no-charge IBM i processor entitlements (#9646) are available.

Suggested starting configurations for the 4-core 2 IBM i processor li- cense (#9645) and 4-core 4 IBM i processor license (#9646) Solution Editions are the same as the Express Edition (#9642) configurations except for the number of IBM i processor licenses.

Vouchers

When you purchase a new Power 550 system with an i Edition you may be entitled to receive one or two service vouchers at no additional charge depending upon IBM country-specific definitions.Systems ordered without an edition feature are not eligible. Upgrades from a 9406-520/525 keeping the same serial number do not use an edition feature and therefore are not eligible. Solution editions are not eligible.

Service vouchers deliver the technical leadership and consulting resources that can help you more fully understand and use the latest features and capabilities of the IBM i operating system. The experts will join your team and help get you started on the road to success with your new operating environment.For more information about vouchers, visit:

http://www.ibm.com/systems/power/hardware/vouchers/index.html

Power 550 Express Product Offering

Note: Express Product Offerings are not available in GCG.

Express Product Offerings are available only as initial order.

If you order a Power 550 server with a two-core POWER6 3.5 GHz (#4965) 4.2 GHz (#4966), or 5.0 GHz (#4967) processor Express Product Offering as defined here, you may qualify for a processor activation at no additional charge.

The number of processors, total memory, quantity/size of disk, and presence of a media device are the only features that determine if a customer is entitled to a processor activation at no additional charge.

When you purchase an Express Product Offering, you will be entitled to a lower-priced AIX or Linux operating system license, or you may choose to purchase the system with no operating system. The lower-priced AIX or Linux operating system is processed via a feature number on AIX 5.3 or AIX 6.1 and either Red Hat Enterprise Linux or SUSE Linux Enterprise Server. You may choose either the lower-priced AIX or Linux subscription, but not both. If you choose AIX 5.3 or AIX 6.1 for your lower-priced operating system, you can also order Red Hat Enterprise Linux or SUSE Linux Enterprise Server but will purchase your Linux subscription at full price versus the reduced price. The converse is true if you choose a Linux subscription as your lower-priced operating system. Systems with a lower-priced AIX offering will be referred to as the IBM Power Express, AIX edition and systems with a lower-priced Linux operating system will be referred to as the IBM Power Express, OpenPower editions. In the case of Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server, only the first subscription purchased is lower priced so, for example, additional licenses purchased for Red Hat to run in multiple partitions will be at full price.

You can make changes to the standard features as needed and still qualify for processor entitlements at no additional charge, and a discounted AIX or Linux operating system license. However, selection of total memory or DASD smaller than the totals defined as the minimums disqualifies the order as an Express Product Offering.

Processor activations are only available to Solution Delivery Integration (SDIs) as MES orders.

2-core 3.5 GHz offering

Deskside configuration:

• 1 x 2-core 3.5 GHz processor card (#4965)
• 1 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Deskside Cover Set (#7292)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756 with backplane #8341/#8345 or #5743 with backplane #8308/#8310/#8346)
• 1 x DASD/Media backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308 or #8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 1 x Processor activation (#4985)

Receive one processor activation (#4945) at no additional charge. Two processors are activated.

Rack configuration:

• 1 x 2-core 3.5 GHz processor card (#4965)
• 1 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Rack bezel and hardware (#7360)
• 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount drawer rail kit (#7146)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756 with backplane #8341/#8345 or #5743 with backplane #8308/#8310/#8346)
• 1 x DASD/Media backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308 or #8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1877)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 1 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 1 x Processor activation (#4985)

Receive one processor activation (#4945) at no additional charge. Two processors are activated.

2-core 4.2 GHz offering

Deskside configuration:

• 1 x 2-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#4966)
• 1 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Deskside Cover Set (#7292)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756 with backplane #8341/#8345 or #5743 with backplane #8308/#8310/#8346)
• 1 x DASD/Media backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308 or #8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 1 x Processor activation (#4986)

Receive one processor activation (#4946) at no additional charge. Two processors are activated.

Rack configuration:

• 1 x 2-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#4966)
• 1 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Rack bezel and hardware (#7360)
• 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount drawer rail kit (#7146)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756 with backplane #8341/#8345 or #5743 with backplane #8308/#8310/#8346)
• 1 x DASD/Media backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308 or #8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1877)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 1 x Processor activation (#4986)

Receive one processor activation (#4946) at no additional charge. Two processors are activated.

2-core 5.0 GHz offering:

• 1 x 2-core 5.0 GHz processor card (#4967)
• 1 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x SATA DVD-ROM (#5743)
• 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.2-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 1 x Processor activation (#4987)

Receive one processor activation (#4947) at no additional charge. Two processors are activated.

4-core 3.5 GHz offering

Deskside configuration:

• 2 x 2-core 3.5 GHz processor card (#4965)
• 2 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Deskside Cover Set (#7292)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756 with backplane #8341/#8345 or #5743 with backplane #8308/#8310/#8346)
• 1 x DASD/Media backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308 or #8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 2 x Processor activation (#4985)

Receive two processor activations (#4945) at no additional charge. Four processors are activated.

Rack configuration:

• 2 x 2-core 3.5 GHz processor card (#4965)
• 2 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Rack bezel and hardware (#7360)
• 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount drawer rail kit (#7146)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756 with backplane #8341/#8345 or #5743 with backplane #8308/#8310/#8346)
• 1 x DASD/Media backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308 or #8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1877)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 2 x Processor activation (#4985)

Receive two processor activations (#4945) at no additional charge. Four processors are activated.

4-core 4.2 GHz offering

Deskside configuration:

• 2 x 2-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#4966)
• 2 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Deskside Cover Set (#7292)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756 with backplane #8341/#8345 or #5743 with backplane #8308/#8310/#8346)
• 1 x DASD/Media backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308 or #8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 2 x Processor activation (#4986)

Receive two processor activations (#4946) at no additional charge. Four processors are activated.

Rack configuration:

• 2 x 2-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#4966)
• 2 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Rack bezel and hardware (#7360)
• 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount drawer rail kit (#7146)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756 with backplane #8341/#8345 or #5743 with backplane #8308/#8310/#8346)
• 1 x DASD/Media backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308 or #8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1877)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 2 x Processor activation (#4986)

Receive two processor activations (#4946) at no additional charge. Four processors are activated.

4-core 5.0 GHz offering:

• 2 x 2-core 5.0 GHz processor card (#4967)
• 2 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x SATA DVD-ROM (#5743)
• 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.2-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 2 x Processor activation (#4987)

Receive two processor activations (#4947) at no additional charge. Four processors are activated.

6-core 3.5 GHz offering:

• 3 x 2-core 3.5 GHz processor card (#4965)
• 3 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x SATA DVD-ROM (#5743)
• 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.2-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 3 x Processor activation (#4985)

Receive three processor activations (#4945) at no additional charge. Six processors are activated.

6-core 4.2 GHz offering:

• 3 x 2-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#4966)
• 3 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x SATA DVD-ROM (#5743)
• 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.2-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 3 x Processor activation (#4986)

Receive three processor activations (#4946) at no additional charge. Six processors are activated.

6-core 5.0 GHz offering:

• 3 x 2-core 5.0 GHz processor card (#4967)
• 3 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x SATA DVD-ROM (#5743)
• 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.2-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 3 x Processor activation (#4987)

Receive three processor activations (#4947) at no additional charge. Six processors are activated.

8-core 3.5 GHz offering

Deskside configuration:

• 4 x 2-core 3.5 GHz processor card (#4965)
• 4 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Deskside Cover Set (#7292)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756 with backplane #8341/#8345 or #5743 with backplane #8308/#8310/#8346)
• 1 x DASD/Media backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308 or #8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 4 x Processor activation (#4985)

Receive four processor activations (#4945) at no additional charge. Eight processors are activated.

Rack configuration:

• 4 x 2-core 3.5 GHz processor card (#4965)
• 4 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Rack bezel and hardware (#7360)
• 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount drawer rail kit (#7146)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756 with backplane #8341/#8345 or #5743 with backplane #8308/#8310/#8346)
• 1 x DASD/Media backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308 or #8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1877)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 4 x Processor activation (#4985)

Receive four processor activations (#4945) at no additional charge. Eight processors are activated.

8-core 4.2 GHz offering

Deskside configuration:

• 4 x 2-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#4966)
• 4 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Deskside Cover Set (#7292)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756 with backplane #8341/#8345 or #5743 with backplane #8308/#8310/#8346)
• 1 x DASD/Media backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308 or #8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 4 x Processor activation (#4986)

Receive four processor activations (#4946) at no additional charge. Eight processors are activated.

Rack configuration:

• 4 x 2-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#4966)
• 4 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Rack bezel and hardware (#7360)
• 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount drawer rail kit (#7146)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756 with backplane #8341/#8345 or #5743 with backplane #8308/#8310/#8346)
• 1 x DASD/Media backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308 or #8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1877)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 4 x Processor activation (#4986)

Receive four processor activations (#4946) at no additional charge. Eight processors are activated.

8-core 5.0 GHz offering:

• 4 x 2-core 5.0 GHz processor card (#4967)
• 4 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x SATA DVD-ROM (#5743)
• 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.2-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 4 x Processor activation (#4987)

Receive four processor activations (#4947) at no additional charge. Eight processors are activated.

If ordering a Power 550 in a tower (deskside)configuration the following additional features must be ordered:

• #1843 -- Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane
• #7392 -- IBM Deskside Coverset

If ordering a Power 550 in a rack-mount configuration the following additional features must be ordered:

• #1877 -- Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane
• #7360 -- IBM Rack bezel and hardware
• #7146 -- IBM/OEM Rack-mount drawer rail kit

IBM Power Systems Solution Editions built on the Power Express Family

Designed to help our clients take advantage of the combined experience and expertise of IBM and our ISV partners, IBM Power Systems Solution Editions provide validated and recommended end-to-end ISV solution stacks running on the Power Express family that are sized and optimized to satisfy a range of user requirements for specific ISV application environments like Oracle and SAP.

IBM Power Systems Solution Editions support the new POWER6 processor-based Power 550 Express as a configuration option. In addition, the current Power 550 express configuration options have been streamlined to provide a common set of Express configurations supporting a range of users that complement the new Power 550 Express configuration options to simplify server selection and ease capacity planning.

IBM Power Systems Solution Editions now provide memory and processor options that range from the 2-core System p5-510 with 8 GB of memory to the 8-core Power 550 with 64 GB of memory to help accelerate the selection and deployment of our ISV partner applications running on the IBM Power Express family. As with the current System p5 Express configuration based Solution Editions, the Power 550 Express based Solution Edition configurations are building blocks that can be configured with additional memory and I/O options to tailor the infrastructure to satisfy specific client requirements.

IBM Power Express configuration based Solution Editions are intended to be used in conjunction with Oracle or SAP application environments that have been tested, validated, and sized via the IBM Oracle and IBM SAP Competency Centers. Together with Oracle and SAP, IBM has developed a proven capacity estimation capability to aid in designing an optimal configuration for each specific client environment. The Power Systems Solution Editions built on the Power Express family leverage that experience and expertise to provide a range of choices to assist in planning for and acquiring Oracle and SAP based solutions on Power Systems.

The IBM Power Systems Solution Editions employ the same configuration rules as the Express Product Offerings and are available as an initial configuration option that may be selected using the IBM configuration tool during the configuration of a Power Express server. Prior to order placement, a detailed sizing estimate customized for your environment should be obtained from the IBM Techline Solution Sizing Team accessible through IBM or your IBM Business Partner representative.

IBM Power Solution Edition for Oracle

Highlights include:

• Attractively-priced Power Express configuration building blocks tailored to fit popular Oracle E-Business Suite and JD Edwards EnterpriseOne environments

• Pre-sized configurations to simplify selection and ease capacity planning for a wide range of user requirements for Oracle E-Business Suite and JD Edwards EnterpriseOne

• Support for the diverse needs of end users, senior management, and IT professionals

• Power Express family designed to be highly reliable and to help businesses build resilient and scalable computing environments without compromising system affordability

• Sized to meet the needs of SMB clients in many industries

The IBM Power Solution Edition for Oracle includes a set of affordable Express configurations for popular Power Express models, that satisfy a range of user requirements from various industries, including finance, manufacturing, and distribution. These Express configurations have been tailored to specific user requirements for two Oracle business suites: Oracle E-Business Suite and JD Edwards EnterpriseOne. Bringing the Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) application environment together with the computing infrastructure, the IBM Power Solution Edition for Oracle is an end-to-end ERP solution designed to provide a more integrated and tuned environment for small and medium-sized businesses faced with the challenge of becoming an On Demand Business.

Mutual IBM and Oracle clients are eligible to order these new configurations if they are used in conjunction with one of these participating application environments:

Oracle E-Business Suite is a fully integrated, comprehensive suite of business applications for enterprises of all sizes that provides functionality to meet your unique requirements. Whether you implement one module at a time, multiple modules, or the complete suite, Oracle E-Business Suite provides better business information for effective decision-making and enables an adaptive enterprise for optimal responsiveness.

JD Edwards EnterpriseOne is a complete suite of modular, preintegrated, industry-specific business applications configured for rapid deployment and ease of administration. The modular design allows you to implement only those solutions your business requires, and the flexible, integrated architecture lowers the ongoing cost of ownership.

The Express configurations are building blocks that can be enhanced with additional memory and I/O options to tailor the infrastructure to satisfy specific client requirements. In addition, an end-to-end solution stack could combine the leadership IBM Power Express family of servers, IBM PowerVM (Advanced POWER Virtualization) for supporting efficient, low-cost all-in-one server configurations; IBM System Storage; IBM Tivoli Access Manager and Oracle DataVault for system and data access protection, respectively; and the powerful Oracle software environments.

Solution Edition for Oracle -- recommended configurations built on Power 550 Express

Power 550 Express 4-core 4.2 GHz, 32 GB offering

• 2 x 2-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#4966)
• 8 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Rack bezel and hardware (#7360)
• 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount drawer rail kit (#7146)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756)
• 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1877)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 2 x Processor activation (#4986)

Receive two processor activations (#4946) at no additional charge. Four processors are activated.

Note: Same as 8204-E8A 4-core 4.2 GHz Express offering, except: 32 GB memory (8 x #4522) replaces 8 GB memory (8 x #4520)

Power 550 Express 8-core 4.2 GHz, 64 GB offering

• 4 x 2-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#4966)
• 16 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Rack bezel and hardware (#7360)
• 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount drawer rail kit (#7146)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756)
• 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1877)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 4 x Processor activation (#4986)

Receive four processor activations (#4946) at no additional charge. Eight processors are activated.

Note: Same as 8204-E8A 8-core 4.2 GHz Express offering, except: 64 GB memory (16 x #4522) replaces 16 GB memory (16 x #4520)

IBM Power Solution Edition for SAP

The Power Solution Edition for SAP offering helps reduce the risk of implementing an SAP environment by providing presized hardware configurations based on the Power Express family, running a proven, comprehensive suite of modular, preintegrated business software solutions based on SAP ERP or SAP Netweaver BI.

Power Solution Edition for SAP includes affordable Power Express configurations recommended by the IBM SAP International Competence Center that satisfy a range of user sizing requirements for running the popular SAP ERP and SAP Netweaver BI applications. The tailored Power Express configurations are affordable server building blocks that can be enhanced with additional memory and I/O options to tailor the infrastructure to satisfy specific user requirements. Mutual IBM and SAP clients are eligible to order these new configurations if they are used in conjunction with one of these participating application environments:

• SAP ERP consists of a set of proven, robust solutions with extended cross-enterprise function. As a result, corporate assets and critical business processes can be better managed. Today, more than ever, companies must have a competitive advantage to prosper and grow in the ever-changing and highly competitive SMB marketplace. New competitors, market innovations, and better informed customers increase the demands on their business and employees. To succeed in this environment, they need to provide managers and employees with the right tools, applications and information, and all in real time. SAP ERP helps manage IT costs more effectively by protecting and leveraging the investments already made. Built on the SAP NetWeaver platform, mySAP ERP includes four individual solutions that support key functional areas:
  • mySAP ERP Financials
  • mySAP ERP Human Capital Management
  • mySAP ERP Operations
  • mySAP ERP Corporate Services

• SAP NetWeaver BI provides companies of every size with a high-performance BI solution that can scale to meet their needs while offering high reliability features. In today's business environment, it is critical to turn the reams of data collected into useable real-time analysis and reports that can be used to make daily business decisions. Gone are the days when you can wait overnight for the reports to be generated. Companies need a business intelligence (BI) solution that can analyze their data in a heterogeneous environment and provide the results directly to other business applications, management, or individual users, all in real-time. Not only does the BI solution need to be fast, but it also needs to be reliable and scale as a company grows. SAP NetWeaver BI provides a high-performance, scalable BI solution, delivering real-time business analytics in order for clients to make daily business decisions. It provides a scalable platform that BI clients demand with high reliability features that can grow with their business without compromising system affordability.

Solution Edition for SAP recommended configurations built on Power 550 Express

Power 550 Express 4-core 4.2 GHz, 32 GB offering

• 2 x 2-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#4966)
• 8 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Rack bezel and hardware (#7360)
• 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount drawer rail kit (#7146)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756)
• 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1877)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 2 x Processor activation (#4986)

Receive two processor activations (#4946) at no additional charge. Four processors are activated.

Note: Same as 8204-E8A 4-core 4.2 GHz Express offering, except: 32 GB memory (8 x #4522) replaces 8 GB memory (8 x #4520)

Power 550 Express 8-core 4.2 GHz, 64 GB offering

• 4 x 2-core 4.2 GHz processor card (#4966)
• 16 x 4096 MB (2 x 2048 MB) DIMMs (#4532)
• 2 x 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Disk Drive (#3647)
• 1 x IBM Rack bezel and hardware (#7360)
• 1 x IBM/OEM Rack-mount drawer rail kit (#7146)
• 1 x Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 2 x Power supply, 1700 Watt, Base (#7707)
• 1 x DVD-ROM (#5756)
• 1 x DASD/Media Backplane without external SAS, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8341)
• 1 x Op Panel Cable with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1877)
• 1 x Language Group Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• 2 x Power cord (#6xxx)
• 4 x Processor activation (#4986)

Receive four processor activations (#4946) at no additional charge. Eight processors are activated.

Note: Same as 8204-E8A 8-core 4.2 Ghz Express offering, except: 64 GB memory (16 x #4522) replaces 16 GB memory (16 x #4520)

Model Upgrades and Conversions

All model upgrades and conversions are CE install.

You can upgrade the 9406-550 with POWER5 or POWER5+ processors to the IBM Power 550 8204-E8A with POWER6 processors. For these upgrades, IBM will install Central Complex (CEC) enclosures to replace the enclosures that you currently have. You must return your current CEC enclosures to IBM in exchange for the financial considerations identified under the applicable cable feature conversions for each upgrade. Several of the parts in your current system can be moved to the new system after it is installed.

In addition, the 4-core 9409-M50 can be converted to a 4-core 8204-E8A. This is mostly a "paperwork" change since the POWER6 hardware is the same. However, there is some downtime when the information inside the system is updated to reflect that it is a different machine type and different model number.

Clients taking advantage of the model upgrade offer from a POWER5 or POWER5+ processor-based system are required to return to IBM all CEC enclosures, bezels, and system boards from the CEC enclosures that are part of the serial number system being upgraded. Any feature for which a feature conversion is used to obtain a new part must be returned to IBM also. Clients may keep and reuse any PCI adapters, SCSI disks, memory, or media devices that were not involved in a feature conversion transaction.

Reliability, Availability, and Serviceability (RAS) features

Reliability, fault tolerance, and data integrity

The reliability of systems starts with components, devices, and subsystems that are designed to be fault-tolerant. During the design and development process, subsystems go through rigorous verification and integration testing processes. During system manufacturing, systems go through a thorough testing process to help ensure the highest level of product quality.

The system cache and memory offer ECC (error checking and correcting) fault-tolerant features. ECC is designed to correct environmentally induced, single-bit, intermittent memory failures and single-bit hard failures. With ECC, the likelihood of memory failures will be substantially reduced. ECC also provides double-bit memory error detection that helps protect data integrity in the event of a double-bit memory failure.

The AIX operating system provides disk drive mirroring and disk drive controller duplexing. The Linux operating system supports disk drive mirroring (RAID 1) through software, while RAID protection is provided via hardware RAID adapters.

The Journaled File System, also known as JFS or JFS2, helps maintain file system consistency and reduces the likelihood of data loss when the system is abnormally halted due to a power failure. JFS, the recommended file system for 32-bit kernels, now supports extents on the Linux operating system. This feature is designed to substantially reduce or eliminate fragmentation. Its successor, JFS2, is the recommended file system for 64-bit kernels.

With 64-bit addressing, a maximum file system size of 32 TB, and maximum file size of 16 TB, JFS2 is highly recommended for systems running the AIX operating system.

Memory error correction extensions

The memory has single-error-bit correction and double-error-bit detection ECC circuitry. The memory chips are organized such that the failure of any specific memory module only affects a single bit within an ECC word (bit scattering), thus allowing for error correction and continued operation in the presence of a complete DRAM chip failure (Chipkill recovery). The double-bit detection is designed to help maintain data integrity by detecting and reporting multiple errors beyond what the ECC circuitry can correct.

Memory protection features include hardware scrubbing, thresholding, and dynamic bit steering. Dynamic bit steering uses correctable error thresholding to determine when available spare memory modules on each DIMM should be used to replace ones that have exceeded their threshold value.

Redundancy for array self-healing

Although the most likely failure event in a processor is a soft single-bit error in one of its caches, other events can occur, and they need to be distinguished from one another. For caches and their directories, hardware and firmware keep track of whether permanent errors are being corrected beyond a threshold. If exceeded, a deferred repair error log is created.

Caches and directories on the POWER6 chip are manufactured with spare bits in their arrays that can be accessed via programmable steering logic to replace faulty bits in the respective arrays. This is analogous to the redundant bit steering employed in main storage as a mechanism that is designed to help avoid physical repair, and is also implemented in POWER6 systems. The steering logic is activated during processor initialization and is initiated by the built-in system-test (BIST) at power-on time.

When correctable error cache exceeds a set threshold, systems using the POWER6 processor invoke a dynamic cache line delete function, which enables them to stop using bad cache and eliminates exposure to greater problems.

Fault monitoring functions

• When a POWER6-based system is powered on, BIST and POST (power-on self-test) check processor, cache, memory, and associated hardware required for proper booting of the operating system. If a noncritical error is detected or if the errors occur in resources that can be removed from the system configuration, the restarting process is designed to proceed to completion. The errors are logged in the system nonvolatile RAM (NVRAM).

• Disk drive fault tracking is designed to alert the system administrator of an impending disk drive failure before it impacts customer operation.

Mutual surveillance

The Service Processor monitors the operation of the firmware during the boot process, and also monitors the Hypervisor for termination. The Hypervisor monitors the Service Processor and will perform a reset/reload if it detects the loss of the Service Processor. If the reset/reload does not correct the problem with the Service Processor, the Hypervisor will notify the operating system and the operating system can take appropriate action, including calling for service.

Environmental monitoring functions

POWER6-based servers include a range of environmental monitoring functions:

• Temperature monitoring increases the fan speed rotation when ambient temperature is above the normal operating range or when a redundant fan fails.

• Temperature monitoring warns the system administrator of potential environmental-related problems (for example, air conditioning and air circulation around the system) so that appropriate corrective actions can be taken before a critical failure threshold is reached. It also performs an orderly system shutdown when the operating temperature exceeds the critical level.

• Fan speed monitoring provides a warning and an orderly system shutdown when the speed is out of operational specification.

• Voltage monitoring provides warning and an orderly system shutdown when the voltages are out of operational specification.

Availability enhancement functions

The POWER6 family of systems continues to offer and introduce significant enhancements designed to increase system availability.

POWER6 processor enhancement functions

One of the significant mainframe-inspired availability enhancements in systems with the POWER6 processor is the ability to do processor instruction retry and alternate processor recovery. This significantly reduces exposure to both hard (logic) and soft (transient) errors in the processor core.

Soft failures in the processor core are transient (intermittent) errors, often due to cosmic rays or other sources of radiation, and generally are not repeatable. When an error is encountered in the core, the POWER6 processor will first automatically retry the instruction. If the source of the error was truly transient, the instruction will succeed and the system will continue as before. On predecessor IBM systems, this error would have caused a checkstop.

Hard failures are more difficult, being true logical errors that will be replicated each time the instruction is repeated. Retrying the instruction will not help in this situation because the instruction will continue to fail. Systems with POWER6 processors introduce the ability to extract the failing instruction from the faulty core and retry it elsewhere in the system, after which the failing core is dynamically deconfigured and called out for replacement. The entire process is transparent to the partition owning the failing instruction. Systems with POWER6 processors are designed to avoid what would have been a full system outage on earlier models. POWER6 single processor checkstopping

Another major advancement in POWER6 processors is single processor checkstopping. Prior to POWER6 processors, a processor checkstop would result in a system checkstop. A new feature is the ability to contain many processor checkstops to the partition that was using the processor at the time. This significantly reduces the probability of any one processor affecting total system availability.

Partition availability priority

Also new is the ability to assign availability priorities to partitions. If an alternate processor recovery event requires a spare processor in order to protect a workload but one is not available, the system will determine which partition has the lowest priority and attempt to claim the needed resource. On a properly configured POWER6 processor-based server, this allows that capacity to be first obtained from, for example, a test partition instead of a financial accounting system.

POWER6 cache availability

The POWER processor-based line of servers continues to be at the forefront of cache availability enhancements. While L3 cache line delete (also called "Pellston" healing) was introduced with POWER4 processors, the POWER6 processor line pioneers L2 cache line delete. In the event that an uncorrectable error occurs in L2 or L3 cache, the system will be able to dynamically remove the offending line of cache without requiring a restart. In addition, POWER6 processors utilize an inclusive L1/L2 cache design and a write-through cache policy on all levels, helping to ensure that data is written to main memory as soon as possible. POWER6 processors also continue to offer hardware-assisted memory scrubbing.

Special uncorrectable error handling

Uncorrectable errors are difficult for any system to tolerate, although there are some situations where they can be shown to be irrelevant. For example, if an uncorrectable error occurs in cached data that will never again be read or where a fresh write of the data is imminent, it would be unwise to "protect" the user by forcing an immediate reboot.

Special Uncorrectable Error (SUE) handling was an IBM innovation introduced for POWER5 processors, where an uncorrectable error in memory or cache does not immediately cause the system to terminate. Rather, the system tags the data and determines whether it will ever be used again. If the error is irrelevant, it will not force a checkstop.

PCI extended error handling

Prior to POWER5 processors, PCI bus parity errors caused a global machine check interrupt, which eventually required a system reboot to continue. In systems using POWER6 processors, I/O drawer hardware, system firmware, and AIX interaction have been designed to allow transparent recovery of intermittent PCI bus parity errors and graceful transition to the I/O device available state in the case of a permanent parity error in the PCI bus. This mechanism is called PCI extended error handling (EEH).

EEH-enabled adapters respond to a special data packet generated from the affected PCI slot hardware by calling system firmware, which will examine the affected bus, allow the device driver to reset it, and continue without a system reboot. Currently, there is limited support for the Linux operating system, depending upon driver availability.

Predictive failure and dynamic component deallocation

Servers with POWER processors have long had the capability to perform predictive failure analysis on certain critical components such as processors and memory. When these components exhibit symptoms that would indicate a failure is imminent, the system can dynamically deallocate and call home about the failing part before the error is propagated system-wide. In many cases this is transparent, especially if the system contains Capacity on Demand (CoD) components. If no CoD resources are available, the system will first attempt to reallocate resources in such a way that will avoid unplanned outages. In the event that insufficient resources exist to maintain full system availability, these servers will attempt to maintain partition availability by user-defined priority.

Uncorrectable error recovery

When the auto-restart option is enabled, the system can automatically restart following an unrecoverable software error, hardware failure, or environmentally induced (ac power) failure.

Serviceability

The purpose of Serviceability is to repair the system while attempting to minimize or eliminate service cost (within budget objectives), while maintaining high customer satisfaction. Serviceability includes system installation, MES (system upgrades/downgrades), and system maintenance/repair. Depending upon the system and warranty contract, service may be performed by the customer, an IBM representative, or an authorized warranty service provider.

The Serviceability features delivered in this system provide a highly efficient service environment by incorporating the following attributes

• Design for Customer Set Up (CSU), Customer Installed Features (CIF), and Customer Replaceable Units (CRU)

• Error detection and Fault Isolation (ED/FI)

• First Failure Data Capture (FFDC)

• Converged service approach across multiple IBM server platforms

Service environments

The POWER6 processor-based platforms support two main service environments:

1. No Hardware Management Console (HMC). There are two service strategies for non-HMC systems

   1. Full system partition: A single partition owns all the server resources and only one operating system may be installed.

   2. Partitioned system: In this configuration, the system can have more than one partition and can be running more than one operating system. In this environment, partitions are managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager (IVM), which provides some of the functions provided by the HMC.

   3. Attachment to one or more HMCs is supported by the system. This is the default configuration for servers supporting logical partitions with dedicated or virtual I/O. In this case, all servers have at least one logical partition.

The HMC is a dedicated server that provides functions for configuring and managing servers for either partitioned or full-system partition using a GUI or Command Line Interface (CLI). An HMC attached to the system allows support personnel (with client authorization) to remotely log in to review error logs and perform remote maintenance if required.

Service Interface

The Service Interface allows support personnel to communicate with the service support applications in a server using a console, interface, or terminal. Delivering a clear, concise view of available service applications, the Service Interface allows the support team to manage system resources and service information in an efficient and effective way. Applications available via the Service Interface are carefully configured and placed to give service providers access to important service functions.

Different service interfaces are used depending on the state of the system and its operating environment. The primary service interfaces are:

• LEDs
• Operator Panel
• Service Processor menu
• Operating system service menu
• Service Focal Point on the HMC
• Service Focal Point Lite on IVM

In the guiding light LED implementation, when a fault condition is detected on the POWER6 processor-based product, an amber System Attention LED will be illuminated. Upon arrival at the server, a service provider sets the identify mode, selecting a specific problem to be identified for repair by the guiding light method. The guiding light system pinpoints the exact part by flashing the amber identity LED associated with the part to be replaced.

The system can clearly identify components for replacement by using specific component level indicators, and can also guide the servicer directly to the component by signaling (causing to flash) the Rack/Frame System Identify indicator and the Drawer Identify indicator on the drawer containing the component. The flashing identify LEDs direct the servicer to the correct system, the correct enclosure, and the correct component.

First Failure Data Capture and Error Data Analysis

First Failure Data Capture (FFDC) is a technique that helps ensure that when a fault is detected in a system, the root cause of the fault will be captured without the need to re-create the problem or run any sort of extending tracing or diagnostics program. For the vast majority of faults, a good FFDC design means that the root cause can also be detected automatically without servicer intervention.

First Failure Data Capture FFDC information, error data analysis, and fault isolation are necessary to implement the advanced serviceability techniques that enable efficient service of the systems and to help determine the failing items.

In the absence of FFDC and Error Data Analysis, diagnostics are often required to re-create the failure and determine the failing items.

Diagnostics

General diagnostic objectives are to detect and identify problems such that they can be resolved quickly. Elements of IBM's diagnostics strategy include:

• Provide a Common Error Code format equivalent to a System Reference Code, System Reference Number, Checkpoint, or Firmware error code.

• Provide fault detection and problem isolation procedures. Support remote connection ability to be used by the IBM Remote Support Center or IBM Designated Service.

• Provide interactive intelligence within the diagnostics with detailed online failure information while connected to IBM's back-end system.

Automatic diagnostics

Because of the FFDC technology designed into IBM Servers, it is no longer necessary to perform re-create diagnostics for failures or require user intervention. Solid and intermittent errors are designed to be correctly detected and isolated at the time the failure occurs. Run-time and boot-time diagnostics fall into this category.

Stand-alone diagnostics

As the name implies, stand-alone or user-initiated diagnostics require user intervention. The user must perform manual steps including:

• Compact disk-based diagnostics
• Keying in commands
• Interactively selecting steps from a list of choices

Concurrent maintenance

The system will continue to support concurrent maintenance of power, cooling, PCI adapters, media devices, operator panel, and firmware updates (when possible). The determination of whether a firmware release can be updated concurrently is identified in the read me information file released with the firmware.

Service labels

Service providers use these labels to assist them in performing maintenance actions. Service labels are found in various formats and positions, and are intended to transmit readily available information to the servicer during the repair process. Following are some of these service labels and their purpose:

1. Location diagrams

Location diagrams are strategically located on the system hardware, relating information regarding the placement of hardware components. Location diagrams may include location codes, drawings of physical locations, concurrent maintenance status, or other data pertinent to a repair. Location diagrams are especially useful when multiple components are installed such as DIMMs, CPUs, processor books, fans, adapter cards, LEDs, power supplies.

Remove/replace procedures

Service labels that contain remove/replace procedures are often found on a cover of the system or in other spots accessible to the servicer. These labels provide systematic procedures, including diagrams, detailing how to remove/replace certain serviceable hardware components.

Arrows

Arrows are used to indicate the serviceability direction of components. Some serviceable parts such as latches, levers, and touch points need to be pulled or pushed in a certain direction for the mechanical mechanisms to engage or disengage. Arrows generally improve the ease of serviceability.

Packaging for service

The following service enhancements are included in the physical packaging of the systems to facilitate service:

• Color coding (touch points): Terracotta colored touch points indicate that a component (FRU/CRU) can potentially be concurrently maintained. Blue colored touch points delineate components that are not concurrently maintained those that require the system to be turned off for removal or repair.

• Tool-less design: Selected IBM systems support tool-less or simple tool designs. These designs require no tools or simple tools such as flat head screw drivers to service the hardware components.

• Positive Retention: Positive retention mechanisms help to assure proper connections between hardware components such as cables to connectors, and between two cards that attach to each other. Without positive retention, hardware components run the risk of becoming loose during shipping or installation, preventing a good electrical connection. Positive retention mechanisms like latches, levers, thumb-screws, pop Nylatches(tm) (U-clips), and cables are included to help prevent loose connections and aid in installing (seating) parts correctly. These positive retention items do not require tools.

Error Handling and Reporting

In the unlikely event of system hardware or environmentally induced failure, the system run-time error capture capability systematically analyzes the hardware error signature to determine the cause of failure. The analysis result will be stored in system NVRAM. When the system can be successfully restarted either manually or automatically, the error will be reported to the AIX or Linux operating system. Error Log Analysis (ELA) can be used to display the failure cause and the physical location of the failing hardware.

With the integrated Service Processor, the system has the ability to automatically send out an alert via phone line to a pager or call for service in the event of a critical system failure. A hardware fault will also turn on the System Attention indicator located on the system unit to alert the user of an internal hardware problem. The indicator may also be turned on by the operator as a tool to allow system identification. For identification, the indicator will flash, whereas the indicator will be on solid when an error condition occurs.

On POWER6 processor-based servers running the AIX or Linux operating systems, hardware and software failures are recorded in the system log. When an HMC is attached, an ELA routine analyzes the error, forwards the event to the Service Focal Point (SFP) application running on the HMC, and notifies the system administrator that it has isolated a likely cause of the system problem. The Service Processor event log also records unrecoverable checkstop conditions, forwards them to the SFP application, and notifies the system administrator. Once the information is logged in the SFP application, if the system is properly configured, a call home service request will be initiated and the pertinent failure data with service parts information and part locations will be sent to an IBM Service organization. Customer contact information and specific system-related data such as the machine type, model, and serial number, along with error log data related to the failure are sent to IBM Service.

Service Processor

The Service Processor provides the capability to diagnose, check the status of, and sense the operational conditions of a system. It runs on its own power boundary and does not require resources from a system processor to be operational to perform its tasks.

The Service Processor supports surveillance of the connection to the HMC and to the system firmware (Hypervisor). It also provides several remote power control options, environmental monitoring, reset, restart, remote maintenance, and diagnostic functions, including console mirroring. The Service Processors menus (ASMI) can be accessed concurrently with system operation allowing nondisruptive abilities to change system default parameters.

Service Agent

The Service Agent is available at no additional charge. When installed, the Service Agent can enhance IBM's ability to provide the system with maintenance service.

Call Home

Call Home refers to an automatic or manual call from a customer location to IBM support structure with error log data, server status, or other service-related information. Call Home invokes the service organization in order for the appropriate service action to begin. Call Home can be done through HMC or non-HMC managed systems. While configuring Call Home is optional, clients are encouraged to implement this feature in order to obtain service enhancements such as reduced problem determination and faster and potentially more accurate transmittal of error information. In general, using the Call Home feature can result in increased system availability.

IBM Electronics Services

Electronic Service Agent and the IBM Electronic Services Web portal comprise the IBM Electronic Services solution--dedicated to providing fast, exceptional support to IBM customers. IBM Electronic Service Agent is a no-charge tool that proactively monitors and reports hardware events, such as system errors, performance issues, and inventory. Electronic Service Agent can help focus on the customer's company strategic business initiatives, save time, and spend less effort managing day-to-day IT maintenance issues.

Now integrated in AIX 5.3 TL6 in addition to the HMC, Electronic Service Agent is designed to automatically and electronically report system failures and customer-perceived issues to IBM, which can result in faster problem resolution and increased availability. System configuration and inventory information collected by Electronic Service Agent also can be viewed on the secure Electronic Services Web portal, and used to improve problem determination and resolution between the customer and the IBM support team. As part of an increased focus to provide even better service to IBM customers, Electronic Service Agent tool configuration and activation comes standard with the system. In support of this effort, a new HMC External Connectivity security whitepaper has been published, which describes data exchanges between the HMC and the IBM Service Delivery Center (SDC) and the methods and protocols for this exchange. To read the whitepaper and prepare for Electronic Service Agent installation, go to the "Reference Guide" section of:

http://www.ibm.com/support/electronic

1. Select your country.
2. Click on "IBM Electronic Service Agent Connectivity Guide".

Benefits

Increased uptime: Electronic Service Agent is designed to enhance the warranty and maintenance service by providing faster hardware error reporting and uploading system information to IBM Support. This can optimize the time monitoring the symptoms, diagnosing the error, and manually calling IBM Support to open a problem record. 24x7 monitoring and reporting means no more dependency on human intervention or off-hours customer personnel when errors are encountered in the middle of the night.

Security: Electronic Service Agent is secure in monitoring, reporting, and storing the data at IBM. Electronic Service Agent securely transmits via the Internet (HTTPS or VPN) and can be configured to communicate securely through gateways to provide customers a single point of exit from their site. Communication between the customer and IBM only flows one way; activating Service Agent does not enable IBM to call into a customer's system. System inventory information is stored in a secure database, which is protected behind IBM firewalls. The customer's business applications or business data is never transmitted to IBM.

More accurate reporting: Since system information and error logs are automatically uploaded to the IBM Support Center in conjunction with the service request, customers are not required to find and send system information, decreasing the risk of misreported or misdiagnosed errors. Once inside IBM, problem error data is run through a data knowledge management system and knowledge articles are appended to the problem record.

Customized support: Using the IBM ID entered during activation, customers can view system and support information in the "My Systems" and "Premium Search" sections of the Electronic Services Web site.

The Electronic Services Web portal is a single Internet entry point that replaces the multiple entry points traditionally used to access IBM Internet services and support. This Web portal enables you to gain easier access to IBM resources for assistance in resolving technical problems. The newly improved My Systems and Premium Search functions make it even easier for Electronic Service Agent-enabled customers to track system inventory and find pertinent fixes.

My Systems provides valuable reports of installed hardware and software using information collected from the systems by IBM Electronic Service Agent. Reports are available for any system associated with the customer's IBM ID. Premium Search combines the function of search and the value of Electronic Service Agent information, providing advanced search of the technical support knowledgebase. Using Premium Search and the Service Agent information that has been collected from the system, customers are able to see search results that apply specifically to their systems.

For more information on how to utilize the power of IBM Electronic Services, visit the following Web site or contact an IBM Systems Services Representative:

http://www.ibm.com/support/electronic:

Back to top
 

Models

Model Summary Matrix

Model	Processor Type	Clock Rate	System Memory	Internal Storage	Slots/Bays
E8A	POWER6	3.5 GHz / 4.2 GHz / 5.0 GHz	1 GB/256 GB	2700 GB max with 3 1/2" DASD; 1174.4 GB max with 2 1/2" DASD	5 slots /6 3.5-inch or 8 2.5-inch DASD media bays

Customer Setup (CSU)

Yes.

Devices Supported

The following external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 8204.

This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.

         |E|  X = SUPPORTED DEVICE
         |8|
         |A|
  MT-MOD | |        DESCRIPTION
---------|-|---------------------------------------------------------
---------+-+--------Communications-----------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7036-P16 |X| IBM 7036-P16
         | |
---------+-+--------Disk---------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1710-10U |X| IBM System Storage EXP100 Expansion Unit
1722-60U |X| IBM System Storage DS4300 Disk System
1722-6LU |X| IBM System Storage DS4300 Disk System
1724-100 |X| IBM System Storage DS4100 Disk System
1740-710 |X| IBM System Storage EXP710 Expansion Unit
1742-1RU |X| IBM 1742-1RU
1742-90U |X| IBM System Storage DS4500 Disk System
1750-522 |X| IBM 1750-522
1812-81A |X| IBM System Storage DS4000 EXP810 Storage Expansion Unit
         | |   Model 81
1814-70A |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 70
1814-72A |X| IBM System Storage DS4700 Express Model 72
1814-7VA |X| IBM System Storage DS4200 Express Model 7V
1815-80A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 80A
1815-82A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 82A
1815-84A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 84A
1815-88A |X| IBM System Storage DS4800 Model 88A
1818-51A |X| IBM 1818-51A (DS5100)
1818-53A |X| IBM 1818-53A (DS5300)
1818-D1A |X| IBM 1818-D1A (EXP5000)
2105-800 |X| IBM 2105-800
2105-F10 |X| IBM 2105-F10
2105-F20 |X| IBM 2105-F20
2107-921 |X| IBM 2107-921
2107-922 |X| IBM 2107-922
2107-931 |X| IBM 2107-931
2107-932 |X| IBM 2107-932
2107-9A2 |X| IBM 2107-9A2
2107-9AE |X| IBM 2107-9AE
2107-9B2 |X| IBM 2107-9B2
2421-941 |X| IBM 2421-941 (DS8700)
2421-94E |X| IBM 2421-94E (DS8700)
 
2422-941 |X| IBM 2422-941 (DS8700)
2422-94E |X| IBM 2422-94E (DS8700)
 
2423-941 |X| IBM 2423-941 (DS8700)
2423-94E |X| IBM 2423-94E (DS8700)
 
2424-941 |X| IBM 2424-941 (DS8700)
2424-94E |X| IBM 2424-94E (DS8700)
2810-A14 |X| IBM XIV Disk Storage Unit
7031-D24 |X| IBM TotalStorage EXP24 7031-D24
7031-T24 |X| IBM TotalStorage EXP24 7031-T24
7204-646 |X| IBM 7204-646
         | |
---------+-+--------Displays-----------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7042-C06 |X| IBM 7042-C06
7042-CR4 |X| IBM 7042-CR4
7310-C03 |X| IBM 7310-C03
7310-C04 |X| IBM 7310-C04
7310-C05 |X| IBM 7310-C05
7310-C06 |X| IBM 7310-C06
7310-CR2 |X| IBM 7310-CR2
7310-CR3 |X| IBM 7310-CR3
7310-CR4 |X| IBM 7310-CR4
7316-TF1 |X| IBM 7316-TF1
7316-TF3 |X| IBM 7316-TF3
9419-HB7 |X| IBM ThinkVision L191p 19-inch LCD Flat-panel Monitor
9513-AW1 |X| IBM T55A 15.0-inch Color TFT LCD Monitor
9516-B03 |X| IBM MultiMode 16.1-inch TFT LCD Flat Panel Monitor Model
         | |B03
9516-B04 |X| IBM MultiMode 16.1-inch TFT LCD Flat Panel Monitor Model
         | |B04
         | |
---------+-+--------Expansion Cabinets-------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7014-B42 |X| IBM 7014-B42
7014-S11 |X| IBM 7014-S11
7014-S25 |X| IBM 7014-S25
7014-T00 |X| IBM 7014-T00
7014-T42 |X| IBM 7014-T42
7311-D20 |X| IBM 7311-D20
7314-G30 |X| IBM 7314-G30
         | |
---------+-+--------SCSI Devices-------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3996-032 |X|
3996-080 |X|
3996-174 |X|
7210-020 |X| IBM 7210-020
7210-025 |X| IBM 7210-025
7210-030 |X| IBM 7210-030
         | |
---------+-+--------Services-----------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
0463-001 |X| Software Customization (CCS)
0463-002 |X| CCS Customization Services
         | |
---------+-+--------Storage Network Devices--------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1814-20A |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS5020
1814-20H |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS5020
1814-24H |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS5020
1814-28H |X| SYSTEM STORAGE DS5020
2105-750 |X| IBM 2105-750
2145-4F2 |X| IBM 2145-4F2
2145-8F2 |X| IBM 2145-8F2
2145-8F4 |X| IBM 2145-8F4
2861-001 |X| IBM System Storage EXN1000 SATA expansion unit
2863-001 |X| IBM System Storage EXN2000
2863-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N3700 Model A10
2863-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N3700 Model A20
2864-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N5200 Model A10
2864-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N5200 Model A20
2865-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N5500 Model A10
2865-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N5500 Model A20
2866-A10 |X|
2866-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N7600 Model A20
2867-A10 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model A10
2867-A20 |X| IBM System Storage N7800 Model A20
         | |
---------+-+--------Switch-------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2005-B16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN 16B-2 Switch
2005-B32 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN 32B-2 Switch Model
2005-B5K |X| IBM System Storage SAN32B-3
2005-B64 |X| IBM System Storage SAN64B-2 Fabric Switch
2005-H08 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch H16
2005-H16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch H16
2026-224 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN24M-1
2026-416 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN16M-2
2026-432 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN32M-2
2026-E12 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN12M-1
2027-140 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN140M
2027-232 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN32M-1
2027-256 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN256M
2031-216 |X| IBM 2031-216
2031-232 |X| IBM 2031-232
2032-064 |X| IBM 2032-064
2032-140 |X| IBM 2032-140
2034-212 |X| IBM 2034-212
2053-424 |X| Cisco MDS 9124 for IBM System Storage switch
2053-434 |X| Cisco MDS 9134 for IBM System Storage switch
2054-E01 |X| Cisco MDS 9222i for IBM System Storage switch
2061-020 |X| IBM 2061-020
2061-040 |X| IBM 2061-040
2062-D01 |X| IBM 2062-D01
2062-D04 |X| Cisco MDS 9506 MultilaIayer Director
2062-D07 |X| Cisco MDS 9509 MultilaIayer Director
2062-D1A |X| Cisco MDS 9216A Multilayer Fabric Switch
2062-D1H |X| Cisco MDS 9216i Multilayer Fabric Switch
2062-E11 |X| Cisco MDS 9513 Multilayer Director
2062-T04 |X| Cisco MDS 9506 Multilayer Director
2062-T07 |X| Cisco MDS 9509 MultilaIayer Director
2109-M14 |X| IBM 2109-M14
2109-M48 |X| IBM TotaStroage SAN256B
         | |
---------+-+--------Tape---------------------------------------------
- - - - -|-|- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3494-D22 |X| IBM 3494-D22
3494-D24 |X| IBM 3494-D24
3494-L22 |X| IBM 3494-L22
3573-L2U |X| TS3100 Tape Library Model L2U
3573-L4U |X| TS3200 Tape Library Model L4U
3576-E9U |X|
3576-L5B |X|
3577-L5U |X| IBM 3577-L5U
3580-H3L |X| System Storage TS2230 Tape Drive Model H3L
3580-L23 |X| IBM 3580-L23
3580-L33 |X| TotalStorage 3580 Tape Drive Model L33
3580-L43 |X| System Storage TS2340 Tape Drive Model L43
3580-S43 |X| System Storage TS2340 Tape Drive Express Model S43
3581-F28 |X| IBM 3581-F28
3581-F38 |X| IBM 3581-F38
3581-L23 |X| IBM 3581-L23
3581-L28 |X| IBM 3581-L28
3581-L38 |X| IBM 3581-L38
3582-L23 |X| IBM 3582-L23
3583-L18 |X| IBM 3583-L18
3583-L36 |X| IBM 3583-L36
3583-L72 |X| IBM 3583-L72
3584-D22 |X| IBM 3584-D22
3584-D23 |X| IBM 3584-D23
3584-D32 |X| IBM 3584-D32
3584-D42 |X| IBM 3584-D42
3584-D52 |X| IBM 3584-D52
3584-D53 |X| IBM 3584-D53
3584-HA1 |X| IBM 3584-HA1
3584-L22 |X| IBM 3584-L22
3584-L23 |X| IBM 3584-L23
3584-L32 |X| IBM 3584-L32
3584-L52 |X| IBM 3584-L52
3584-L53 |X| IBM 3584-L53
3588-F3A |X| IBM 3588-F3A
3588-F3B |X| IBM 3588-F3B
3588-F4A |X| IBM System Storage TS1040 Tape Drive Model F4A
3590-H11 |X| IBM 3590-H11
3590-H1A |X| IBM 3590-H1A
3592-E05 |X| IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive
3592-J1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive 3592
3952-F05 |X| IBM System Storage 3952 Tape Frame
3954-CV5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510
3955-SV5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510 Model SV5
3955-SX5 |X| IBM Virtualization Engine TS7510 Model SX5
3958-AP1 |X| IBM 3958-AP1
3958-DD3 |X| IBM 3958-DD3
7205-550 |X| IBM 7205-550
7206-336 |X| IBM 7206-336
7206-VX2 |X| IBM 7206-VX2
7206-VX3 |X| IBM 7206-VX3
7207-122 |X| IBM 7207-122
7207-330 |X| IBM 7207-330
7212-102 |X| IBM 7212-102
7212-103 |X| IBM 7212-103
7212-312 |X| IBM 7212-312
7214-1U2 |X| IBM 7214-1U2
7332-220 |X| IBM 4MM DDS-4 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 220
 

Note: #5900, #5901 or #5912 is required when attaching external SAS Tape or SAS attached Optical devices.

Model Conversions

Not available.

Feature Conversions

The existing components being replaced during a model or feature conversion become the property of IBM and must be returned.

Feature conversions are always implemented on a "quantity of one for quantity of one" basis. Multiple existing features may not be converted to a single new feature. Single existing features may not be converted to multiple new features.

The following conversions are available to customers:

Feature conversions for 8204-E8A miscellaneous features

                                                         RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                      PARTS
---------------------------- --------------------------- ------
7983 - PowerVM Express       7982 - PowerVM               No
                             Standard
 
7983 - PowerVM Express       7986 - PowerVM               No
                             Enterprise
 
7982 - PowerVM Standard      7986 - PowerVM               No
                             Enterprise
 

Feature conversions for 9406-550 to 8204-E8A administrative features

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
1687 - Transition Feature    0551 - 19 inch, 1.8 meter    No
for #0551                    high rack
1690 - Transition Feature    0553 - 19 inch, 2.0 meter    No
for #0553                    high rack
1694 - Transition Feature    0555 - 19 inch, 1.3 meter    No
for #0555                    high rack
 

Feature conversions for 9409-M50 to 8204-E8A administrative features

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
1687 - Transition Feature    0551 - 19 inch, 1.8 meter    No
for #0551                    high rack
1690 - Transition Feature    0553 - 19 inch, 2.0 meter    No
for #0553                    high rack
1694 - Transition Feature    0555 - 19 inch, 1.3 meter    No
for #0555                    high rack
 

Feature conversions for 9406-550 to 8204-E8A administrative features

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
1687 - Transition Feature    0551 - 19 inch, 1.8 meter    No
for #0551                    high rack
1690 - Transition Feature    0553 - 19 inch, 2.0 meter    No
for #0553                    high rack
1694 - Transition Feature    0555 - 19 inch, 1.3 meter    No
for #0555                    high rack
 

Feature conversions for 9409-M50 to 8204-E8A administrative features

                                                          RETURN
From FC:                     To FC:                        PARTS
---------------------------- ---------------------------- ------
1687 - Transition Feature    0551 - 19 inch, 1.8 meter    No
for #0551                    high rack
1690 - Transition Feature    0553 - 19 inch, 2.0 meter    No
for #0553                    high rack
1694 - Transition Feature    0555 - 19 inch, 1.3 meter    No
for #0555                    high rack
 

Back to top
 

Technical Description

Physical Specifications	Operating Environment	Limitations
Hardware Requirements	Software Requirements

Physical Specifications

• Deskside/Desktop:

  • Width:
    • 282.5 mm (12.1 in) with tip foot
    • 182.5 mm (7.2 in) without tip foot

  • Depth: 778 mm (30.6 in)

  • Height: 540 mm (21.3 in)

  • Weight:
    • 57.2 kg (126.1 lb) with tip foot
    • 53.7 kg (117.3 lb) without tip foot

• Rack-Mount:
  • Width: 440 mm (17.3 in)
  • Depth: 730 mm (28.7 in)
  • Height: 173 mm (6.81 in)

• Weight: 48.7 kg (107.4 lb)

Operating Environment

• Temperature: (nonoperating) 5 to 40 degrees C (41 to 104 F); recommended temperature (operating) 5 to 35 degrees C (41 to 95 F)

• Relative humidity: 8% to 80%

• Maximum dew point: 17 degrees C (62.6 F)(operating) 27 degrees C (80.6 F)(nonoperating)

• Operating voltage: 100 to 127 (2- or 4-core system) or 200 to 240 (6-core or 8- core system) V ac at 50 to 60 plus or minus 0.5 Hz (auto-ranging).

• Operating frequency: 50/60 Hz

• Power consumption: 1400 watts (maximum)

• Power factor: 0.97

• Thermal output: 4,778 Btu/hour (maximum)

• Power-source loading
  • 1.443 kVa (maximum configuration)
  • Maximum altitude: 3,048 m (10,000 ft)

Noise level and sound power

• Deskside system: 7.0 bels idle/7.0 bels operating
• Rack-mount drawer: 7.0 bels idle/7.0 bels operating

EMC Conformance Classification

This equipment is subject to FCC rules and shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.

• U.S.: FCC Class A
• Europe: CISPR 22 Class A
• Japan: VCCI-A
• Korea: Korean Requirement Class A
• China: People's Republic of China commodity inspection law Class A

Homologation -- Telecom Environmental Testing (Safety and EMC)

Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (HT&A) organization in LaGaude, France. This System p model and applicable features meet the environmental testing requirements of the country telecom and have been designed and tested in compliance with the Full Quality Assurance Approval (FQAA) process as delivered by the British Approval Board for Telecom (BABT), the U.K. Telecom regulatory authority.

Product safety/country testing/certification

• UL 60950 Underwriters Laboratory, Safety Information
• CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00, Canadian Standards Association
• EN60950 European Norm
• IEC 60950, Edition 1, International Electrotechnical Commission, Safety Information
• GS Mark (Safety, TUV, EN60950)-Germany, Europe
• Nordic deviations to IEC 60950-1 1st Edition

General requirements

The product is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration).

Systems

• Product category: F

• Power consumption in active mode: 1100 watts (maximum)

• Base processor configuration Composite Theoretical Performance (CTP):
  • 87,500 MTOPS (2-core 3.5 GHz)
  • 153,125 MTOPS (4-core 3.5 GHz)
  • 271,250 MTOPS (8-core 3.5 GHz)
  • 105,000 MTOPS (2-core 4.2 GHz)
  • 183,750 MTOPS (4-core 4.2 GHz)
  • 325,500 MTOPS (8-core 4.2 GHz)

Note: MTOPS = Millions of theoretical operations per second. Measurements made with four processors, maximum memory, and one disk drive unit.

Note: CTP numbers are determined for the base configuration and cannot automatically be used for export license determination.

Limitations

System

• When an HMC is connected to the system, the integrated system ports are rendered nonfunctional. In this case, the customer must install an asynchronous adapter for serial port usage.

• Integrated system ports are not supported when the HMC ports are connected to an HMC. Either the HMC ports or the integrated system ports can be used, but not both.

• The integrated system ports are supported for modem and asynch terminal connections. Any other application using serial ports requires a serial port adapter to be installed in a PCI slot. The integrated system ports do not support HACMP configurations.

• Split backplane capability is available with DASD Backplane #8345 or #8346. Cables #3669 and #3679 are required.

• The QPRCFEAT hardware value is stored in the system firmware and can be queried by applications running in IBM i partitions. On Power Systems, this value is equivalent to the processor feature. The value does not change based on the IBM i edition or the number of processors on the system.

      Processor
      feature    QPRCFEAT
       ---------  --------
        4965      4965
        4966      4966
        4967      4967
   
  
  

• The operating voltage on a 2-core or 4-core Power 550 System is 100-127V ac. The operating voltage on a 4-core or 8-core Power 550 System is 200-240V ac.

Processor cards

• A minimum of one processor card is required on an order with a maximum of eight processors on four processor cards.
• One, two, three, or four 2-core processor cards (#4965, #4966 or #4967) may be installed in a system.
• Processor cards (#4965, #4966 and #4967) may not be mixed in the system.
• Processor card #4967 is available as an MES order only when the Power 550 system has a #4967 processor card currently installed. If the Power 550 system has #4965 or #4966 installed in it, #4967 is not MES orderable.
• Removing all #4965 or #4966 processor cards from a system and replacing some or all of them with #4967 processor cards is not allowed
• All processors must be activated.
  • The 2-core 3.5 GHz processor (#4965) requires that two processor activation codes be ordered. A maximum of two processor activation code features (2 x #4985, or 1 x #4985 and 1 x #4945) are allowed per processor card.
  • The 2-core 4.2 GHz processor (#4966) requires that two processor activation codes be ordered. A maximum of two processor activation code features (2 x #4986, or 1 x #4986 and 1 x #4946) are allowed per processor card.
  • The 2-core 5.0 GHz processor (#4967) requires that two processor activation codes be ordered. A maximum of two processor activation code features (2 x #4987, or 1 x #4987 and 1 x #4947) are allowed per processor card.
• Each processor card contains 64KB I-cache and 64 KB D-cache per core.
• Each processor card contains 4 MB of Level 2 cache per core.

Power supply

• The base machine contains one AC (#7707) or DC (#7708 - planned to be available on June 6, 2008) power supply with a second available for redundancy.

• AC (#7707) and DC (#7708) power supplies cannot be mixed in the same system

• A system with 1 or 2 AC power supplies (#7708) installed cannot MES order DC power supplies (#7709). A system with 1 or 2 DC power supplies installed cannot MES order AC power supplies.

Redundant power supply/Fans

• Second optional AC (#7707) or DC (#7708 - planned to be available on June 6 2008) power supply
• Redundant fans standard

Power cords

On a Power 550 Express with three or four processor cards installed, a 220V power cord is required. 5.0 GHz processor card (#4967 requires a 220V power card. You cannot use features 6460, 6470, 6471, 6651, 6660, or 6670 when three or four processor cards are are installed in the system or the 5.0 GHz processor (#4967) is installed in the system.

System memory

• A minimum 1 GB of memory is required.

• Eight memory DIMM slots are on a processor card. The maximum system memory with one processor card is 64 GB. The maximum system memory is 128 GB with two processor cards installed and 256 GB with four processor cards installed.

• The maximum memory on a system with a 3.5 GHz (#4965) processors installed is 128 GB.

• Memory must be installed in groups of 1 feature (2 DIMMs), 2 features (4 DIMMs), or 4 features (8 DIMMs) per processor card. Installation of 3 features (6 DIMMs) is not permitted.

• Memory on the same processor card must be the same size and speed. Memory on different processor cards may be of different size and speed. Feature numbers 4522 and 4532 may not be mixed on the same processor card.

• The system memory feature numbers may be mixed within a system.

• It is recommended that memory be installed evenly across all processor cards in the system. Balancing memory across the installed processor cards allows memory access in a consistent manner and typically results in the best possible performance for your configuration.

• The 16GB memory feature (#4524) is not supported on the Power 550 with the 3.5 GHz processor (#4965).

• Feature numbers 4520, 4521, and 4522 will no longer be available on initial orders starting May 29, 2009.

• Memory features #4520, #4521, and #4522 are not orderable with processor feature #4967

Plans for future memory upgrades should be taken into account when deciding which memory feature size to use at the the time of initial system order.

Figure 1. Memory features

                         Feature     Minimum    Maximum
    Feature              number      quantity   quantity
    =======              ======      ========   ========
    1024 MB PC2-5300      4520          0          16
      (2 x 512 MB RDIMMs)
 
    2048 MB PC2-5300      4521          0          16
      (2 x 1024 MB RDIMMs)
 
    4096 MB PC2-5300      4522          0          16
      (2 x 2048 MB RDIMMs)
 
    4096 MB PC2-5300      4532          0          16
      (2 x 2048 MB 1Gb RDIMMs)
 
    8192 MB PC2-5300      4523          0          16
      (2 x 4096 MB RDIMMs)
 
    16384 MB PC2-3200     4524          0          16
      (2 x 8192 MB RDIMMs)
 

Drawer/Tower Attachment

• 7311-D20 and 7314-G30 (feature number 5796) PCI-X Expansion Drawers:

  • Maximum of four drawers per adapter (#5614, #5616, or follow-ons)

  • Maximum of two RIO/IB loops

  • Total of eight drawers per Power 550 Express system.

  • 7311-D20 is not supported with IBM i

    Note: The 7314-G30 expansion drawer requires GFW (Global Firmware) 3.2 Service Pack 2.

• 7031-D24/T24 (feature number 5786/5787)SCSI DASD Drawer/Tower:

  • Feature number 1912 or 5736 (maximum of 2) supports two drawers/towers, one per feature 1912 or 5736.

  • Maximum of 12 drawers per 8204-E8A system.

• Feature number 5886 SAS DASD Expansion Drawer

  • Feature number 8345 or 8346 supports one feature 5886 drawer.

  • Feature number 5900 (maximum of 2) supports eight feature 5886 drawers, four per feature 5900.

  • Maximum of 48 drawers per 8204-E8A system.

• 7214-1U2 Tape/Optical Storage Device Enclosure
  • Maximum of one drawer per 8204-E8A system with AIX or Linux
  • Maximum of 12 drawers per 8204-E8A with IBM i

• A 7311-D20 (or feature number 0595) or 7314-G30 Expansion Drawer (or feature number 5796) cannot be configured with a deskside 8204-E8A, indicated by feature numbers 7292 or 7217.

• A system maximum of 6 of feature codes 5294, and 5296 are supported on the 8204-E8A. Supported by IBM i operating system only.

• A system maximum of 12 of feature codes 5094, 0595, 5088, 0588, and 5096 are supported on the 8204-E8A. Supported by IBM i operating system only.

The following list shows the remote I/O drawers that are supported or available on the 8203 or 8204 machine types and the correct interface to use for each of the drawers.

                          Order
Feature Description       Status          Interface
------- ----------------- ---------  ----------------------
0588    PCI-X Exp Unit
        in Rack           Supported  RIO-2 (formerly HSL-2)
0595    PCI/SCSI Disk
                     Exp Drwr          Available  RIO-2 (formerly HSL-2)
5088    PCI-X Exp Unit    Supported  RIO-2 (formerly HSL-2)
5094    PCI-X Exp Twr     Supported  RIO-2 (formerly HSL-2)
5095    PCI/SCSI Disk
        Exp Drwr          Available   RIO-2 (formerly HSL-2)
5096    PCI-X Exp Twr
        (no disk)         Supported  RIO-2 (formerly HSL-2)
5294    1.8M I/O Twr      Supported  RIO-2 (formerly HSL-2)
5296    1.8M I/O Twr
        (no disk)         Supported  RIO-2 (formerly HSL-2)
5786    EXP24 Disk Drwr   Available  SCSI Ultra320
5787    EXP24 Disk Drwr   Supported  SCSI Ultra320
5790    PCI Exp Drwr      Available  RIO-2 (formerly HSL-2)
5796    PCI-DDR 12X Exp
        Drwr              Available  12X
5886    Exp 12S SAS
Drwr                      Available  SAS
7031-D24/T24              Supported  SCSI Ultra320
7311-D20                  Available  RIO-2
7214-1U2                  Available  SCSI/SAS
7314-G30                  Supported  12X
 

Some I/O adapters supported in the 7311-D20 I/O drawers when attached to a IBM POWER5 or POWER5+ processor based Power Systems server will not be supported when these same I/O drawers are attached to Power 520 Power 550 servers with POWER6 processors. For a complete list of supported adapters on the 7311, refer to the online Sales Manual for the I/O drawer.

Maximum number of attached I/O drawers per system:

              Power 520            Power 550
Feature       (4-core)          (2-, 4-, 8-core)
-------    -----------------    -----------------
      O/S  AIX  Linux  IBM i    AIX  Linux  IBM i
 
0588        0     0     12       0     0     12
0595        0     0     12       0     0     12
5088        0     0     12       0     0     12
5094        0     0     12       0     0     12
5095        0     0     12       0     0     12
5096        0     0     12       0     0     12
5294        0     0     12       0     0     12
5296        0     0     12       0     0     12
5786       12    12     12      24    24     24
5787       12    12     12      24    24     24
5790        0     0     12       0     0     12
5796        8     8     8        8     8      8
5886       24    24     24      48    48     48
7031-D24   12    12     12      24    24     24
7031-T24   12    12     12      24    24     24
7214-1U2    1     1     6        1     1     12
7311-D20    8     8     0        8     8      0
7314-G30    8     8     0        8     8      0
 

I/O drawers are connected to the adapters in the CEC with the following cables:

• Data transfer cables:
  • RIO-2 attach cables for RIO-2 I/O drawers
  • 12X cables for 12X Channel I/O drawers

• Power control cables

RIO-2 I/O drawers and 12X channel I/O drawers may not be mixed in the same remote I/O loop.

Remote I/O drawer cable connections are always made in loops to help protect against a single point-of-failure resulting from an open, missing, or disconnected cable. A Power 520 or Power 550 system with nonlooped configurations could experience degraded performance and serviceability. If a nonloop connection is detected, a problem is reported.

The first I/O drawer attached in any remote I/O drawer loop requires two data transfer cables. Each additional drawer in the loop (up to the maximum allowed) requires one additional data transfer cable.

The first I/O drawer attached to a host system requires two Power Control Cables. Each additional I/O drawer added to a host system requires one additional power control cable. Each host system has one power control loop. All I/O drawers attached to a system are included in the same power control loop. Power control cable loops are different in this regard from data transfer cable loops.

Dual-Port 12X Channel Interface Adapter Options

Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach Adapter (#6446): Use the short run adapter for expansion I/O drawers located in close proximity to the host system or to other drawers in the I/O expansion loop. This adapter does not include signal repeaters.

Dual-Port 12X Channel Attach Adapter (#6457): Use the long run adapter for expansion I/O drawers located farther from the host system or other I/O drawers in the I/O expansion loop. This adapter includes signal repeaters to accommodate the longer cable lengths.

12X Cable Choice:

Each 5796 drawer requires one Dual-Port 12X Channel Adapter, either Short Run (#6446) or Long Run (#6457). The choice of adapters is dependent on the distance to the next 12X Channel connection in the loop, either to another I/O drawer or the host system. The following table identifies the supported cable lengths for each 12X Channel adapter. I/O drawers containing the Short Run adapter can be mixed in a single loop with I/O drawers containing the Long Run adapter. In this table, a "Yes" indicates that the 12X cable identified in that column can be used to connect the drawer configuration identified to the left. A "No" means it cannot be used.

                          12X Cable Options
                         0.6 M     1.5 M    3.0 M      8.0 M
                        (#1829)(1)(#1830)(1)(#1840)(2) (#1834)(3)
 
    Optional 12X DDR    (#1861)(1)(#1862)(1)(#1865)(2) (#1864)(3)
 
    5796 to 5796 w/12X
    Short Run adapter
    (#6446) in both
    drawers               Yes       Yes      No         No
 
    5796 w/ 12X Short
    Run adapter (#6446)
    to 5796 w/ 12X Long
    Run adapter (#6457)   Yes       Yes      Yes        No
 
    5796 to 5796  w/12X
    Long Run adapter
    (#6457) in both
    drawers               Yes       Yes      Yes        Yes
 
    5796 w/12X Short
    Run adapter (#6446)
    to host system        No        Yes      Yes        No
 
    5796 w/12X Long
    Run adapter (#6457)
    to system             No        Yes      Yes        Yes
 

Note: (1) The 0.6M and 1.5M 12X cables (#1829/#1830 or #1861/#1862) has very limited use due to its short length. It cannot be used to connect to a system drawer because of the short length. It is intended for use between two 5796 drawers mounted side by side in the same enclosure (#7314). It can also be used to connect between two modules located one beneath the other in a 7014 rack.

Note: (2) It is possible in some limited configurations to use the 3.0 M, 12X cable (#1840 or #1865) to locate 5796 modules in adjacent racks. The cable length requires careful management of the each drawer location within the rack. The best choice for connecting a G30 I/O Drawer in an adjacent rack is the 8.0 M, 12X cable (#1834 or #1864).

Note: (3) The 8M 12X cable (#1834 or #1864) is intended for use when connecting between two modules that are located in adjacent racks. This cable may not be connected to the 12X Short Run adapter (#6446).

PCI card slots

The Power 550 Express has a maximum of five hot-plug slots.

• Slot 1 is a PCIe x8 2.5 GHz short-length slot. A GX+ (583-783 MHz) or GX++ (1.56-1.75 GHz) slot shares this slot.

• Slot 2 is a PCIe x8 2.5 GHz short length-slot. A GX+ (583-783 MHz) slot shares this slot.

• To install a GX++ adapter in the system, two or more processor cards are required.

• To install two GX+ adapters in the system, two or more processor cards are required.

• Slot 3 is a PCIe x8 2.5 GHz full-length slot.

• Slots 4 and 5 are PCIX DDR 266 MHz full-length slots.

Note: Optional GX+ and GX++ adapters (RIO-G and IB) are used for external DASD and I/O drawer and tower expansion.

Graphics adapters

• A graphics adapter, keyboard, and mouse are not required in the minimum configuration.

• The maximum number of graphics adapters supported in the Power 550 Express is four.

I/O adapters

• Feature numbers 5613, 5623, 5624, and 5679 are not plugged into a slot.
• Refer to Figure 2 for additional I/O adapter limitations.
• The adapter installed in slot 1 or 2 must be short.
• A maximum of two of feature 1981, 1982, 5718, or 5719 is allowed in the system.
• A maximum of two of feature 5614 and 5616 is allowed in the system. Both require a GX slot.

Figure 2. I/O adapter features

                                    Orderable Supported Maxc
                                    Feature   Feature   CEC
I/O Adapter                         number    number    qty Size
---------------------------         -------   --------- --- --------
4-port USB PCI-e                    2728                  3  Short
2-port USB PCI                      2738                  2  Short
8-port Asynchronous EIA-232         2943                  2  Short
4-port ARTIC960Hx                              2947       2  Long
2-port Multiprotocol                           2962       2  Short
GXT135P Graphics Accelerator        2849       1980       2  Short
PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor     4764                  2  Long
Enhanced Dual-port 12X Channel Att. 5609                  1  GX++
                                                              slot
2-port 10 GB E'net Daughter Card    5613                  1  N/A
Dual-port RIO-2 I/O Hub             5614                  2  GX slot
Dual-prt 12x Channel Attach         5616                  2  GX slot
2-port 1 Gb E'net Daughter Card     5623                  1  N/A
4-port 1 Gb E'net Daughter Card     5624                  1  N/A
SAS RAID Enablement Card            5679                  1  N/A
Gigabit Ethernet                    5700       1978       2  Short
10/100/1000 Ethernet                5701       1979       2  Short
2-port 10/100/1000 Ethernet         5706       1983       2  Short
2-port Gigabit Ethernet-SX          5707       1984       2  Short
ISCI TOE Gb Ethernet (Copper)       5713       1986       2  Short
ISCI TOE Gb Ethernet (Fiber)        5714       1987       2  Short
2 Gb Fibre Channel PCI-X                       5716/1977  2  Short
4-port 1 Gb Ethernet PCI-e 4x       5717                  3  Short
10 Gigabit Ethernet - SR                       5718\1981  2  Short
10 Gigabit Ethernet - LR                       5719\1982  2  Short
10 Gb Ethernet - Short Reach        5721                  2  Short
10 Gb Ethernet - Long Reach         5722                  2  Short
2-port Asynchronous EIA-232         5723                  2  Short
10 Gb Ethernet-CX4 PCIe             5732                  3  Short
8 Gb PCIe Dual Port FC              5735                  3  Short
PCI-X Ultra320 SCSI DDR             5736       1912       2  Short
4-port 10/100/1000 Ethernet         5740       1954       2  Short
GXT145 PCIe Graphics Accelerator    5748                  3  Short
1-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel (PCI-X)   5758       1905       2  Short
2-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel (PCI-X)   5759       1910       2  Short
2-port 1 Gb Ethernet (UTP) PCIe     5767                  3  Short
2-port 1 Gb Ethernet (Fiber) PCIe   5768                  3  Short
10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI Express       5769                  3  Short
10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI Express       5772                  3  Short
1-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel (PCI-e)   5773                  3  Short
2-port 4 Gb Fibre Channel (PCI-e)   5774                  3  Short
4-port Asynch EIA-232 PCIe          5785                  3  Short
SAS Controller PCI-X 2.0            5900                  2  Short
PCIe Dual - x4 SAS                  5901                  3  Short
PCI-X DDR Dual SAS RAID             5902                  2  Long
PCIe Dual - x4 3 Gb SAS RAID        5903                  3  Short
PCI-X DDR 1.5 GB Cache SAS RAID     5904                  2  Long
PCI-X DDR 1.5 GB Cache SAS RAID-BSC 5908                  2  Long
PCI-X DDR Dual SAS                  5912                  2  Short
Quad Digital Trunk                  6312                  2  Long
 

Note: Maximum quantities are the CEC maximums, not system maximums.

Storage devices/bays

• Either feature 8341, 8345, 8346, 8308, or 8310 must be selected. Feature numbers 8345, 8346, and 8310 require feature number 3668 or 3669 if external SAS connection is required. Features 8308 and 8341 do not support an external SAS conection.
• If feature 3646, 3647, 3648, 3649, 3658, 3677, or 3678 (3.5-inch DASD) is selected, then the following rules apply:
  • Either feature 8308, 8310, 8341 or 8345 must be selected. Feature number 1843 or 1877 must be selected.
• If feature 1881, 1882, 1883, or 1884 (2.5-inch DASD) is selected, then the following rules apply:
  • Feature 8346 must be selected. Feature number 1856 or 1878 must be selected. Feature numbers 1881, 1882, 8346, 1856 and 1878 are planned to be available on 4/24/2009.
• If connection of external devices is desired using the external SAS port on feature 8345 or 8346, feature number 3668 or 3669 is required.
• Feature 1843 or 1856 must be selected with deskside coverset feature 7292 or 7217.
• Feature 1877 or 1878 must be selected with rack-mount bezel feature 7359 or 7360.
• If a tape device (#5907, or follow-ons) is installed in the half-high media bay, feature 3655 or 3656 must be selected.
• Split DASD Support Requirements:
  • High function DASD backplane (#8345, #8346, #8310, or follow-on)
  • SAS Cable, DASD Backplane (Split) to Rear Bulkhead (#3670)
  • SAS Adapter #5900, #5901, #5912, or follow-on
  • External SAS cable
• Solid State Drives (SSDs) (#1890, #1909, #3586, #3587)
  • SSDs and other disk types (HDDs) are not allowed to mirror each other.
  • SSDs are not compatible with #5900, #5901 and #5912.
  • #3586 and #3587 are not supported in the Power 520 and Power 550 CECs.
  • Maximum of 8 per #5886 drawer. No mixing of SSDs and HDDs in a #5886. Maximum of one #5886 contaning #5886 attached to a disk controller. A #5886 containing SSD disks cannot be con-nected to other #5886s. A #5886 containing SSD disks can not be attached to the CEC external ports on the Power 520 and Power 550.
  • In a Power 520 or Power 550 with a split backplane, SSDs and HDDs may be placed in either "split" but no mixing of SSDs and HDDs within a "split" is allowed.
  • In a Power 520 or Power 550 without a split backplane, SSDs and HDDs may be mixed in any combination.
  • #1890 and #1909 are supported in Power 520, Power 550 CECs and #5802 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk drawer.

Figure 3. Storage device features

                                            Orderable Supported
                   Maximum                  Feature   Feature
Device             quantity        Bay      number    number
---------------- --------------- ---------  --------- ---------
                 AIX IBM i Linux
DVD-ROM (IDE)     1   1      1    Slim       5756
DVD-ROM           0   18     0    In tower             3706
DVD-ROM           0   18     0    In tower             4425
DVD-ROM           0   18     0    In tower             4625
DVD-RAM (IDE)     1   1      1    Slim       5757
DVD-RAM           0   18     0    In tower             2625
DVD-RAM           0   18     0    In tower             4430
DVD-RAM           0   18     0    In tower             4630
DVD-ROM (SATA)    1    1     1    Slim       5743
DVD-RAM (SATA)    1    1     1    Slim       5762
 
Note: Features 2625, 3706, 4425, 4625, 4430, and 4630 are not
supported in the CEC.
A maximum of one (1) total of features 5743, 5756, 5757, and
5762 is allowed in the CEC.
 
4mm 36/72 GB Tape (SAS)     1   1      1    Half high   5907
80/150GB DAT160 Tape (SAS)  1   1      1    Half high   5619
800GB/1.6TB LT04 Tape (SAS) 1   1      1    Half High   5746
30GB 1/4" Cartridge Tape    0   18     0    Half high   3707
50GB 1/4" Cartridge Tape    0   18     0    Half high   3708
 
Note: Features 3707, 3708 and 4487 are not supported in the CEC.
 
                                              Orderable Supported
                     Maximum                  Feature   Feature
Device               quantity        Bay      number    number
----------------   --------------- ---------  --------- ---------
                   AIX IBM i Linux
73.4 GB 15K,        582  0     582  DASD 1-6,    3646
  SAS, Hot-swap                     48 x #5886
146.8 GB 15K RPM,   582  0     582  DASD 1-6,    3647
  SAS, Hot-swap                     48 x #5886
300 GB 15K RPM,     582  0     582  DASD 1-6,    3648
  SAS, Hot-swap                     48 x #5886
450 GB 15K RPM,     582  0     582  DASD 1-6,    3649
  SAS, Hot-swap                     48 x #5886
69.8 GB 15K RPM,      0  582     0  DASD 1-6,    3676
  SAS, Hot-swap                     48 x #5886
139.6 GB 15K RPM,     0  582     0  DASD 1-6,    3677
  SAS, Hot-swap                     48 x #5886
283.8 GB 15K RPM,     0  582     0  DASD 1-6,    3678
  SAS, Hot-swap                     48 x #5886
428.4 GB 15K RPM,     0  294     0  DASD 1-6,    3658
  SAS, Hot-swap                     24 x #5886
73.4 GB 10,000 RPM,  80    0    80  SFF DASD2-8  1881
  SAS, SFF, Hot-swap                72 in 4 x #5802
73.4 GB 15,000 RPM,  80    0    80  SFF DASD 1-8 1883
  SAS, SFF, Hot-swap                72 in 4 x #5802
146.8 GB 10,000 RPM, 80    0    80  SFF DASD 1-8 1882
  SAS, SFF, Hot-swap                72 in 4 x #5802
69.7 GB 15,000 RPM,   0   80     0  SFF DASD 1-8 1884
  SAS, SFF, Hot-swap                72 in 4 x #5802
69 GB, SAS, SFF,      8    0     8  SFF DASD 1-8 1890
  Solid-state
69 GB, SAS, SFF,      0    8     0  SFF DASD 1-8 1909
  Solid-state
69 GB, SAS,         192    0   192  8 in 24 x    3586
  Solid-state                       #5886
69 GB, SAS,           0  192     0  8 in 24 x    3587
  Solid-state                       #5886
 
 
                                             Orderable Supported
                  Maximum                    Feature   Feature
Device            quantity         Bay       number    number
----------------  ---------------  --------- --------- ----------
                  AIX IBM i Linux
36.4 GB 10K RPM,  672    0   672   See note  3273
SCSI
36.4 GB 15K RPM,  672    0   672   See note  3277      1970
SCSI
73.4 GB 10K RPM,  672    0   672   See note  3274      1968
SCSI
73.4 GB 15K RPM,  672    0   672   See note  3278      1971
SCSI
146.8 GB 15K RPM, 672    0   672   See note  3279      1972
SCSI
146.8 GB 10K RPM, 672    0   672   See note  3275      1969
SCSI
300 GB 10K RPM,   672    0   673   See note  3578      1973
SCSI
300 GB 15K RPM,   672    0   672   See note  3585
SCSI
35.16 GB 15K RPM,   0 1116     0             4326
SCSI
70.56 GB 15K RPM,   0 1116     0             4327
SCSI
141.14 GB 15K RPM,  0 1116     0             4328
SCSI
282.25 GB 15K RPM,  0 1116     0             4329
SCSI
 

Note: SCSI disks are not supported in the 8204-E8A CEC. 672 system maximum is achieved with 96 in 8x7311-D20 and 576 in 24x#5786/#5787. 1116 system maximum is achieved with 540 in 12x#5094/#5294 and 576 in 24x#5786/#5787.

Hardware Requirements

Power Systems 550 minimum system configuration

The Power 550 has four processor slots, each of which can contain a 2-core processor. The system can contain up to 256 GB of system memory (64 GB maximum per processor card), five PCI adapters, and multiple media devices, as desired. This flexibility is made available through the many optional features for the Power 550 Express.

Each Power 550 Express must include a minimum of the following items:

• One system Central Electronics Complex (CEC) enclosure with the following items:
  • One power cord (#13xx, #14xx, #64xx, #66xx)
  • One Language Group, Specify (#9300 or #97xx)
• One processor card:
  • 2-core 3.5 GHz POWER6 processor with 32 MB L3 cache (#4965)
  • 2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 processor with 32 MB L3 cache (#4966)
  • 2-core 5.0 GHz POWER6 processor with 32 MB L3 cache (#4967)
• Two processor activations:
  • 2 x #4985, or 1 x #4985 and 1 x #4945 with processor #4965
  • 2 x #4986, or 1 x #4986 and 1 x #4946 with processor #4966
  • 2 x #4987, or 1 x #4987 and 1 x #4947 with processor #4967

Note: Features 4985 and 4986 are part of Express Product Offerings.

Note: Processor activations are only available to Solution Delivery Integration (SDIs) as MES orders.

Choose 1 GB minimum memory from:

• 1024 MB PC2-5300 Memory (2 x 512 MB RDIMMs) (#4520)
• 2048 MB PC2-5300 Memory (2 x 1024 MB RDIMMs) (#4521)
• 4096 MB PC2-5300 Memory (2 x 2048 MB 512Mb RDIMMs) (#4522)
• 4096 MB PC2-5300 Memory (2 x 2048 MB 1Gb RDIMMs) (#4532)
• 8192 MB PC2-5300 Memory (2 x 4096 MB RDIMMs) (#4523)
• 16384 MB PC2-3200 Memory (2 x 8192 MB RDIMMs) (#4524)

Choose DASD Backplane from:

• DASD Backplane without external SAS port, IDE DVD, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8341)
• DASD Backplane without external SAS port, SATA DVD, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8308)
• DASD Backplane with external SAS port, IDE DVD, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8345)
• DASD Backplane with external SAS port, SATA DVD, 6 x 3.5-inch DASD (#8310)
• DASD Backplane with external SAS port, SATA DVD, 8 x 2.5-inch DASD (#8346)

Note: Feature 8308 and 8341 are not available with IBM i operating system (#2145)

Choose Ethernet daughter card from:

• Dual-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5623)
• 4-port 1 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5624)
• Dual-port 10 Gb Integrated Ethernet Daughter Card (#5613)

Choose disk drive from:

• 73.4 GB SAS 3.5-inch 15,000 RPM (#3646) (AIX, Linux, VIOS)
• 146.8 GB SAS 3.5-inch 15,000 RPM (#3647) (AIX, Linux, VIOS)
• 300 GB SAS 3.5-inch 15,000 RPM (#3648) (AIX, Linux, VIOS)
• 450 GB SAS 3.5-inch 15,000 RPM (#3649)(AIX, Linux, VIOS)
• 428 GB SAS 3.5-inch 15,000 RPM (#3658)(IBM i)
• 139.5 GB SAS 3.5-inch 15,000 RPM (#3677)(IBM i)
• 283.7 GB SAS 3.5-inch 15,000 RPM (#3678)(IBM i)
• 73.4 GB SAS 3.5-inch 15,000 RPM (#1881)(IBM i)
• 146.8 GB SAS 3.5-inch 15,000 RPM (#1882)(IBM i)
• 69.7 GB SAS 2.5-inch 15,000 RPM (#1884) (IBM i)
• 69 GB Solid State 2.5-inch (#1890)(AIX, Linux, VIOS)
• 69 GB Solid State 2.5-inch (#1909)(IBM i)

Note: Beginning October 7, 2008 if using a Fibre Channel attached SAN (indicated by feature number 0837), a disk drive is not required.

Choose Op Panel cable from:

• Cable for deskside with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1843)
• Cable for rack-mount drawer with 3.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1877)
• Cable for deskside with 2.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1856)
• Cable for rack-mount drawer with 2.5-inch DASD Backplane (#1878)

Choose media device from:

• IDE DVD-ROM (#5756)
• IDE DVD-RAM (#5757)
• SATA DVD-ROM (#5743)
• SATA DVD-RAM (#5762)

One power supply from:

• 1700 watt AC, Hot-swap, Base (#7707)
• 1700 watt DC, Hot-swap, Base (#7708)

Configuration indicator:

• #7292 for deskside system with IBM cover set with door
• #7217 for deskside system with OEM cover set with door
• #7360 for rack-mount system with IBM bezel
• #7359 for rack-mount system with OEM bezel

Note: OEM cover set (#7217) and OEM bezel (#7359) are not available with IBM i operating system.

To have a supported IBM i configuration, any IBM i formatted disk drive must be protected by either mirroring (RAID 10) or by RAID-5/6. If IBM i formatted disks are used, there must be a minimum of two drives in the system unit or attached I/O drawer/tower. If IBM i uses SAN attached or virtual disk, the protection of the SAN or VIOS disk drives is used. Also, at least one DVD drive on the configuration must be accessible by IBM i, but it can be located on either inside or outside of the system unit.

RAID

Internal RAID is available on the Power 550 Express. Feature 5679 is required for internal RAID. RAID also requires DASD Backplane feature 8345 or 8346. Hardware RAID 0, 5, 6, and 10 are supported.

RAID 0 (minimum 2 disks) provides striping without parity for performance, but does not offer any fault tolerance. The failure of a single drive will result in the loss of all data on the array.

RAID 1 provides mirrored set (minimum 2 disks) without parity. Provides fault tolerance from disk errors and single disk failure. Increased read performance occurs when using a multi-threaded operating system that supports split seeks, very small performance reduction when writing. Array continues to operate so long as at least one drive is functioning.

RAID 5 (minimum 3 disks) uses block-level data striping with distributed parity. RAID 5 stripes both data and parity information across three or more drives. Fault tolerance is maintained by ensuring that the parity information for any given block of data is placed on a drive separate from those used to store the data itself.

RAID 6 (minimum 4 disks) uses block-level data striping with dual distributed parity, the same as RAID 5 except RAID 6 uses a second level of independently calculated and distributed parity information for additional fault tolerance. This extra fault tolerance provides data security in the event two drives fail before a drive can be replaced. RAID 6 requires N+2 drives to accommodate the additional parity data, which makes it less cost-effective than RAID 5 for equivalent storage capacity.

RAID 10 is a combination of RAID 0 and RAID 1. In this type of implementation, a RAID 0 stripe set of data is created across a two-disk array for performance benefits. A duplicate of the first stripe is then mirrored on another two-disk array for fault tolerance.

Software Requirements

If installing the AIX operating system (one of these):

• AIX V5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 7, or later
• AIX V5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level, or later
• AIX V5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4, or later
• AIX V6.1, or later

If installing the IBM i operating system (one of these):

• IBM i 5.4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later
• IBM i 6.1, or later

If installing Linux (one of these):

• SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
• Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.5 for POWER, or later
• Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 for POWER, or later

Visit the IBM Prerequisite Web site for compatibility information for hardware features and the corresponding AIX Technology Levels:

http://www-912.ibm.com/e_dir/eserverprereq.nsf

Note: Not all Power 550 Express features available under the AIX operating system are available under the IBM i or Linux operating system.

Information on features and external devices supported by Linux on the Power 550 Express can be found at:

http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/linux

If installing the Power 550 Express server within the Cluster 1600:

• CSM V1.7 (AIX or Linux)

Back to top
 

Publications

The following information is shipped with the 8204-E8A. Additional copies are available. To order, contact your IBM representative.

                Title                                   Order Number
-------------------------------------------             ------------
8204-E8A Service CD-ROM                                  SK5T-7090
Customer Installable Features for the
IBM System p 550 (8204-E8A)                              SA76-0144
Installation Guide for the IBM System p 550              SA76-0140
Safety Notices                                           G229-9054
System p Statement of Limited Warranty                   SA76-0125
License Agreement for Machine Code                       Z125-5468
Safety Inspection Guide                                  SA76-0122
Verify FW Level Notification                             GL11-4284
 

The following publications will be included on the 8204-E8A Service CD-ROM (SK5T-7090):

                Title                                   Order Number
-----------------------------------------               ------------
Service Guide for the 8204-E8A (IBM System p 550)        SA76-0139
Note: This document will not be translated.
 
AIX Diagnostics and Service Aids                         SA76-0106
Managing Devices                                         SA76-0107
Managing PCI Adapters                                    SA76-0092
Problem Analysis                                         SA76-0111
Progress Codes                                           SA76-0093
Reference Code Lookup                                    SA76-0099
Service Guide for Deskside and Rack-mounted Consoles     SA76-0120
Service Guide for the 7031 Models D24 and T24            SA76-0118
Service Guide for the 7311 Model D20                     SA76-0116
Service Guide for the 7314 Model G30                     SA76-0083
Service Guide for the 7214 Model 1U2                     SA23-0801
Service Request Numbers                                  SA76-0097
System p PCI Adapter Placement Guide                     SA76-0090
System Reference Codes Volume 1                          SA76-0089
System Reference Codes Volume 2                          SA76-0109
System Reference Codes Volume 3                          SA76-0110
 

Hardware documentation such as installation instructions, user's information, and service information are available to download or view at:

http://www.ibm.com/systems/support

AIX documentation can be found at the IBM System p and AIX Information Center at:

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/pseries/index.jsp

Publications:

The following publications are available after the planned availability date.

                Title                                    Order Number
--------------------------------------------             ------------
8204-E8A Service CD-ROM                                  SK5T-7090
Customer Installable Features for the
IBM System p 550 (8204-E8A)                              SA76-0144
Installation Guide for the IBM System p 550              SA76-0140
Physical Planning Guide for the 8204-E8A                 SA76-0137
Site Preparation and Physical Planning Guide             SA76-0103
Safety Notices                                           G229-9054
System p Statement of Limited Warranty                   SA76-0125
License Agreement for Machine Code                       Z125-5468
Safety Inspection Guide                                  SA76-0122
Verify FW Level Notification                             GL11-4284
System p Overview                                        SA76-0098
Physical Planning Guide for the 8204-E8A                 SA76-0137
Logical Partitioning Guide                               SA76-0098
Logical Partitioning Guide Operations Guide for ASMI
and Nonpartitioned Systems                               SA76-0098
Functional Matrix                                        SA76-0094
PowerVM Operations Guide                                 SA76-0100
Virtual I/O Server Command Reference                     SA76-0101
Site and Hardware Planning Guide                         SA76-0091
Service Guide for the 8204-E8A (IBM System p 550)        SA76-0139
Note: This document will not be translated.
AIX Diagnostics and Service Aids                         SA76-0106
Managing Devices                                         SA76-0107
Managing PCI Adapters                                    SA76-0092
Problem Analysis                                         SA76-0111
Progress Codes                                           SA76-0093
Reference Code Lookup                                    SA76-0099
Service Guide for Deskside and Rack-mounted Consoles     SA76-0120
Service Guide for the 7031 Models D24 and T24            SA76-0118
Service Guide for the 7311 Model D20                     SA76-0116
Service Guide for the 7314 Model G30                     SA76-0083
Service Guide for the 7214 Model 1U2                     SA23-0801
Service Request Numbers                                  SA76-0097
System p PCI Adapter Placement Guide                     SA76-0090
System Reference Codes Volume 1                          SA76-0089
System Reference Codes Volume 2                          SA76-0109
System Reference Codes Volume 3                          SA76-0110
IBM SAS RAID Controller Reference Guide for AIX          SA76-0112
IBM SAS RAID Controller Reference Guide for Linux        SA76-0114
 

Back to top
 

Features -- Specify/Special/Exchange

No Charge Specify Codes

Special Feature Codes -- Chargeable

Feature Exchanges

No Charge Specify Codes

Specify Features for Machine Type 8204

• Languages
  • (#9300) -Language Group Specify - US English
  • (#9700) -Language Group Specify - Dutch
  • (#9703) -Language Group Specify - French
  • (#9704) -Language Group Specify - German
  • (#9705) -Language Group Specify - Polish
  • (#9706) -Language Group Specify - Norwegian
  • (#9707) -Language Group Specify - Portuguese
  • (#9708) -Language Group Specify - Spanish
  • (#9711) -Language Group Specify - Italian
  • (#9712) -Language Group Specify - Canadian French
  • (#9714) -Language Group Specify - Japanese
  • (#9715) -Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
  • (#9716) -Language Group Specify - Korean
  • (#9718) -Language Group Specify - Turkish
  • (#9719) -Language Group Specify - Hungarian
  • (#9720) -Language Group Specify - Slovakian
  • (#9721) -Language Group Specify - Russian
  • (#9722) -Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
  • (#9724) -Language Group Specify - Czech
  • (#9725) -Language Group Specify -- Romanian
  • (#9726) -Language Group Specify - Croatian
  • (#9727) -Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
  • (#9728) -Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
  • (#9729) -Language Group Specify - Thai

• Miscellaneous
  • (#0983) - US TAA Compliance Indicator
  • (#1114) - Smart Analytics System routing indicator
  • (#9461) -Month Indicator
  • (#9462) -Day Indicator
  • (#9463) -Hour Indicator
  • (#9464) -Minute Indicator
  • (#9465) -Qty Indicator
  • (#9466) -Countable Member Indicator

• Specify Codes
  • (#9169) -Order Routing Indicator-System Plant
  • (#9440) - New AIX License Core Counter
  • (#9441) - New IBM i License Core Counter
  • (#9442) - New Red Hat License Core Counter
  • (#9443) - New SUSE License Core Counter
  • (#9444) - Other AIX License Core Counter
  • (#9445) - Other Linux License Core Counter
  • (#9446) - 3rd Party Linux Core Counter
  • (#9447) - VIOS Core Counter
  • (#9642) -Power 550 Express Edition for IBM i
  • (#9645) -Power 550 4-core Solution Edition (2 i) for IBM i
  • (#9646) -Power 550 4-core Solution Edition (4 i) for IBM i

Special Feature Codes -- Chargeable

Special Features - Initial Orders

• Administrative
  • (#0462) -SSD Placement Indicator - CEC
  • (#0463) -SSD Placement Indicator (5802/5803)
  • (#0464) -SSD Placement Indicator - 5886

• Miscellaneous
  • (#0710) -Balanced Warehouse Solution Indicator
  • (#5000) -Software Preload Required
  • (#8143) -Linux Software Preinstall
  • (#8144) -Linux Software Preinstall (SDIs)
  • (#5001) -Custom Service Specify, Off-Site
  • (#5005) -Software Preinstall

• Services
  • (#5524) -RFID TAGS FOR SERVERS, BLADES, BLADECENTERS, RACKS, AND HMCS

• Specify Codes
  • (#0205) -RISC-to-RISC Data Migration
  • (#0456) -Customer Specified Placement

    One and only one rack indicator features is required on all orders (#4650 to #4666).

  • (#4650) -Rack Indicator-Not Factory Integrated
  • (#4651) -Rack Indicator, Rack #1
  • (#4652) -Rack Indicator, Rack #2
  • (#4653) -Rack Indicator, Rack #3
  • (#4654) -Rack Indicator, Rack #4
  • (#4655) -Rack Indicator, Rack #5
  • (#4656) -Rack Indicator, Rack #6
  • (#4657) -Rack Indicator, Rack #7
  • (#4658) -Rack Indicator, Rack #8
  • (#4659) -Rack Indicator, Rack #9
  • (#4660) -Rack Indicator, Rack #10
  • (#4661) -Rack Indicator, Rack #11
  • (#4662) -Rack Indicator, Rack #12
  • (#4663) -Rack Indicator, Rack #13
  • (#4664) -Rack Indicator, Rack #14
  • (#4665) -Rack Indicator, Rack #15
  • (#4666) -Rack Indicator, Rack #16

• Media Supplies
  • (#5689) -DAT160 Data Cartridge
  • (#5747) -IBM LTO Ultrium 4 800 GB Data Cartridge

Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable

• Adapters
  • (#1905) -4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
  • (#1910) -4 GB Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
  • (#1912) -PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
  • (#1954) -4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
  • (#1977) -2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
  • (#1978) -IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
  • (#1979) -IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
  • (#1980) -POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
  • (#1981) -10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
  • (#1982) -IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
  • (#1983) -IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
  • (#1984) -IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
  • (#1986) -1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
  • (#1987) -1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
  • (#2728) -4 port USB PCIe Adapter
  • (#2738) -2-Port USB PCI Adapter
  • (#2749) -PCI Ultra Mag Media Controller
  • (#2757) -PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller
  • (#2780) -PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller
  • (#2787) -PCI-X Fibre Chan Disk Controller
  • (#2844) -PCI IOP
  • (#2847) -PCI IOP for SAN Load Source
  • (#2849) -POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
  • (#2893) -PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem
  • (#2894) -PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem CIM
  • (#2943) -8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
  • (#2947) -IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
  • (#2962) -2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
  • (#3705) -PCI IOP
  • (#4746) -PCI Twinaxial Workstn IOA
  • (#4764) -PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
  • (#4801) -PCI Crypto Coprocessor
  • (#4805) -PCI Crypto Accelerator
  • (#4812) -PCI Integ xSeries Server
  • (#4813) -PCI Integ xSeries Server
  • (#5580) -2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
  • (#5581) -2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
  • (#5583) -5777 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
  • (#5590) -2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
  • (#5591) -2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
  • (#5608) -GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach
  • (#5609) -GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach
  • (#5613) -Dual Port (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet 10Gb Daughter Card
  • (#5614) -Dual Port RIO-2 I/O Hub
  • (#5616) -GX Dual-port 12x Channel Attach
  • (#5623) -Dual Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
  • (#5624) -4-Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
  • (#5646) -Blind Swap Type III Cassette-PCIe, Short Slot
  • (#5647) -Blind Swap Type III Cassette-PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot
  • (#5679) -SAS RAID Enablement
  • (#5700) -IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
  • (#5701) -IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
  • (#5702) -PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller
  • (#5704) -PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller
  • (#5706) -IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
  • (#5707) -IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
  • (#5708) -10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
  • (#5712) -PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
  • (#5713) -1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
  • (#5714) -1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
  • (#5716) -2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
  • (#5717) -4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter
  • (#5718) -10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
  • (#5719) -IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
  • (#5721) -10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
  • (#5722) -10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
  • (#5723) -2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
  • (#5732) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter
  • (#5735) -8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
  • (#5736) -PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
  • (#5740) -4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
  • (#5741) -IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
  • (#5742) -IBM Dual Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
  • (#5748) -POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator
  • (#5749) -4Gbps Fibre Channel (2-Port)
  • (#5758) -4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
  • (#5759) -4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
  • (#5760) -PCI-X Fibre Chan Disk Controller
  • (#5761) -PCI-X Fibre Chan Tape Controller
  • (#5767) -2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter
  • (#5768) -2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter
  • (#5769) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter
  • (#5772) -10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter
  • (#5773) -4 Gigabit PCI Express Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter
  • (#5774) -4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
  • (#5776) -PCI-X Disk Controller-90MB No IOP
  • (#5777) -PCI-X Disk Controller-1.5GB No IOP
  • (#5778) -PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP
  • (#5782) -PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP
  • (#5785) -4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
  • (#5806) -PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
  • (#5900) -PCI-X DDR Dual -x4 SAS Adapter
  • (#5901) -PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter
  • (#5902) -PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
  • (#5903) -PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
  • (#5904) -PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter
  • (#5908) -PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter (BSC)
  • (#5912) -PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter
  • (#5921) -Non-paired PCIx SAS RAID Indicator
  • (#5922) -Non-paired SAS RAID indicator
  • (#5923) -Non-paired PCIe SAS RAID Indicator
  • (#6312) -Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter
  • (#6417) -RIO-2 Bus Adapter
  • (#6438) -RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter for #5790
  • (#6446) -Dual-port 12X Channel Attach-Short Run
  • (#6457) -Dual-port 12X Channel Attach-Long Run
  • (#6699) -RIO-2 Bus Adapter
  • (#6805) -PCI 2-Line WAN IOA No IOP
  • (#6808) -PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA No IOP
  • (#6809) -PCI 4-Modm WAN IOA NoIOP CIM
  • (#6833) -PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem NoIOP
  • (#6834) -PCI 2-Ln WAN w/Mod NoIOP CIM
  • (#7514) -Quantity 150 of #5741
  • (#7863) -PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type II

• Administrative
  • (#0719) -Load Source Not in CEC

• Cable
  • (#1019) -Modem Cable - Australia
  • (#1020) -Modem Cable - HK/NZ
  • (#1025) -Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
  • (#1111) -CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M BLUE
  • (#1112) -CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M BLUE
  • (#1113) -CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M BLUE
  • (#1115) -CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M GREEN
  • (#1116) -CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M GREEN
  • (#1117) -CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M GREEN
  • (#1118) -CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M YELLOW
  • (#1119) -CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M YELLOW
  • (#1121) -CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M YELLOW
  • (#1460) -3m Copper RIO Cable
  • (#1461) -6m Copper RIO Cable
  • (#1462) -15m RIO Cable
  • (#1466) -30m SPCN Cable
  • (#1474) -6m RIO to RIO-2 Cable
  • (#1475) -10m RIO to RIO-2 Cable
  • (#1485) -Remote I/O Cable, 15M
  • (#1487) -3m RIO to RIO-2 Cable
  • (#1827) -System port/UPS Conversion Cable
  • (#1828) -1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
  • (#1829) -0.6 Meter 12X Cable
  • (#1830) -1.5 Meter 12X cable
  • (#1834) -8.0 Meter 12X Cable
  • (#1840) -3.0 Meter 12X Cable
  • (#1841) -3 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
  • (#1842) -10 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
  • (#1843) -Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/3.5" DASD
  • (#1854) -10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion Cable
  • (#1856) -Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/2.5" DASD
  • (#1861) -0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable
  • (#1862) -1.5 Meter 12X DDR Cable
  • (#1864) -8.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
  • (#1865) -3.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
  • (#1877) -Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/3.5" DASD
  • (#1878) -Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/2.5" DASD
  • (#2114) -PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
  • (#2118) -Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
  • (#2124) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 1 Meter
  • (#2125) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter
  • (#2126) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 5 Meter
  • (#2127) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 Meter
  • (#2128) -Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 20 Meter
  • (#2138) -0.55 Meter Ultra 320 SCSI Cable
  • (#2424) -0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
  • (#2425) -2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
  • (#2456) -LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
  • (#2459) -LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
  • (#2861) -ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
  • (#2863) -ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
  • (#2864) -ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
  • (#2877) -IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
  • (#2934) -Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
  • (#2936) -Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
  • (#2951) -Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
  • (#2952) -Cable, V.35
  • (#2953) -Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
  • (#2954) -Cable, X.21
  • (#3124) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer
  • (#3125) -Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
  • (#3146) -RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M
  • (#3147) -RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 3.5M
  • (#3148) -RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M
  • (#3156) -RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.75M
  • (#3168) -RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M
  • (#3652) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M
  • (#3653) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M
  • (#3654) -SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M
  • (#3655) -SAS HH Cable
  • (#3656) -SAS SFF Cable
  • (#3657) -SAS SFF Cable
  • (#3661) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 3M
  • (#3662) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 6M
  • (#3663) -SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/ Dual Path 15M
  • (#3668) -SAS Cable, DASD Backplane to Rear Bulkhead
  • (#3669) -SAS Cable, DASD Backplane (Split) to Rear Bulkhead)
  • (#3679) -SAS Cable (AI)-1M
  • (#3681) -3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
  • (#3682) -6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
  • (#3684) -SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 3M
  • (#3685) -SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/ single path 6M
  • (#3686) -SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5M
  • (#3687) -SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3M
  • (#3688) -SAS Cable (AT) 0.6 Meter
  • (#3691) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5 M
  • (#3692) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3 M
  • (#3693) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 6 M
  • (#3694) -SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 15 M
  • (#3925) -Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
  • (#3926) -Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
  • (#3927) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
  • (#3928) -Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
  • (#4242) -6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)
  • (#4256) -Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M
  • (#4276) -VGA to DVI Connection Converter
  • (#6001) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter
  • (#6006) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter
  • (#6007) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter
  • (#6008) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter
  • (#6029) -Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter
  • (#7204) -Quantity 150 of #2124
  • (#7205) -Quantity 150 of #2125
  • (#7206) -Quantity 150 of #2126
  • (#7207) -Quantity 150 of #2127
  • (#7208) -Quantity 150 of #2128
  • (#7213) -Quantity 150 of #2138
  • (#7801) -Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
  • (#7802) -Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

• Communications
  • (#1108) -Juniper EXP4200 Ethernet Switch

• Disk
  • (#1881) -73.4 GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
  • (#1882) -146.8 GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
  • (#1883) -73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
  • (#1884) -69.7 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
  • (#1885) -300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive
  • (#1886) -146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive
  • (#1888) -139GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive
  • (#1890) -69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive
  • (#1909) -69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive
  • (#1968) -73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
  • (#1969) -146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
  • (#1970) -36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
  • (#1971) -73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
  • (#1972) -146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
  • (#1973) -300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
  • (#3273) -36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
  • (#3274) -73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
  • (#3275) -146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
  • (#3277) -36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
  • (#3278) -73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
  • (#3279) -146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
  • (#3578) -300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
  • (#3585) -300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive
  • (#3586) -69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
  • (#3587) -69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
  • (#3646) -73 GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
  • (#3647) -146 GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
  • (#3648) -300 GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
  • (#3649) -450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
  • (#3658) -428GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
  • (#3676) -69.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
  • (#3677) -139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
  • (#3678) -283.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
  • (#4319) -35.16GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
  • (#4326) -35.16GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
  • (#4327) -70.56GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
  • (#4328) -141.12GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
  • (#4329) -282.25GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
  • (#5554) -Mirror 35GB Disk/Controller Pkg
  • (#5555) -Mirror 70GB Disk/Controller Pkg
  • (#5556) -Mirror 141GB Disk/Controller Pkg
  • (#7504) -Quantity 150 of #4319
  • (#7508) -Quantity 150 of #4326
  • (#7509) -Quantity 150 of #4327
  • (#7510) -Quantity 150 of #4328
  • (#7511) -Quantity 150 of #4329
  • (#7517) -Quantity 150 of #3676
  • (#7518) -Quantity 150 of #3677
  • (#7519) -Quantity 150 of #3678
  • (#7535) -Quantity 150 of #3586
  • (#7536) -Quantity 150 of #3587
  • (#7538) -Quantity 150 of #3658
  • (#7549) -Quantity 150 of #3647
  • (#7564) -Quantity 150 of #3648
  • (#7565) -Quantity 150 of #3649

• Display
  • (#3632) -Widescreen LCD Monitor
  • (#3636) -L200P Flat Panel Monitor
  • (#3637) -IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
  • (#3639) -IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
  • (#3640) -ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
  • (#3641) -IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
  • (#3642) -ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
  • (#3643) -IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
  • (#3644) -IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
  • (#3645) -IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

• Drive
  • (#1103) -USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive
  • (#1104) -USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive
  • (#1106) -USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive
  • (#1107) -USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive

• Keyboards
  • (#5951) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
  • (#5952) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
  • (#5953) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
  • (#5954) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
  • (#5955) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
  • (#5956) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
  • (#5957) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
  • (#5958) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
  • (#5959) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
  • (#5960) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
  • (#5961) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
  • (#5962) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
  • (#5963) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058
  • (#5964) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
  • (#5965) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
  • (#5966) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
  • (#5967) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
  • (#5968) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
  • (#5969) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
  • (#5970) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
  • (#5971) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
  • (#5972) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
  • (#5973) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
  • (#5974) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
  • (#5975) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
  • (#5976) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
  • (#5977) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
  • (#5978) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
  • (#5979) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
  • (#5980) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
  • (#5981) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
  • (#5982) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
  • (#5983) -Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
  • (#8800) -Keyboard - USB, US English, #103P
  • (#8801) -Keyboard - USB, French, #189
  • (#8802) -Keyboard - USB, Italian, #142
  • (#8803) -Keyboard - USB, German/Austrian, #129
  • (#8804) -Keyboard - USB, UK English, #166
  • (#8805) -Keyboard - USB, Spanish, #172
  • (#8806) -Keyboard - USB, Japanese, #194
  • (#8807) -Keyboard - USB, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
  • (#8808) -Keyboard - USB, Canadian French, #058
  • (#8810) -Keyboard - USB, Belgium/UK, #120
  • (#8811) -Keyboard - USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
  • (#8812) -Keyboard - USB, Danish, #159
  • (#8813) -Keyboard - USB, Bulgarian, #442
  • (#8814) -Keyboard - USB, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
  • (#8816) -Keyboard - USB, Norwegian, #155
  • (#8817) -Keyboard - USB, Dutch, #143
  • (#8818) -Keyboard - USB, Portuguese, #163
  • (#8819) -Keyboard - USB, Greek, #319
  • (#8820) -Keyboard - USB, Hebrew, #212
  • (#8821) -Keyboard - USB, Hungarian, #208
  • (#8823) -Keyboard - USB, Polish, #214
  • (#8825) -Keyboard - USB, Slovakian, #245
  • (#8826) -Keyboard - USB, Czech, #243
  • (#8827) -Keyboard - USB, Turkish, #179
  • (#8829) -Keyboard - USB, LA Spanish, #171
  • (#8830) -Keyboard - USB, Arabic, #253
  • (#8833) -Keyboard - USB, Korean, #413
  • (#8834) -Keyboard - USB, Chinese/US, #467
  • (#8835) -Keyboard - USB, French Canadian, #445
  • (#8836) -Keyboard - USB, Thai, #191
  • (#8838) -Keyboard - USB, Russian, #443
  • (#8839) -Keyboard - USB, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
  • (#8840) -Keyboard - USB, US English (EMEA), #103P

• Linecords
  • (#1396) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CHINA
  • (#1406) -200V 16A 4.3m (14-Ft) TL Line Cord
  • (#1409) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord AU/NZ
  • (#1413) -125V 4.3m (14-Ft) Line Cord
  • (#1414) -200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord
  • (#1415) -200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
  • (#1417) -200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
  • (#1418) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S. Africa
  • (#1419) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel
  • (#1420) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia
  • (#1421) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK
  • (#1426) -200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord
  • (#1427) -200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
  • (#1438) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord AU/NZ
  • (#1439) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord EU/Asia
  • (#1440) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Denmark
  • (#1441) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord S. Africa
  • (#1442) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Swiss
  • (#1443) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord UK
  • (#1445) -4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Israel
  • (#1446) -4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord Korea
  • (#1447) -4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord AU
  • (#1448) -4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord NZ
  • (#1449) -4.3m 200V/32A Power Cord EU 1-PH
  • (#1450) -4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-PH
  • (#1451) -200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Line Cord
  • (#1452) -200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Line Cord
  • (#1453) -200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Locking Line Cord
  • (#1454) -200V 12A (14-Ft) 4.3m TL Line Cord
  • (#1455) -200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Watertight Line Cord
  • (#1456) -200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Watertight Line Cord
  • (#1476) -4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
  • (#1477) -4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd
  • (#6451) -4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
  • (#6452) -4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
  • (#6454) -4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
  • (#6455) -4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
  • (#6456) -4.3m (14-Ft) 200-240V/12A Pwr Cord
  • (#6458) -Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
  • (#6460) -Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
  • (#6469) -Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), U. S.
  • (#6470) -Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)
  • (#6471) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
  • (#6472) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
  • (#6473) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
  • (#6474) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A)
  • (#6475) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
  • (#6476) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
  • (#6477) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
  • (#6478) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
  • (#6487) -Power Cord (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States
  • (#6488) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A )
  • (#6459) -3.7m (12-Ft) 250V/10A RA Pwr Cd
  • (#6461) -4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
  • (#6462) -4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
  • (#6463) -4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
  • (#6464) -4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
  • (#6465) -4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
  • (#6466) -4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
  • (#6467) -4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
  • (#6468) -4.3m (14-Ft)250V/10A Power Cord
  • (#6479) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
  • (#6489) -4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A Power Cord
  • (#6491) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A Pwr Cord
  • (#6493) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
  • (#6494) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
  • (#6495) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
  • (#6496) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
  • (#6497) -Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
  • (#6651) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
  • (#6655) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord
  • (#6656) -4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord
  • (#6657) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Power Cord
  • (#6658) -4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Pwr Cd-Korea
  • (#6659) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
  • (#6660) -Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
  • (#6662) -4.3m (14-Ft) 240V/15A Power Cord
  • (#6663) -4.3m (14-Ft) 240V/15A Power Cord
  • (#6665) -Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
  • (#6669) -Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
  • (#6670) -Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A),
  • (#6671) -Power Cord (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
  • (#6672) -Power Cord (5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
  • (#6680) -Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
  • (#6681) -4.3m (14-Ft) 200-240V/10A Pwr Cord
  • (#6687) -Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A)
  • (#6691) -4.3m (14-Ft) 200-240V/12A Pwr Cord
  • (#6692) -4.3m (14-Ft) 200-240V/10A Pwr Cord

• Manufacturing Instruction
  • (#0373) -UPS Factory Integration Specify
  • (#0374) -HMC Factory Integration Specify
  • (#0375) -Display Factory Integration Specify
  • (#0376) -Reserve Rack Space for UPS
  • (#0377) -Reserve Rack Space for HMC
  • (#0378) -Reserve Rack Space for Display

• Media Devices
  • (#3706) -DVD-ROM
  • (#3707) -30GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape
  • (#3708) -50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape
  • (#4430) -DVD-RAM
  • (#4487) -50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape
  • (#4630) -DVD-RAM
  • (#4633) -DVD-RAM
  • (#5619) -80/160GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive
  • (#5743) -SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
  • (#5746) -Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive
  • (#5762) -SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
  • (#5756) -IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
  • (#5757) -IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
  • (#5907) -36/72GB 4mm DAT72 SAS Tape Drive

• Memory
  • (#0446) -512MB DDR Server Memory
  • (#0447) -1GB DDR Server Memory
  • (#4520) -1024MB (2x512MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
  • (#4521) -2048MB (2x1024MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
  • (#4522) -4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
  • (#4523) -8192MB (2x4096MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb Stacked DRAM
  • (#4524) -16384MB (2x8192MB) RDIMMs, 400 MHz, 1Gb Stacked DRAM
  • (#4532) -4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 1Gb DRAM

• Miscellaneous
  • (#0032) -Specify Code for External High Speed Modem
  • (#0034) -Specify Code for Alternate External High Speed Modem
  • (#0050) -IBM Express Seller Indicator
  • (#0444) -CBU SPECIFY
  • (#0709) -Flexible Thermal Settings for NEBS Applications
  • (#1311) -System Unique Identifier
  • (#1700) -IPCS Keyboard/Mouse for NT
  • (#2145) -Primary OS - IBM i
  • (#2146) -Primary OS - AIX
  • (#2147) -Primary OS - Linux
  • (#6586) -Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
  • (#7217) -OEM Deskside Cover Set (With door)
  • (#7292) -IBM Deskside Cover Set (With door)
  • (#7982) -PowerVM Standard
  • (#7983) -PowerVM Express
  • (#7986) -PowerVM Enterprise
  • (#8308) -DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape
  • (#8310) -DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with
  • (#8341) -DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/DVD/Tape
  • (#8345) -DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/DVD/Tape; with External SAS Port
  • (#8346) -DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with External SAS Port

• Pointing Device
  • (#8841) -Mouse - USB, with Keyboard Attachment Cable
  • (#8845) -USB Mouse

• Power
  • (#5115) -Dual Line Cords - Tower
  • (#5116) -Dual Line Cords - 5294 Tower
  • (#5138) -Redundant Power and Cooling
  • (#5160) -Power Dist Unit 1 Phase NEMA
  • (#5161) -Power Dist Unit 1 Phase IEC
  • (#5162) -Power Dist Unit 2 of 3 Phase
  • (#5163) -Power Dist Unit - 3 Phase
  • (#7109) -Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
  • (#7188) -Power Distribution Unit
  • (#7707) -Power Supply, 1700 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base and Redundant
  • (#7708) -Power Supply, 1700 Watt, DC, Hot-swap, Base and Redundant

• Processor
  • (#4945) -Zero-priced Processor Activation for #4965
  • (#4946) -Zero-priced Processor Activation for #4966
  • (#4947) -Zero-priced Processor Activation for #4967
  • (#4965) -2-core 3.5 GHz POWER6 Processor Card
  • (#4966) -2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card
  • (#4967) -2-core 5.0 GHz POWER6 Processor Card
  • (#4985) -One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #4965
  • (#4986) -One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #4966
  • (#4987) -One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #4967
  • (#4998) -Single 5250 Enterprise Enabl
  • (#4999) -Full 5250 Enterprise Enabl

• Rack Related
  • (#0551) -19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack
  • (#0553) -19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack
  • (#0555) -19 inch, 1.3 meter high rack
  • (#0588) -PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
  • (#0595) -PCI/SCSI Disk Expansion Drawer
  • (#0599) -Rack Filler Panel Kit
  • (#0694) -#5094 Equivalent
  • (#0696) -#5096 Equivalent
  • (#5088) -PCI-X Expansion Unit
  • (#5094) -PCI-X Expansion Tower
  • (#5095) -PCI-X Expansion Tower
  • (#5096) -PCI-X Exp Tower (no disk)
  • (#5108) -30-Disk Expansion Feature
  • (#5294) -1.8m I/O Tower
  • (#5296) -1.8m I/O Tower (no disk)
  • (#5786) -TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Dwr
  • (#5787) -TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Twr
  • (#5790) -PCI Expansion Drawer
  • (#5796) -PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer
  • (#5802) -12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk
  • (#5877) -12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No Disk
  • (#5886) -EXP 12S
  • (#6068) -Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
  • (#6069) -Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
  • (#6246) -1.8m Rack Trim Kit
  • (#6247) -2.0m Rack Trim Kit
  • (#6248) -1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
  • (#6249) -2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
  • (#6580) -Optional Rack Security Kit
  • (#7146) -IBM/OEM Rack-Mount Drawer Rail Kit
  • (#7307) -Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
  • (#7311) -Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
  • (#7314) -I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure
  • (#7359) -OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
  • (#7360) -IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
  • (#7780) -2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit
  • (#7840) -Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks
  • (#7841) -Ruggedize Rack Kit

• Specify Codes
  • (#0040) -Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code
  • (#0041) -Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code
  • (#0042) -Mirrored System IOP Level Specify Code
  • (#0043) -Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code
  • (#0047) -Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code
  • (#0265) -AIX Partition Specify
  • (#0266) -Linux Partition Specify
  • (#0267) -IBM i Operating System Partition Specify
  • (#0275) -CSC Specify
  • (#0290) -Ext Tape Attached via #5736
  • (#0296) -Specify Custom Data Protection
  • (#0302) -Specify EXP24 Attach via Existing Controller
  • (#0308) -Mirrored Level System Specify Code
  • (#0325) -IPCS Extension Cables for NT
  • (#0347) -RAID Hot Spare Specify
  • (#0348) -V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
  • (#0349) -V.24/EIA232 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
  • (#0353) -V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
  • (#0354) -V.35 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
  • (#0356) -V.36 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
  • (#0359) -X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
  • (#0360) -X.21 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
  • (#0365) -V.24/EIA232 (80-Ft) PCI Cable
  • (#0367) -V.24/EIA232 6.1M (20-Ft) PCI Cable
  • (#0533) -IBM i 5.4 w/ V5R4M5 Specify Code
  • (#0534) -IBM i 6.1 Specify Code
  • (#0566) -IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Specify Code
  • (#0720) -Load Source in #0595
  • (#0721) -Load Source in #5094/5294
  • (#0725) -Specify Load Source in #5786
  • (#0726) -Specify Load Source in #5802/5803
  • (#0727) -Specify #5886 Load Source placement
  • (#0830) -#4319 Load Source Specify
  • (#0834) -#4326 Load Source Specify
  • (#0835) -#4327 Load Source Specify
  • (#0836) -#4328 Load Source Specify
  • (#0837) -SAN Load Source Specify
  • (#0838) -#3676 Load Source Specify
  • (#0839) -#3677 Load Source Specify
  • (#0840) -#3678 Load Source Specify
  • (#0841) -#4329 Load Source Specify
  • (#0844) -#3658 Load Source Specify
  • (#0851) -#1884 Load Source Specify
  • (#0853) -#1888 Load Source Specify
  • (#0854) -#1909 Load Source Specify
  • (#0855) -#3587 Load Source Specify
  • (#3704) -External xSeries Attach
  • (#5544) -Sys Console on OP Console
  • (#5548) -Sys Console 100Mbps Ethernet
  • (#5550) -Sys Console On HMC
  • (#5553) -Sys Console-Ethernet No IOP

Feature Availability Matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 8204 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the new model during a model conversion; these features will work on the new model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the new model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the new model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Please check with your Marketing Representative for additional information.

        |E| A = AVAILABLE  S = SUPPORTED
        |8| N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
        |A|
FEAT/PN | |        DESCRIPTION
--------|-|----------------------------------------------------------
0032    |A| Specify Code for External High Speed Modem
0034    |A| Specify Code for Alternate External High Speed Modem
0040    |A| Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code
0041    |A| Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code
0042    |A| Mirrored System IOP Level Specify Code
0043    |A| Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code
0047    |A| Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code
0050    |A| IBM Express Seller Indicator
0205    |A| RISC-to-RISC Data Migration
0267    |A| IBM i Operating System Partition Specify
0265    |A| AIX Partition Specify
0266    |A| Linux Partition Specify
0275    |A| CSC Specify
0290    |A| Ext Tape Attached via #5736
0296    |A| Specify Custom Data Protection
0302    |A| Specify EXP24 Attach via Existing Controller
0308    |A| Mirrored Level System Specify Code
0325    |S| IPCS Extension Cables for NT
0347    |A| RAID Hot Spare Specify
0348    |A| V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0349    |S| V.24/EIA232 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
0353    |A| V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0354    |S| V.35 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
0356    |S| V.36 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0359    |A| X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0360    |S| X.21 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable
0365    |A| V.24/EIA232 (80-Ft) PCI Cable
0367    |A| V.24/EIA232 6.1M (20-Ft) PCI Cable
0368    |A| V.24/EIA232 20-Ft. PCI Cable with M3
0373    |A| UPS Factory Integration Specify
0374    |A| HMC Factory Integration Specify
0375    |A| Display Factory Integration Specify
0376    |A| Reserve Rack Space for UPS
0377    |A| Reserve Rack Space for HMC
0378    |A| Reserve Rack Space for Display
0444    |A| CBU SPECIFY
0446    |S| 512MB DDR Server Memory
0447    |S| 1GB DDR Server Memory
0456    |A| Customer Specified Placement
0462    |A| SSD Placement Indicator - CEC
0463    |A| SSD Placement Indicator (5802/5803)
0464    |A| SSD Placement Indicator - 5886
0533    |A| IBM i 5.4 w/ V5R4M5 Specify Code
0534    |A| IBM i 6.1 Specify Code
0551    |A| 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack
0553    |A| 19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack
0555    |A| 19 inch, 1.3 meter high rack
0566    |A| IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Specify Code
0588    |S| PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack
0595    |S| PCI/SCSI Disk Expansion Drawer
0599    |A| Rack Filler Panel Kit
0694    |S| #5094 Equivalent
0696    |S| #5096 Equivalent
0709    |A| Flexible Thermal Settings for NEBS Applications
0710    |A| Balanced Warehouse Solution Indicator
0719    |A| Load Source Not in CEC
0720    |A| Load Source in #0595
0721    |A| Load Source in #5094/5294
0725    |A| Specify Load Source in #5786
0726    |A| Specify Load Source in #5802/5803
0727    |A| Specify #5886 Load Source placement
0830    |S| #4319 Load Source Specify
0834    |S| #4326 Load Source Specify
0835    |A| #4327 Load Source Specify
0836    |S| #4328 Load Source Specify
0837    |A| SAN Load Source Specify
0838    |S| #3676 Load Source Specify
0839    |A| #3677 Load Source Specify
0840    |A| #3678 Load Source Specify
0841    |A| #4329 Load Source Specify
0844    |A| #3658 Load Source Specify
0851    |A| #1884 Load Source Specify
0853    |A| #1888 Load Source Specify
0854    |A| #1909 Load Source Specify
0855    |A| #3587 Load Source Specify
0983    |A| US TAA Compliance Indicator
1019    |A| Modem Cable - Australia
1020    |A| Modem Cable - HK/NZ
1025    |A| Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use
1103    |A| USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive
1104    |A| USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive
1106    |A| USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive
1107    |A| USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive
1108    |A| Juniper EXP4200 Ethernet Switch
1111    |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M BLUE
1112    |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M BLUE
1113    |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M BLUE
1114    |A| Smart Analytics System routing indicator
1115    |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M GREEN
1116    |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M GREEN
1117    |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M GREEN
1118    |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M YELLOW
1119    |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M YELLOW
1121    |A| CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M YELLOW
1311    |A| System Unique Identifier
1396    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CHINA
1406    |S| 200V 16A 4.3m (14-Ft) TL Line Cord
1409    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord AU/NZ
1413    |S| 125V 4.3m (14-Ft) Line Cord
1414    |S| 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord
1415    |S| 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
1417    |S| 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
1418    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S. Africa
1419    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel
1420    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia
1421    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK
1426    |S| 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord
1427    |S| 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord
1438    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord AU/NZ
1439    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord EU/Asia
1440    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Denmark
1441    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord S. Africa
1442    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Swiss
1443    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord UK
1445    |S| 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Israel
1446    |S| 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord Korea
1447    |S| 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord AU
1448    |S| 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord NZ
1449    |S| 4.3m 200V/32A Power Cord EU 1-PH
1450    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-PH
1451    |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Line Cord
1452    |S| 200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Line Cord
1453    |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Locking Line Cord
1454    |S| 200V 12A (14-Ft) 4.3m TL Line Cord
1455    |S| 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Watertight Line Cord
1456    |S| 200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Watertight Line Cord
1460    |A| 3m Copper RIO Cable
1461    |A| 6m Copper RIO Cable
1462    |A| 15m RIO Cable
1466    |S| 30m SPCN Cable
1474    |A| 6m RIO to RIO-2 Cable
1475    |A| 10m RIO to RIO-2 Cable
1476    |S| 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK
1477    |S| 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd
1485    |A| Remote I/O Cable, 15M
1487    |A| 3m RIO to RIO-2 Cable
1700    |S| IPCS Keyboard/Mouse for NT
1827    |A| System port/UPS Conversion Cable
1828    |A| 1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
1829    |S| 0.6 Meter 12X Cable
1830    |S| 1.5 Meter 12X cable
1834    |S| 8.0 Meter 12X Cable
1840    |S| 3.0 Meter 12X Cable
1841    |A| 3 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
1842    |S| 10 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable
1843    |A| Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/3.5" DASD
1854    |A| 10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion Cable
1856    |A| Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/2.5" DASD
1861    |A| 0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1862    |A| 1.5 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1864    |A| 8.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1865    |A| 3.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable
1877    |A| Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/3.5" DASD
1878    |A| Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/2.5" DASD
1881    |S| 73.4 GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1882    |A| 146.8 GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1883    |A| 73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1884    |A| 69.7 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive
1885    |A| 300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive
1886    |A| 146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive
1888    |A| 139GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive
1890    |A| 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive
1905    |S| 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
1909    |A| 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive
1910    |S| 4 GB Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
1912    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
1954    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
1968    |S| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1969    |S| 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1970    |S| 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1971    |S| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1972    |S| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1973    |S| 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
1977    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
1978    |S| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
1979    |S| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
1980    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
1981    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
1982    |S| IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
1983    |S| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
1984    |S| IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
1986    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
1987    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
2114    |S| PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable
2118    |S| Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
2124    |A| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 1 Meter
2125    |A| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter
2126    |A| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 5 Meter
2127    |A| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 Meter
2128    |A| Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 20 Meter
2138    |A| 0.55 Meter Ultra 320 SCSI Cable
2145    |A| Primary OS - IBM i
2146    |A| Primary OS - AIX
2147    |A| Primary OS - Linux
2424    |S| 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
2425    |S| 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
2456    |A| LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2459    |A| LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2728    |A| 4 port USB PCIe Adapter
2738    |S| 2-Port USB PCI Adapter
2749    |S| PCI Ultra Mag Media Controller
2757    |S| PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller
2780    |S| PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller
2787    |S| PCI-X Fibre Chan Disk Controller
2844    |A| PCI IOP
2847    |A| PCI IOP for SAN Load Source
2849    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
2861    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
2863    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
2864    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
2877    |A| IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable
2893    |A| PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem
2894    |A| PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem CIM
2934    |A| Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2936    |A| Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
2943    |S| 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
2947    |S| IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
2951    |S| Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
2952    |S| Cable, V.35
2953    |S| Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
2954    |S| Cable, X.21
2962    |S| 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
3124    |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer
3125    |A| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
3146    |A| RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M
3147    |A| RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 3.5M
3148    |A| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M
3156    |A| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.75M
3168    |A| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M
3273    |S| 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3274    |S| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3275    |S| 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3277    |S| 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3278    |S| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3279    |S| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3578    |S| 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3585    |S| 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive
3586    |A| 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
3587    |A| 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive
3632    |A| Widescreen LCD Monitor
3636    |S| L200P Flat Panel Monitor
3637    |S| IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
3639    |S| IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
3640    |S| ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
3641    |S| IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
3642    |S| ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
3643    |S| IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
3644    |S| IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
3645    |S| IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor
3646    |S| 73 GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3647    |A| 146 GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3648    |A| 300 GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3649    |A| 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3652    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M
3653    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M
3654    |A| SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M
3655    |S| SAS HH Cable
3656    |A| SAS SFF Cable
3657    |A| SAS SFF Cable
3658    |A| 428GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive
3661    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3M
3662    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 6M
3663    |A| SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/
        | |Dual Path 15M
3668    |A| SAS Cable, DASD Backplane to Rear Bulkhead
3669    |A| SAS Cable, DASD Backplane (Split) to Rear Bulkhead)
3676    |S| 69.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
3677    |A| 139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
3678    |A| 283.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive
3679    |A| SAS Cable (AI)- 1M
3681    |A| 3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
3682    |A| 6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)
3684    |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 3M
3685    |A| SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/
        | |single path 6M
3686    |A| SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 1.5M
3687    |A| SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3M
3688    |A| SAS Cable (AT) 0.6 Meter
3691    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 1.5 M
3692    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 3 M
3693    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 6 M
3694    |A| SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/
        | |Dual Path 15 M
3704    |S| External xSeries Attach
3705    |S| PCI IOP
3706    |S| DVD-ROM
3707    |S| 30GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape
3708    |S| 50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape
3925    |A| Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
3926    |A| Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
3927    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M
3928    |A| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
4242    |A| 6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to
        | |15-pin D-shell)
4256    |A| Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M
4276    |A| VGA to DVI Connection Converter
4319    |S| 35.16GB 10k rpm Disk Unit
4326    |S| 35.16GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4327    |A| 70.56GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4328    |S| 141.12GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4329    |A| 282.25GB 15k rpm Disk Unit
4430    |S| DVD-RAM
4487    |S| 50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape
4520    |A| 1024MB (2x512MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
4521    |A| 2048MB (2x1024MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
4522    |A| 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM
4523    |A| 8192MB (2x4096MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb Stacked DRAM
4524    |A| 16384MB (2x8192MB) RDIMMs, 400 MHz, 1Gb Stacked DRAM
4532    |A| 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 1Gb DRAM
4630    |S| DVD-RAM
4633    |S| DVD-RAM
One and only one rack indicator features is required on
all orders (#4650 to #4666).
4650    |A| Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated
4651    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #1
4652    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #2
4653    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #3
4654    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #4
4655    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #5
4656    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #6
4657    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #7
4658    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #8
4659    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #9
4660    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #10
4661    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #11
4662    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #12
4663    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #13
4664    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #14
4665    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #15
4666    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #16
4746    |A| PCI Twinaxial Workstn IOA
4764    |A| PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
4801    |S| PCI Crypto Coprocessor
4805    |S| PCI Crypto Accelerator
4812    |S| PCI Integ xSeries Server
4813    |S| PCI Integ xSeries Server
4945    |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #4965
4946    |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #4966
4947    |A| Zero-priced Processor Activation for #4967
4965    |A| 2-core 3.5 GHz POWER6 Processor Card
4966    |A| 2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card
4967    |A| 2-core 5.0 GHz POWER6 Processor Card
4985    |A| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #4965
4986    |A| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #4966
4987    |A| One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #4967
4998    |A| Single 5250 Enterprise Enabl
4999    |A| Full 5250 Enterprise Enabl
5000    |A| Software Preload Required
5001    |S| Custom Service Specify, Off-Site
5005    |A| Software Preinstall
5088    |S| PCI-X Expansion Unit
5094    |S| PCI-X Expansion Tower
5095    |S| PCI-X Expansion Tower
5096    |S| PCI-X Exp Tower (no disk)
5108    |A| 30-Disk Expansion Feature
5115    |A| Dual Line Cords - Tower
5116    |A| Dual Line Cords - 5294 Tower
5138    |A| Redundant Power and Cooling
5160    |S| Power Dist Unit 1 Phase NEMA
5161    |S| Power Dist Unit 1 Phase IEC
5162    |S| Power Dist Unit 2 of 3 Phase
5163    |S| Power Dist Unit - 3 Phase
5294    |S| 1.8m I/O Tower
5296    |S| 1.8m I/O Tower (no disk)
5524    |A| RFID TAGS FOR SERVERS, BLADES, BLADECENTERS, RACKS, AND
        | |HMCS
5544    |A| Sys Console on OP Console
5548    |S| Sys Console 100Mbps Ethernet
5550    |A| Sys Console On HMC
5553    |A| Sys Console-Ethernet No IOP
5554    |S| Mirror 35GB Disk/Controller Pkg
5555    |S| Mirror 70GB Disk/Controller Pkg
5556    |S| Mirror 141GB Disk/Controller Pkg
5580    |S| 2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5581    |S| 2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5583    |S| 5777 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5590    |S| 2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5591    |S| 2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache
5608    |S| GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach
5609    |A| GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach
5613    |A| Dual Port (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet 10Gb Daughter
        | |Card
5614    |A| Dual Port RIO-2 I/O Hub
5616    |A| GX Dual-port 12x Channel Attach
5619    |A| 80/160GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive
5623    |A| Dual Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
5624    |A| 4-Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card
5646    |A| Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCIe, Short Slot
5647    |A| Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot
5679    |A| SAS RAID Enablement
5689    |A| DAT160 Data Cartridge
5700    |S| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5701    |S| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5702    |S| PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller
5704    |S| PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller
5706    |A| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5707    |S| IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5708    |A| 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
5712    |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5713    |A| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
5714    |A| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
5716    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
5717    |A| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter
5718    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
5719    |S| IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
5721    |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5722    |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5723    |S| 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
5732    |A| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter
5769    |A| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter
5735    |A| 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5736    |A| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5740    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
5741    |A| IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
5742    |A| IBM Dual Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
5743    |A| SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
5746    |A| Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive
5747    |A| IBM LTO Ultrium 4 800 GB Data Cartridge
5748    |A| POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator
5749    |A| 4Gbps Fibre Channel (2-Port)
5756    |S| IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive
5757    |S| IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
5758    |S| 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5759    |A| 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5760    |A| PCI-X Fibre Chan Disk Controller
5761    |A| PCI-X Fibre Chan Tape Controller
5762    |A| SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
5767    |A| 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter
5768    |A| 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter
5772    |A| 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter
5773    |A| 4 Gigabit PCI Express Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5774    |A| 4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter
5776    |S| PCI-X Disk Controller-90MB No IOP
5777    |S| PCI-X Disk Controller-1.5GB No IOP
5778    |A| PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP
5782    |A| PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP
5785    |A| 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter
5786    |A| TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Dwr
5787    |S| TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Twr
5790    |S| PCI Expansion Drawer
5796    |A| PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer
5802    |A| 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk
5806    |A| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5877    |A| 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No Disk
5886    |A| EXP 12S
5900    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual -x4 SAS Adapter
5901    |A| PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter
5902    |A| PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5903    |A| PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter
5904    |A| PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter
5907    |S| 36/72GB 4mm DAT72 SAS Tape Drive
5908    |A| PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter (BSC)
5912    |A| PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter
5921    |A| Non-paired PCIx SAS RAID Indicator
5922    |A| Non-paired SAS RAID indicator
5923    |A| Non-paired PCIe SAS RAID Indicator
5951    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
5952    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
5953    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
5954    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
5955    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
5956    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
5957    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
5958    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
5959    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
5960    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
5961    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
5962    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
5963    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058
5964    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120
5965    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
5966    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
5967    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
5968    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150
5969    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
5970    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
5971    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
5972    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
5973    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
5974    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
5975    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
5976    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
5977    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
5978    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
5979    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
5980    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
5981    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
5982    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
5983    |A| Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P
6001    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 2 meter
6006    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 3 meter
6007    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 15 meter
6008    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 6 meter
6029    |A| Power Control Cable (SPCN) - 30 meter
6068    |A| Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack
6069    |A| Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack
6246    |A| 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
6247    |A| 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
6248    |A| 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors
6249    |A| 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors
6312    |A| Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter
6417    |A| RIO-2 Bus Adapter
6438    |A| RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter for #5790
6446    |A| Dual-port 12X Channel Attach- Short Run
6451    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6452    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6454    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6455    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6456    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 200-240V/12A Pwr Cord
6457    |A| Dual-port 12X Channel Attach- Long Run
6458    |A| Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A
6459    |A| 3.7m (12-Ft) 250V/10A RA Pwr Cd
6460    |A| Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
6461    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6462    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6463    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6464    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6465    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6466    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6467    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord
6468    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft)250V/10A Power Cord
6469    |A| Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), U. S.
6470    |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)
6471    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
6472    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6473    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6474    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A)
6475    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6476    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6477    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6478    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)
6479    |S| Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6487    |A| Power Cord (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States
6488    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V,
        | |10A )
6489    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A Power Cord
6491    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A Pwr Cord
6493    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6494    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6495    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6496    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6497    |S| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6580    |A| Optional Rack Security Kit
6586    |A| Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack
6651    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)
6655    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord
6656    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord
6657    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Power Cord
6658    |A| 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Pwr Cd-Korea
6659    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6660    |A| Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)
6662    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 240V/15A Power Cord
6663    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 240V/15A Power Cord
6665    |A| Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6669    |A| Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)
6670    |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A),
6671    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6672    |A| Power Cord (5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A
6680    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)
6681    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 200-240V/10A Pwr Cord
6687    |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A)
6691    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 200-240V/12A Pwr Cord
6692    |S| 4.3m (14-Ft) 200-240V/10A Pwr Cord
6699    |A| RIO-2 Bus Adapter
6805    |S| PCI 2-Line WAN IOA No IOP
6808    |A| PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA No IOP
6809    |A| PCI 4-Modm WAN IOA NoIOP CIM
6833    |S| PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem NoIOP
6834    |S| PCI 2-Ln WAN w/Mod NoIOP CIM
7109    |A| Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector
7146    |A| IBM/OEM Rack-Mount Drawer Rail Kit
7188    |A| Power Distribution Unit
7204    |A| Quantity 150 of #2124
7205    |A| Quantity 150 of #2125
7206    |A| Quantity 150 of #2126
7207    |A| Quantity 150 of #2127
7208    |A| Quantity 150 of #2128
7213    |A| Quantity 150 of #2138
7217    |A| OEM Deskside Cover Set (With door)
7292    |A| IBM Deskside Cover Set (With door)
7307    |A| Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
7311    |S| Dual I/O Unit Enclosure
7314    |A| I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure
7359    |A| OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
7360    |A| IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware
7504    |S| Quantity 150 of #4319
7508    |S| Quantity 150 of #4326
7509    |A| Quantity 150 of #4327
7510    |S| Quantity 150 of #4328
7511    |A| Quantity 150 of #4329
7514    |A| Quantity 150 of #5741
7517    |S| Quantity 150 of #3676
7518    |A| Quantity 150 of #3677
7519    |A| Quantity 150 of #3678
7535    |A| Quantity 150 of #3586
7536    |A| Quantity 150 of #3587
7538    |A| Quantity 150 of #3658
7549    |A| Quantity 150 of #3647
7564    |A| Quantity 150 of #3648
7565    |A| Quantity 150 of #3649
7707    |A| Power Supply, 1700 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base and Redundant
7708    |A| Power Supply, 1700 Watt, DC, Hot-swap, Base and Redundant
7780    |S| 2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit
7801    |A| Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System
        | |Unit
7802    |A| Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System
        | |Unit
7840    |S| Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks
7841    |S| Ruggedize Rack Kit
7863    |A| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type II
7982    |A| PowerVM Standard
7983    |A| PowerVM Express
7986    |A| PowerVM Enterprise
8143    |A| Linux Software Preinstall
8144    |A| Linux Software Preinstall (SDIs)
8308    |A| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape
8310    |A| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with
        | |External SAS Port
8341    |S| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/DVD/Tape
8345    |S| DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/DVD/Tape; with External
        | |SAS Port
8346    |A| DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with
        | | External SAS Port
8800    |S| Keyboard - USB, US English, #103P
8801    |S| Keyboard - USB, French, #189
8802    |S| Keyboard - USB, Italian, #142
8803    |S| Keyboard - USB, German/Austrian, #129
8804    |S| Keyboard - USB, UK English, #166
8805    |S| Keyboard - USB, Spanish, #172
8806    |S| Keyboard - USB, Japanese, #194
8807    |S| Keyboard - USB, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
8808    |S| Keyboard - USB, Canadian French, #058
8810    |S| Keyboard - USB, Belgium/UK, #120
8811    |S| Keyboard - USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
8812    |S| Keyboard - USB, Danish, #159
8813    |S| Keyboard - USB, Bulgarian, #442
8814    |S| Keyboard - USB, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
8816    |S| Keyboard - USB, Norwegian, #155
8817    |S| Keyboard - USB, Dutch, #143
8818    |S| Keyboard - USB, Portuguese, #163
8819    |S| Keyboard - USB, Greek, #319
8820    |S| Keyboard - USB, Hebrew, #212
8821    |S| Keyboard - USB, Hungarian, #208
8823    |S| Keyboard - USB, Polish, #214
8825    |S| Keyboard - USB, Slovakian, #245
8826    |S| Keyboard - USB, Czech, #243
8827    |S| Keyboard - USB, Turkish, #179
8829    |S| Keyboard - USB, LA Spanish, #171
8830    |S| Keyboard - USB, Arabic, #253
8833    |S| Keyboard - USB, Korean, #413
8834    |S| Keyboard - USB, Chinese/US, #467
8835    |S| Keyboard - USB, French Canadian, #445
8836    |S| Keyboard - USB, Thai, #191
8838    |S| Keyboard - USB, Russian, #443
8839    |S| Keyboard - USB, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
8840    |S| Keyboard - USB, US English (EMEA), #103P
8841    |S| Mouse - USB, with Keyboard Attachment Cable
8845    |A| USB Mouse
9169    |A| Order Routing Indicator- System Plant
9300    |A| Language Group Specify - US English
9440    |A| New AIX License Core Counter
9441    |A| New IBM i License Core Counter
9442    |A| New Red Hat License Core Counter
9443    |A| New SUSE License Core Counter
9444    |A| Other AIX License Core Counter
9445    |A| Other Linux License Core Counter
9446    |A| 3rd Party Linux License Core Counter
9447    |A| VIOS Core Counter
9461    |A| Month Indicator
9462    |A| Day Indicator
9463    |A| Hour Indicator
9464    |A| Minute Indicator
9465    |A| Qty Indicator
9466    |A| Countable Member Indicator
9642    |A| Power 550 Express Edition for IBM i
9645    |A| Power 550 4-Core Solution Edition (2 i) for IBM i
9646    |A| Power 550 4-core Solution Edition (4 i) for IBM i
9700    |A| Language Group Specify - Dutch
9703    |A| Language Group Specify - French
9704    |A| Language Group Specify - German
9705    |A| Language Group Specify - Polish
9706    |A| Language Group Specify - Norwegian
9707    |A| Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708    |A| Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711    |A| Language Group Specify - Italian
9712    |A| Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714    |A| Language Group Specify - Japanese
9715    |A| Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
9716    |A| Language Group Specify - Korean
9718    |A| Language Group Specify - Turkish
9719    |A| Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720    |A| Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721    |A| Language Group Specify - Russian
9722    |A| Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9724    |A| Language Group Specify - Czech
9725    |A| Language Group Specify -- Romanian
9726    |A| Language Group Specify - Croatian
9727    |A| Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
9728    |A| Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese
9729    |A| Language Group Specify - Thai
 

Feature Descriptions

The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order for the IBM 8204-E8A machine type.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

(#0032) Specify Code for External High Speed Modem

This specify feature is required if an external high speed modem is to be shipped with the system. The exact machine type-model of the modem shipped will vary based on what is currently stocked in manufacturing.

• Attributes provided: Attached Modem
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0032)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 384 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • i5/OS - V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later
    • Linux - not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0034) Specify Code for Alternate External High Speed Modem

This specify feature provides another external modem, in addition to the primary external modem (#0032).

• Attributes provided: Attached Modem
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0034)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 384 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • i5/OS - V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later
    • Linux - not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0040) Mirrored System Disk Level, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

• Attributes provided: Device-level mirrored protection
• Attributes required: Minumum of two (2) disk units
• For 8204-E8A: (#0040)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0041) Device Parity Protection-All, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

• Attributes provided: RAID Data Protection
• Attributes required: RAID-capable disk unit controller
• For 8204-E8A: (#0041)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0042) Mirrored System IOP Level Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

• Attributes provided: IOP-level mirrored protection
• Attributes required: Minimum of 4 (four) disk units
• For 8204-E8A: (#0042)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0043) Mirrored System Bus Level, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

For new systems: The marketing configurator will error on an order if sufficient disk units, and expansion units are not included on the order to support bus-level mirrored protection for all disk units. New, preloaded systems will be shipped with bus-level mirroring enabled.

• Attributes provided: Bus-level mirrored protection
• Attributes required: Minimum of 4 (four) disk units
• For 8204-E8A: (#0043)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0047) Device Parity RAID-6 All, Specify Code

This code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

• Attributes provided: RAID-6 Data Protection
• Attributes required: RAID-6 capable disk unit controller
• For 8204-E8A: (#0047)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0050) IBM Express Seller Indicator

This feature is a no-charge feature used for administrative purposes by IBM and IBM Business Partners.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0050)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0205) RISC-to-RISC Data Migration

#0205 is used on initial orders to designate that the new server should only recieve a partial load of IBM i in IBM Mfg.

When #0205 is on the order, manufacturing will only load SLIC and up through QSYS of IBM i. Ensure that enough storage is ordered to contain the additional OS code that will be loaded following installation of the system at the Client location. Specify code #0205 is mutually exclusive with #5000, SW Preload Required

The migration process requires that the installed model be at the same version and release level of IBM i and other licensed programs as the new server.

More information, and an updated IBM i Upgrade and Data Migration Road Map (RISC-RISC) are available at:

http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/iseries/

• Attributes provided: Partial load of IBM i in IBM Mfg.
• Attributes required: #2145 - Primary OS - IBM i and partition specify code #0267 and RISC to RISC Data Migration from Clients existing system
• For 8204-E8A: (#0205)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0265) AIX Partition Specify

This feature number is used to indicate the number of partitions the system will have running under AIX.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0265)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0266) Linux Partition Specify

This feature number is used to indicate the number of partitions the system will have running under Linux.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0266)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required: SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0267) IBM i Operating System Partition Specify

This feature indicates customers intend to create a partition on the system that will use the IBM i operating system. This feature should be included once for each intended IBM i partition. This feature is an indicator and does not deliver parts, software, or services.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: Customers intend to create a partition on the system that will run the IBM i operating system.
• For 8204-E8A: (#0267)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0275) CSC Specify

Having #0275 on the order, will cause the order content to be internally routed to the CSC build area in building 114 (Rochester).

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0275)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1PO (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0290) Ext Tape Attached via #5736

Each #0290 is used to indicate one external port of a #5736 will be used to control an external tape device.

• Attributes provided: Placement code for IBM Configurator Tools
• Attributes required: #5736 PCI-X Disk/Tape Controller
• For 8204-E8A: (#0290)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0296) Specify Custom Data Protection

#0296 specifies that a system has multiple IBM i partitions and that data protection schemes should be considered separately for each partition instead of only for an overall system level. Each partition's data protection scheme can be different or the same.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#0296)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0302) Specify EXP24 Attach via Existing Controller

This specify code is used to help IBM configuration tools. It is used on an EXP24 Disk Enclosure MES order to indicate that an already installed disk controller will be used to control an EXP24 6 pack or 12 pack of disk drives. Fewer disk controllers or disk controller ports are therefore required on the EXP24 MES order. The marketing configurator will determine the quantity (if any) of #0302 on a given EXP24 Disk Encloslure MES order.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: Existing SCSI disk controller port being used to connect to an EXP24 enclosure
• For 8204-E8A: (#0302)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 229 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0308) Mirrored Level System Specify Code

This specify code indicates the level of disk protection desired and helps ensure that adequate hardware is in the final configuration.

For new systems, the marketing configurator will show an error if sufficient disk units and disk controllers are not included on the order to support IOA-level mirroring protection. #0308 causes all disk units to be placed into configurations capable of IOA-level mirroring. Each disk unit and its mirrored pair must be on a different disk controller.

Note that the load source disk unit in a new, preloaded system will be device-level mirrored (same protection as provided with feature #0040). This means that the load source is controlled by the first disk unit controller on the first system bus, and will be mirrored with a like disk unit that is also attached to the same first disk controller on the first system bus.

For upgrade orders, #0308 will cause the marketing configurator to show an error if sufficient disk units and disk controllers are not available to provide the capability to enable IOA-level mirrored protection for all DASD.

It is the client's responsibility to start mirroring on their system.

• Attributes provided: IOA level system mirroring
• Attributes required: A minimum of two disk controllers and an even number of disk units (with a minimum of four disk units on a system).
• For 8204-E8A: (#0308)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0325) IPCS Extension Cables for NT

(No Longer Available as of May 8, 2007)

This feature provides extension cables for the display, mouse and keyboard that are required when running an IXS with the NT operating system. This feature should be used when longer cables are required to attach the display, mouse, and keyboard to the IXS.

Note that the keyboard cable supplied with this feature is for a standard keyboard connection, not a USB attached keyboard.

• Attributes provided: Connectivity for keyboard, display and mouse
• Attributes required: Integrated xSeries Server with NT OperatingSystem, keyboard, display and mouse.
• For 8204-E8A: (#0325)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0347) RAID Hot Spare Specify

#0347 is a specify code that indicates to IBM configuration tools and to IBM Manufacturing that RAID-5 or RAID-6 disk arrays should be further protected using the IBM i function of RAID hot spare. If specified, IBM will ship a configuration which has at least one stand-by disk drive for each disk controller in the system or designated partition. The customer may alter the hot spare configuration selecting different options once the system is installed.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: Existence of #0041 or #0047
• For 8204-E8A: (#0347)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0348) V.24/EIA232 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or a EIA232 electrical connection interface.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#0348)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 120 (Initial order maximum: 120)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0349) V.24/EIA232 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

This feature provides a 50-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or a EIA232 electrical connection interface.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#0349)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0353) V.35 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.35 electrical connection interface.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#0353)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0354) V.35 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

This feature provides a 50-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.35 electrical connection interface.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#0354)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0356) V.36 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.36 electrical connection interface.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#0356)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0359) X.21 6.1m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a X.21 electrical connection interface.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#0359)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0360) X.21 15.2m (50-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

This feature provides a 50-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a X.21 electrical connection interface.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#0360)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0365) V.24/EIA232 (80-Ft) PCI Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 15, 2002).

This feature provides a 80-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a v.24 electrical connection interface.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#0365)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0367) V.24/EIA232 6.14m (20-Ft) PCI Cable

A #0367 requires one RVX port (communications port, not modem port). A customer can select a #0367 for each IBM i partition. There is a max of one #0367 per card. If a card has two RVX ports, a #0367 can connect to one port and the other port can be used for other comm support. Features supporting the #0367 cable are #6833, #6834. If a system has #5544, then at a minimum, one #0367 is required.

This feature ships a PCI card compatible Operations Console cable. This cable ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#0367)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0368) V.24/EIA232 20-Ft. PCI Cable with M3

This feature provides a 20-foot WAN PCI cable that supports a V.24 or an EIA232 electrical interface with M3 attachment screws. For Germany.

• Attributes provided: Cable
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0368)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0373) UPS Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that a UPS ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model, is associated with the system order, and is shipped concurrently.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model UPS.
• For 8204-E8A: (#0373)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Available only when ordered with 19-inch feature code rack on an MES order.

(#0374) HMC Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that an HMC ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model is associated with the system order and is shipped concurrently.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model HMC.
• For 8204-E8A: (#0374)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Available only when ordered with 19-inch feature code rack on an MES order.

(#0375) Display Factory Integration Specify

Used in manufacturing to ensure that a display ordered from IBM under a separate machine type/model, is associated with the system order, and is shipped concurrently.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: Ordered machine type-model display.
• For 8204-E8A: (#0375)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Available only when ordered with 19-inch feature code rack on an MES order.

(#0376) Reserve Rack Space for UPS

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the bottom of the rack for later client installation of a UPS.

• Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
• Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
• For 8204-E8A: (#0376)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Available only when ordered with 19-inch feature code rack on an MES order.

(#0377) Reserve Rack Space for HMC

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the middle of the rack for later client installation of a rack-mounted HMC.

• Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
• Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
• For 8204-E8A: (#0377)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Available only when ordered with 19-inch feature code rack on an MES order.

(#0378) Reserve Rack Space for Display

Used in manufacturing to reserve 1 EIA of rack space in the middle of the rack for later client installation of an HMC rack-mounted display such as the 7316.

• Attributes provided: 1 EIA rack space reserved.
• Attributes required: Ordered rack feature.
• For 8204-E8A: (#0378)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Available only when ordered with 19-inch feature code rack on an MES order.

(#0444) CBU Specify

This specify code indicates this system has been properly registered as a Capacity BackUp system and has, through that registration been authorized to temporarily receive IBM i Operating System License Entitlements and 5250 Processor Enablement entitlements, from a primary system under the conditions specified at the time the system was registered. This feature is an indicator only, authorization to use this system as a backup is obtained only by registering the system with IBM on the CBU Web site at:

www.ibm.com/systems/power/hardware/cbu

• Attributes provided: Indicates the system has been registered for use as a CBU system for IBM i License entitlement purposes.
• Attributes required: # 2145 Primary OS - IBM i
• For 8204-E8A: (#0444)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0446) 512MB DDR Server Memory

512 MB DDR memory for an Integrated xSeries Server.

• Attributes provided: 512MB memory for Integrated xSeries Server
• Attributes required: One memory slot on Integrated xSeries Server
• For 8204-E8A: (#0446)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0447) 1GB DDR Server Memory

1 GB DDR memory for an Integrated xSeries Server.

• Attributes provided: 1GB memory for Integrated xSeries Server
• Attributes required: One memory slot on Integrated xSeries Server
• For 8204-E8A: (#0447)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0456) Customer Specified Placement

1. Requests that IBM deliver the system to the customer according to the slot in drawer hardware placement defined by the account team.

2. Eliminates the need to have these parts relocated in the customers environment as may happen if the order is placed without this feature code.

3. Client placement specifications are collected using the System Planning Tool (SPT) and processed through the marketing configurator. (Use of the SPT is not required).

4. Requires account team to submit the output of the marketing configurator into IBM manufacturing via the CSP Web site

   http://www.ibm.com/eserver/power/csp

   Note: US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.

5. Requires account team to assure that the marketing configurator output submitted reflects the actual order placed.

• Attributes provided: I/O component placement
• Attributes required: Marketing Configurator output submitted to the CSP Web site. (US Business Partners and Distributors can bypass this step.)
• For 8204-E8A: (#0456)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0462) SSD Placement Indicator - CEC

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0462)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0463) - SSD Placement Indicator (5802/5803)

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0463)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: #0464 is used with #5886

(#0464) SSD Placement Indicator - 5886

This is an IBM internal automatic generated SSD specify indicator for placement and it is not selectable.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0464)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0533) IBM i 5.4 w/ V5R4M5 Specify Code

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i operating system is specified.

• Attributes provided: IBM i 5.4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code Indicator
• Attributes required: IBM i operating system
• For 8204-E8A: (#0533)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0534) IBM i 6.1 Specify Code

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.

• Attributes provided: IBM i 6.1 indicator
• Attributes required: IBM i operating system
• For 8204-E8A: (#0534)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: IBM i V6R1 with V6R1M0 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0551) 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack

Provides a 19 inch, 1.8 meter high rack with 36 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. One of the following features are required on the #0551:

• #6068 - Optional Front Door for 1.8m Rack
• #6246 - 1.8m Rack Trim Kit
• #6248 - 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors

The following features are also orderable on the #0551:

• #0599 - Rack Filler Panel Kit
• #6580 - Optional Rack Security Kit
• #7840 - Side-By-Side for 1.8m Racks
• #7841 - Ruggedize Rack Kit

The #0551 can support up to eight PDUs, four mounted vertically and four mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

• #7188 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)
• #7109 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C-13 sockets)

• Attributes provided: 19 inch, 1.8M, 36 EIA Rack
• Attributes required: #6068 or #6246 or #6248.
• For 8204-E8A: (#0551)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0553) 19 inch, 2.0 meter high rack

Provides a 19-inch, 2.0 meter high rack with 42 EIA units of total space for installing rack mounted CECs and/or expansion units. One of the following features are required on the #0553:

• #6069 - Optional Front Door for 2.0m Rack
• #6247 - 2.0m Rack Trim Kit
• #6249 - 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors

The #0553 can support up to nine power distribution units (PDU), four mounted vertically and five mounted horizontally. Each PDU mounted horizontally takes up 1 EIA of rack space. The following PDUs are supported:

• #7188 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)
• #7109 - Power Distribution Unit (12, C13 sockets)

• Attributes provided: 19 inch, 2.0M, 42 EIA Rack
• Attributes required: #6069 or #6247 or #6249
• For 8204-E8A: (#0553)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0555) 19 inch, 1.3 meter high rack

Provides a 19-inch, 1.3 meter (49-inch) high rack with 25 EIA units of total space for installing rack-mounted CECs and/or expansion units. The #0555 includes lockable front and rear doors. Filler panels and perforated doors are included to help provide proper airflow and cooling.

PDU and power cord features are available for ordering with the rack. This rack does not feature side pockets for PDU mounting. All PDUs must mount horizontally in EIA space.

• Attributes provided: 19 inch, 1.3M, 25 EIA Rack
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0555)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0566) - IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Specify Code

This feature is used to indicate the correct level of code when IBM i is specified.

• Attributes provided: IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 Machine Code Indicator
• Attributes required: IBM i operating system
• For 8204-E8A: (#0566)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1PO (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i 6.1 with i 6.1.1 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: One Per Order

(#0588) PCI-X Expansion Unit in Rack

(No Longer Available as of June 1, 2006)

#0588 is the equivalent of a #5088 PCI-X Expansion Unit, but the #0588 is a rack mounted unit. An #0588 is eight EIA units high and has 14 PCI-X slots for PCI IOPs and IOAs. Disk units and removable media are not supported in the #0588. The #0588 cannot be converted to a #5088. A #5088 cannot be converted to a #0588.

PCI IOAs are supported by feature #3705/#2844 PCI IOPs. A #2844 may be used in a #0588.

The #0588 has two redundant 575W power supplies and two integrated PDU compatible line cords. Both line cords may be connected to the same PDU or to separate PDUs in a rack. When the line cords are connected to separate PDUs, and those PDUs are connected to two different power sources, the #0588 has dual line cord capability.

A bus adapter to provide the RIO-2 interface to the system is included.

Cables must be ordered to attach to the RIO-2 ports.

Select the appropriate cable(s) based on desired cable length.

• #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
• #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
• #3146 - 1m RIO-2 Cable
• #3147 - 3.5m RIO-2 Cable
• #3148 - 10m RIO-2 Cable
• #1485 - 15m RIO-2 Cable

For each I/O tower/unit select one of the following SPCN cables:

• #1466 - 30m SPCN Cable -supported only
• #6001 - 2m SPCN Cable - supported only
• #6006 - 3m SPCN Cable
• #6007 - 15m SPCN Cable
• #6008 - 6m SPCN Cable
• #6029 - 30m SPCN Cable

• Attributes provided: 14 PCI-X slots
• Attributes required: RIO-2 cables, SPCN cables
• For 8204-E8A: (#0588)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0595) PCI/SCSI Disk Expansion Drawer

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

Feature #0595 is a rack mounted Remote I/O drawer. The #0595 has seven PCI-X IOP/IOA slots and supports up to 12 SCSI disk units. #0595 uses five EIA units of space in a 19 inch rack.

• Attributes provided: 7 PCI slots and 12 disk positions
• Attributes required: RIO-2 interface
• For 8204-E8A: (#0595)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0599) Rack Filler Panel Kit

Provides rack filler panels for IBM 19-inch racks. The #0599 provides three 1-EIA -unit filler panels and one 3-EIA-unit filler panel. These are snap-on panels.

• Attributes provided: Snap on rack filler panels
• Attributes required: 19-inch rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#0599)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0694) #5094 Equivalent

A #0694 is used by the marketing configurator to keep track of which units within a #5294 are connected to this system.

For each #5294 ordered, the marketing configurator adds two #0694 specify codes. #0694s maybe added to, or deleted from, system inventory records, but at least one #0694 must exist for each #5294 on the inventory records. If an existing #5294 is to be shared between two systems, one #0694 must be removed from the system that the #5294 was ordered against, and one #0694 must be added to the other sharing system. The adds and deletes are done as record purpose only (RPO) changes.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: At least one #5294 or the sharing of a#5294/#8094(top unit) with another system.
• For 8204-E8A: (#0694)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0696) #5096 Equivalent

#0696 is used by the marketing configurator to keep track of which units within a #5296 are connected to this system.

For each #5296 ordered, the marketing configurator will add two #0696 specify codes. #0696s maybe added to, or deleted from system inventory records, but at least one #0696 must exist for each #5296 on the inventory records. If an existing #5296 is to be shared between two systems, one #0696 must be removed from the system that the #5296 was ordered against, and one #0696 must be added to the other sharing system. These adds and deletes are done as record purpose only (RPO) changes.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: At least one #5296, or the sharing of a #5296 with another system
• For 8204-E8A: (#0696)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0709) Flexible Thermal Settings for NEBS Applications

Ordering this feature will deliver a system that is will enable customers to reset the thermal tolerances of the system to the higher limits specified by NEBS Level 3 (Network Equipment Building System) compliant specifications. This feature is also available for systems currently installed via an MES order.

• Attributes provided: NEBS compliant system
• Attributes required: Supported system
• For 8204-E8A: (#0709)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0710) Balanced Warehouse Solution Indicator

This feature specifies that the DS4000 EXP810 ordered will be a component of the Balanced Warehouse Solution. This feature will automatically be selected by the configurator when a Balanced Warehouse Solution is configured. The solution will be integrated at the Customer Solution Center.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0710)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Minimum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0719) Load Source Not in CEC

This specify feature indicates to the IBM Marketing configurator tools and IBM manufacturing that disk drives will not be placed in the system unit, but will be placed in I/O drawers or in external SAN attached disk.

• Attributes provided: System unit(s) are shipped with no disk units placed inside.
• Attributes required: Alternate load source specified
• For 8204-E8A: (#0719)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0720) Load Source in #0595

#0720 Specifies that i5/OS load source disk drive is placed in a #0595 I/O Expansion Unit.

• Attributes provided: External load source placement capability
• Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in #0595 drawer
• For 8204-E8A: (#0720)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0721) Load Source in #5094/5294

#0721 Specifies that i5/OS load source disk drive is placed in a #5094 or #5294 I/O Expansion Unit.

• Attributes provided: External load source placement capability
• Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in #5094/#5294 tower
• For 8204-E8A: (#0721)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0725) Specify Load Source in #5786

#0725 Specifies that load source disk drive is placed in a #5786 Disk Enclosure.

• Attributes provided: External load source placement specify
• Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in #5786 Disk Enclosure
• For 8204-E8A: (#0725)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0726) Specify Load Source in #5802/5803

#0726 Specifies that IBM i load source disk drive is placed in a #5802/#5803 I/O Expansion Unit.

• Attributes provided: External load source placement capability
• Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in #5802/#5803 drawer
• For 8204-E8A: (#0726)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: none
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0727) Specify #5886 Load Source placement

#0727 Specifies that Load/Source DASD are placed in an EXP 12S SAS DASD drawer.

• Attributes provided: External load source placement specify
• Attributes required: DASD Slot 1 open in drawer
• For 8204-E8A: (#0727)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0830) #4319 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #4319 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

• Attributes provided: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0830)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0834) #4326 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #4326 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

• Attributes provided: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0834)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0835) #4327 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #4327 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

• Attributes provided: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0835)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0836) #4328 Load Source Specify

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

This specify code indicates that a #4328 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

• Attributes provided: Load source disk identify
• Attributes required: #4328 Disk
• For 8204-E8A: (#0836)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0837) SAN Load Source Specify

Indicates that a SAN drive is being used as the Load Source for the operating system.

• Attributes provided: SAN load source placement specify
• Attributes required: Fiber Channel adpater
• For 8204-E8A: (#0837)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level, or later. AIX 6.1, or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0838) #3676 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #3676 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: feature #3676
• For 8204-E8A: (#0838)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0839) #3677 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #3677 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: feature #3677
• For 8204-E8A: (#0839)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0840) #3678 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #3678 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: feature #3678
• For 8204-E8A: (#0840)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i 6.1. or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0841) #4329 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #4329 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

• Attributes provided: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0841)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i 6.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0844) #3658 Load Source Specify

Indicates that a #3658 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: feature #3658
• For 8204-E8A: (#0844)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i 6.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0851) #1884 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1884 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: Feature #1884
• For 8204-E8A: (#0851)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1
    • No AIX support
    • No Linux support
    • No Red Hat support
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0853) - #1888 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1888 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: #1888
• For 8204-E8A: (#0853)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 or later
    • AIX - Not Supported
    • Linux - Not Supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0854) #1909 Load Source Specify

This specify code indicates that a #1909 Disk Unit is being used as the Load Source.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: Feature #1909
• For 8204-E8A: (#0854)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i 6.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#0855) #3587 Load Source Specify

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: Feature #3587
• For 8204-E8A: (#0855)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 5.4.5 or later
    • No AIX support
    • No Linux support
    • No Red Hat support
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#0983) US TAA Compliance Indicator

This feature indicates that the product was assembled in a manufacturing plant in the USA or in a country approved under the US Trade Agreement Act.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#0983)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1019) Modem Cable - Australia

Australia modem cable, use with #2894, 6809 and 6834 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter.

• For 8204-E8A: (#1019)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1020) Modem Cable - HK/NZ

China(Hong Kong S.A.R.)/New Zealand modem cable, use with #2894, 6809 and 6834 or similar modem adapters for New Zealand and with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters for Hong Kong. Maximum of two per adapter.

• For 8204-E8A: (#1020)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1025) Modem Cable - US/Canada and General Use

Modem cable, use with #2893, 6808 and 6833 or similar modem adapters. Maximum of two per adapter. Select this cable for use with your modem if there is not another cable feature that is identified as specific to your country.

• For 8204-E8A: (#1025)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 320 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1103) - USB Internal Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive

USB Internal Docking Station accommodates a 160 GB removable disk cartridge or a 500 GB removable disk drive/cartridge. The disks are in a protective rugged enclosure that plug into the docking station. Docking station holds one removable rugged disk drive/cartridge at a time. The rugged removable disk cartridge and docking station backs up similar to tape drive. This can be an excellent alternative to DAT72, DAT160, 8mm, and VXA-2 and VXA-320 tapes.

Highlights

• USB 2.0
• SATA Disk
• Suitable for backup and restore as an alternative to using tape drives
• Attributes provided: USB Internal Docking Station
• Attributes required: One internal USB port and at least one #1106 or #1107. The OP Panel/ Control Panel USB external port is disabled. Requires HH bay in system unit. Can not be installed concurrently with a tape drive in the HH bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#1103)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later.
    • IBM i - not supported
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 2, or later.
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: VIOS - no support

(#1104) - USB External Docking Station for Removable Disk Drive

USB external Docking Station accommodates a 160 GB removable disk drive/cartridge or a 500 GB removable disk drive/cartridge. The disks are in a protective rugged enclosure that plug into the docking station. Docking station holds one removable rugged disk cartridge at a time. The rugged removable disk cartridge and docking station backs up similar to tape drive. This can be an excellent alternative to DAT72, DAT160, 8mm, and VXA-2 and VXA-320 tapes.

Highlights

• USB 2.0
• SATA Disk
• Suitable for backup and restore as an alternative to using tape drives
• Attributes provided: USB External Docking Station, 1.8M USB cable, and 1.8M power cord. Universal Adapter 100-240 VAC, 50-60Hz input providing 15W DC output to the docking station.
• Attributes required: One USB port and at least one #1106 or #1107
• For 8204-E8A: (#1104)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later.
    • IBM i - not supported
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 2, or later.
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: VIOS - no support

(#1106) - USB 160 GB Removable Disk Drive

Provides a SATA disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in a #1103 or #1104 docking station. 160 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be 320 GB. Compression/decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature 1106 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

• Attributes provided: 160 GB SATA rugged disk/cartridge
• Attributes required: One #1103 or #1104
• For 8204-E8A: (#1106)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later.
    • IBM i - not supported
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 2, or later.
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: VIOS - no support

(#1107) - USB 500 GB Removable Disk Drive

Provides a SATA disk drive in a rugged cartridge to be used in a #1103 or #1104 docking station. 500 GB is uncompressed. With typical 2X compression, capacity would be 1000 GB. Compression/decompression is provided by the operating system, not the drive itself. Feature 1107 is not entitled under the IBM Maintenance Agreement, if one is purchased.

• Attributes provided: 500 GB SATA rugged disk/cartridge
• Attributes required: One #1103 or #1104
• For 8204-E8A: (#1107)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later.
    • IBM i - not supported
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 2, or later.
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: VIOS - no support

(#1108) Juniper EXP4200 Ethernet Switch

This feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710.

• For 8204-E8A: (#1108)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1111) CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M BLUE

This feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710.

• For 8204-E8A: (#1111)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1112) CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M BLUE

This feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710.

• For 8204-E8A: (#1112)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1113) CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M BLUE

This feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710.

• For 8204-E8A: (#1113)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1114) Smart Analytics System routing indicator

• For 8204-E8A: (#1114)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1115) CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M GREEN

This feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710.

• For 8204-E8A: (#1115)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1116) CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M GREEN

This feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710.

• For 8204-E8A: (#1116)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1117) CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M GREEN

This feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710.

• For 8204-E8A: (#1117)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1118) CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 3M YELLOW

This feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710.

• For 8204-E8A: (#1118)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1119) CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 10M YELLOW

This feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710.

• For 8204-E8A: (#1119)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1121) CAT5E Ethernet Cable, 25M YELLOW

This feature code is used for the Smart Analytics offering and requires feature codes #1114 or #0710.

• For 8204-E8A: (#1121)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1311) System Unique Identifier

After 255 scratch installs, the system ID counter wraps and a new system ID must be created. Feature #1311 can be ordered as an MES to regenerate a customer's system ID.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#1311)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1PO (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1396) 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord China

• Attributes provided: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1396)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1406) 200V 16A 4.3m (14-Ft) TL Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1406)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1409) 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord AU/NZ

(No Longer Available as of April 15, 2005)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1409)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1413) 125V 4.3m (14-Ft) Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of April 15, 2005)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1413)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1414) 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Locking Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1414)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1415) 200V 1.8m (6-Ft) Watertight Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1415)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1417) 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2003)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1417)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1418) 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord S. Africa

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1418)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1419) 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord Israel

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1419)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1420) 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU/Asia

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1420)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1421) 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord CH/DK

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1421)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1426) 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Locking Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2005)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1426)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1427) 200V 4.3m (14-Ft) Watertight Line Cord

(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2005)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1427)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1438) 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord AU/NZ

(No Longer Available as of April 15, 2005)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1438)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1439) 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord EU/Asia

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1439)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1440) 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Denmark

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1440)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1441) 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord S. Africa

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1441)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1442) 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Swiss

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1442)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1443) 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord UK

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1443)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1445) 4.3m 200V/10A Power Cord Israel

(No Longer Available as of December 1, 2007)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1445)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1446) 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord Korea

(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2005)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1446)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1447) 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord AU

(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2005)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1447)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1448) 4.3m 200V/30A Power Cord NZ

(No Longer Available as of November 15, 2003)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1448)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1449) 4.3m 200V/32A Power Cord EU 1-PH

(No Longer Available as of January 15, 2005)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1449)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1450) 4.3m 200V/16A Power Cord EU 2-PH

(No Longer Available as of October 15, 2004)

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1450)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1451) 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Line Cord

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1451)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1452) 200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Line Cord

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1452)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1453) 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Locking Line Cord

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1453)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1454) 200V 12A (14-Ft) 4.3m TL Line Cord

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1454)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1455) 200V (6-Ft) 1.8m Watertight Line Cord

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1455)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1456) 200V (14-Ft) 4.3m Watertight Line Cord

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1456)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1460) 3m Copper RIO Cable

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a 3m RIO cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#1460)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1461) 6m Copper RIO Cable

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a 6m RIO cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#1461)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1462) 15m RIO Cable

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a 15m RIO cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with an RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with an RIO port.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#1462)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1466) 30m SPCN Cable

This feature provides a 30m SPCN cable for use in daisy chain connecting a tower/CEC unit to a tower unit as part of the System Power Control Network.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#1466)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 19 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1474) 6m RIO to RIO-2 Cable

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a 6m RIO to RIO-2 Cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with an RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with an RIO-2 port.

• Attributes provided: One RIO to RIO-2 cable
• Attributes required: One RIO port and one RIO-2 port
• For 8204-E8A: (#1474)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1475) 10m RIO to RIO-2 Cable

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a 10m RIO to RIO-2 Cable for use in connecting a tower/CEC unit with an RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with an RIO-2 port.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#1475)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1476) 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#1476)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1477) 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#1477)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1485) Remote I/O Cable, 15M

This 15-meter RIO-2 cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

• Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1485)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1487) 3m RIO to RIO-2 Cable

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

A 3m RIO to RIO-2 Cable to connect a tower/CEC unit with a RIO port to a tower/CEC unit with an RIO-2 port.

• Attributes provided: One RIO to RIO-2 cable
• Attributes required: One RIO port and one RIO-2 port
• For 8204-E8A: (#1487)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1700) IPCS Keyboard/Mouse for NT

This feature provides a keyboard and mouse for use on the IXS which is required for running the Windows operating system. Note some IXS can support USB keyboards, the keyboard provided with this feature is a standard attached keyboard, not a USB attached keyboard.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard/Mouse for IXS-standard attach
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#1700)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1827) System port/UPS Conversion Cable

This cable has 9 pin D-shell receptacle connectors on both ends. Its purpose is to convert an integrated system (serial) port to a UPS attach port. This cable is 0.14m (5.5 inches) long.

• Attributes provided: System (serial) port conversion for UPS attachment
• Attributes required: Integrated CEC system (serial) port.
• For 8204-E8A: (#1827)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1828) 1.5 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable

This cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X channel device to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 1.5 meter long copper cable. This cable has a one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

• Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
• Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#1828)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1829) 0.6 Meter 12X Cable

(No Longer Available as of October 30, 2009)

When used with a 19-inch rack mount I/O drawer, this 0.6 Meter cable is used in a 12X channel external I/O Drawer attachment loop between two 12X channel I/O drawers in the same loop.

When used with a 24-inch rack mount I/O drawer, this 0.6 Meter cable is used as a jumper between the two halves of the I/O Drawer when both halves are included in the same 12X loop.

• Attributes provided: 0.6 Meter 12X cable
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#1829)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1830) 1.5 Meter 12X cable

(No Longer Available as of October 30, 2009)

This 1.5 Meter cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

Select the 12X cable length, from those offered that best meets your cabling needs. This cable can be attached to I/O Drawer adapters with or without repeaters.

• Attributes provided: 1.5 Meter 12X cable
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#1830)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1834) 8.0 Meter 12X Cable

(No Longer Available as of October 30, 2009)

This 8 Meter cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

Select the 12X cable length from those offered that best meets your cabling needs and the cable length restrictions for your application.

• Attributes provided: 8.0 Meter 12X Cable
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#1834)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1840) 3.0 Meter 12X Cable

(No Longer Available as of October 30, 2009)

This 3 Meter cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

Select the 12X cable length, from those offered that best meets your cabling needs.

• Attributes provided: 3.0 Meter 12x Cable
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#1840)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 10)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1841) 3 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable

This cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X channel device to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 3 meter long copper cable. This cable has a one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

• Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
• Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#1841)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1842) 10 Meter 12X to 4X Channel Conversion Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2009)

This cable is a 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X channel device to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 10 meter long copper cable. This cable has a one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

• Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
• Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#1842)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1843) Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/3.5" DASD

This feature provides a cable that connects the system's Operator Panel to the DASD backplane. Used on a Deskside system with 3.5" DASD.

• Attributes provided: Cable connecting Op Panel to DASD Backplane
• Attributes required: Feature number 3646, 3647, or 3648. Feature number 8341 or 8345.
• For 8204-E8A: (#1843)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1854) - 10 Meter 12X to 4X Enhanced Channel Conversion Cable

This cable is an enhanced 12X channel to 4X channel converter. It supports attaching a 4X Infiniband switch to a 12X channel adapter. It is a 10 meter long copper cable. This cable has one 4X channel connector and one 12X channel connector.

• Attributes provided: 12X channel to 4X channel conversion cable
• Attributes required: 12X channel adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#1854)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1856) Op Panel Cable for Deskside System w/2.5" DASD

This feature provides a cable that connects the system's operator panel to the DASD backplane. Used on a deskside system with 2.5" DASD.

• Attributes provided: Cable connecting op panel to DASD backplane
• Attributes required: Feature number 1881 or 1882. Feature number 8346.
• For 8204-E8A: (#1856)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1861) 0.6 Meter 12X DDR Cable

When used with a 24-inch rack mount I/O drawer, this 0.6 Meter DDR cable is used as a jumper between the two halves of the I/O Drawer when both halves are included in the same 12X loop.

• Attributes provided: 0.6 Meter 12X DDR cable
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#1861)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Use with #5796, Do not use for looping #5802.

(#1862) 1.5 Meter 12X DDR Cable

This 1.5 Meter DDR cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

• Attributes provided: 1.5 Meter 12X DDR cable
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#1862)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1864) 8.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable

This 8 Meter DDR cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

• Attributes provided: 8 Meter 12X DDR Cable
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#1864)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1865) 3.0 Meter 12X DDR Cable

This 3 Meter DDR cable is used to attach a 12X channel I/O Drawer to a 12X channel adapter in the Host system or can be used between two I/O drawers in a 12X channel loop.

Select the 12X DDR cable length from those offered that best meets your cabling needs and the cable length restrictions for your application.

• Attributes provided: 3 Meter 12X DDR Cable
• For 8204-E8A: (#1865)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1877) Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/3.5" DASD

This feature provides a cable that connects the system's Operator Panel to the DASD backplane. Used on a Rack-mount drawer with 3.5" DASD.

• Attributes provided: Cable connecting Op Panel to DASD Backplane
• Attributes required: Feature number 3646, 3647, or 3648. Feature number 8341 or 8345.
• For 8204-E8A: (#1877)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1878) Op Panel Cable for Rack-mount Drawer w/2.5" DASD

This feature provides a cable that connects the system's operator panel to the DASD backplane. Used on a rack-mount drawer with 2.5" DASD.

• Attributes provided: Cable connecting op panel to DASD backplane
• Attributes required: Feature number 1881 or 1882. Feature number 8346.
• For 8204-E8A: (#1878)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1881) 73.4 GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of April 28, 2009)

73.4 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
• Cable included: None
• External Interface: Standard SAS Dual Port
• Rotational Speed: 3 Gbs (300 (MBs)
• Format: 512 Bytes/sector default; 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat
• Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier
• Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1881
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1882) 146.8 GB 10K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive

146.8 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
• Cable included: None
• External Interface: Standard SAS Dual Port
• Rotational Speed: 3 Gbs (300 (MBs)
• Format: 512 Bytes/sector default; 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat
• Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier
• Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1882)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#1883) 73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive

73.4 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
• Cable included: None
• External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
• Format: 512 Bytes/sector

• Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1883)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required:
    • No IBM i support
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER version 4.5 or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 5.1 or later.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

Note:

• 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk Max in the CEC.
• Up to 18 SFF SAS disk per #5802
• 0 quantity for IBM i

(#1884) 69.7 GB 15K RPM SAS SFF Disk Drive

69.7 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 69.7 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
• Cable included: None
• External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
• Format: 528 Bytes/sector
• Attributes provided: 69.7 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1884)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1, or later.
    • No AIX support.
    • No Linux support.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

Note:

• 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk Max in the CEC.
• Up to 18 SFF SAS disk per #5802
• 0 quantity for IBM i

(#1885) - 300GB 10K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive

300GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. The disk supports the industry standard SAS interface. Systems that accept SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier accommodate this SAS disk.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: SSF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
• Cable included: None
• External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
• Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
• Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
• Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat.
• Attributes provided: 300GB of Disk Storage mounted in a carrier
• Attributes required: one SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1885)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX levels requiring service packs will be available on or before January 31, 2010.
    • IBM i - not supported
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 1 or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.6 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note:

  • 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk Max in the CEC.
  • Up to 18 SFF SAS disk per #5802
  • 0 quantity for IBM i
  • VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#1886) - 146GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive

146.8 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
• Cable included: None
• External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
• Format: 512 Bytes/sector
• Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1886)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX levels requiring service packs will be available on or before January 31, 2010.
    • IBM i - not supported
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 1 or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.6 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note:

  • 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk Max in the CEC.
  • Up to 18 SFF SAS disk per #5802
  • 0 quantity for IBM i
  • VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#1888) - 139GB 15K RPM SFF SAS Disk Drive

139 GB SFF SAS disk, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 139 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a system designed to support the SAS SFF disk drive in a carrier.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: SFF SAS compliant (2.5" x 15mm form factor)
• Cable included: None
• External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Interface Speed: 3Gbs (300 MBs)
• Format: 528 Bytes/sector
• Attributes provided: 139 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One SFF SAS disk drive bay slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1888)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 or later
    • AIX - not supported
    • Linux - not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note:

  • 8 is the combined SFF SAS disk Max in the CEC.
  • Up to 18 SFF SAS disk per #5802
  • VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#1890) 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive

The 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1890) and IBM i (#1909). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.

• Connector - standard SAS dual port
• 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
• 528 bytes sectors Power System
• Attributes provided: 69.7 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a SFF carrier
• Attributes required: One SFF SAS drive bay in the 8203-E4A or 8204-E8A CEC or available SFF SAS bay in 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk. SAS Disk and SSD on same backplane is not supported.
• For 8204-E8A: (#1890)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
    • No IBM i Support
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 5 for POWER, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Update 1 for POWER, or later.
• Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
• CSU: Yes
• Return parts MES: No

Note: A Max of 8 supported in CEC (#8346) and may not be mixed on same backplane with SAS SFF disk. Up to 18 supported in each #5802 and may not mix with SFF SAS disk. VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later supported. AIX and Linux system Max is 80.

(#1905) 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/ products_pseries.html

• Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot
  • For 8204-E8A: (#1905)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 0)
    • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: Yes
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

      Note: Maximum of two allowed in the CEC, under AIX or Linux.

      System maximum of 50 under under AIX or Linux.

      Not supported under IBM i.

(#1909) 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive

The 69GB SFF SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#1890) and IBM i (#1909). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.

• Connector - standard SAS dual port
• 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
• 528 bytes sectors Power System
• Attributes provided: 69.7 GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a SFF carrier
• Attributes required: One SFF SAS drive bay in the 8203-E4A or 8204-E8A CEC or available SFF SAS bay in #5802 or #5803. SAS Disk and SSD on same backplane is not supported.
• For 8204-E8A: (#1909)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 80 (Initial order maximum: 80)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1 or later (supported in CEC)
    • IBM i 6.1.1 or later (supported in CEC and in #5802)
    • AIX - Not Supported
    • Linux - Not Supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

Note: A Max of 8 supported in CEC (#8346) and may not be mixed on same backplane with SAS SFF disk. Up to 18 supported in each #5802 and may not mix with SFF SAS disk. VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later supported. IBM i system Max is 80.

(#1910) 4 GB Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/ products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

Note: Carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in a PCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz, the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of 0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture of the DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_size settings.

• Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
• Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1910)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

    System maximum of 50 under AIX or Linux.

    Not supported under IBM i.

(#1912) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#1912) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#1912) is a native boot adapter. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

• The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
• Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

Minimum System Firmware Required:

System firmware level required is SF235_185 or greater. Firmware level SF235_185 adjusts the PCI slots to run in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode. Enablement of Double Data Rate (DDR)slots to run at DDR mode is planned to be provided in an upcoming firmware enhancement.

For Double Data Rate (DDR), check for firmware upgrade at URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/ download.html

Running the adapter on a system with firmware level lower than SF235_185 is not supported.

• Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
• Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1912)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX, or Linux.

    System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux.

    Not supported under IBM i.

(#1954) 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

• Four RJ-45 ports
• 3.3 volts, 64-bit 133 MHz with 64-bit Bus Mastering on the PCI-X bus
• IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T compliant
• IEEE 802.3u 100Base-T compliant
• IEEE 802.3 10Base-T compliant
• 802.1q VLAN tagging
• Interrupt Moderation
• TCP Segmentation offload and encapsulation in hardware
• Checksum offloading of IP, TCP, and UDP frame
• Increased connectivity while significantly reducing CPU utilization
• Two LED adapter status indicators per port for link activity and speed
• NIM is supported on all 4 ports
• RoHS compliant

Limit Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.

• Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports
• Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1954)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

    System maximum of 50 under AIX or Linux

    Not supported by IBM i.

(#1968) 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
• Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
• Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
• Average Latency: 2.99 ms
• Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
• Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

• Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#1968)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1969) 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
• Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
• Average Seek Time: 4.94 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
• Average Latency: 2.99 ms
• Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
• Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

• Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#1969)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1970) 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
• Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
• Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
• Average Latency: 2 ms
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

• Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#1970)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1971) 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
• Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
• Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
• Average Latency: 2 ms
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

• Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#1971)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1972) 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
• Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
• Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
• Average Latency: 2 ms
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

• Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#1972)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1973) 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
• Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
• Average Seek Time: 4.9 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
• Average Latency: 2.99 ms
• Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
• Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 88 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

• Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#1973)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#1977) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber onnector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/ products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

• Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
• Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
• For 8203-E4A: (#1977)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

    System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux.

    Not supported by IBM i.

(#1978) IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#1978) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

• Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
• Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1978)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux. System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#1979) IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

• Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
• Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1979)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux. System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#1980) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.

• Hardware Description
  • 128-bit graphics processor
  • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
  • 16 MB SDRAM
  • 32-bit PCI interface
  • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
  • 1 hardware color map
• Features Supported
  • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
  • Rectangular clipping
  • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
  • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
  • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
  • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)
• APIs Supported
  • X-Windows and Motif
  • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)
• Attributes provided: 2D Graphics
• Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1980)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of 2 allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

    System maximum of 8 under AIX or Linux.

    Not supported by IBM i.

(#1981) 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter

Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000MHz km minimum model bandwith at 850 nm. Adapter connector type is LC.

• Attributes provided: Provides highend bandwith for networking
• Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only
• For 8204-E8A: (#1981)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 34 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

    System maximum of 34 under AIX or Linux.

    Not supported by IBM i.

(#1982) IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter

Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type for connecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

• Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
• Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1982)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 34 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

    System maximum of 34 under AIX or Linux.

    Not supported by IBM i.

(#1983) IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#1983) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#1979) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

• Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/ 1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
• Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1983)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux. System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#1984) IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

• Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
• Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1984)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux. System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#1986) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

• Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
• Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1986)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 27 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later.
  • IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux. System maximum of 27 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#1987) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.

• Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
• Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#1987)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 27 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux. System maximum of 27 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#2114) PCI SCSI Adapter 16-Bit Differential External Y Cable

• Attributes provided: Attachment of multiple hosts to the PCI SCSI-2 differential adapter
• Attributes required: 1 external SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#2114)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2118) Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M

0.3M 16-bit SCSI cable used to convert from a Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector to a 68-pin P style connector. Cable has male Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector on one end and a female 68 pin P style connector on the other. Length = 0.3 meters.

• Attributes provided: Attachment of supported external sub-system to integrated SCSI port or SCSI adapter with VHDCI Mini-68 pin connector.
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#2118)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2124) Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 1 Meter

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 1 Meter for I/O drawer attachment.

• Attributes provided: Interface to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#2124)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 91)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2125) Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 3 Meter for I/O Drawer attachment.

• Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeter Card
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#2125)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 91)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2126) Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 5 Meter

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 5 meter for attachment to I/O drawer.

• Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#2126)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 91)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2127) Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 Meter

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 10 meters for attachment to I/O drawer.

• Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#2127)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 91)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2128) Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 20 Meter

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 20 meters for attachment to I/O drawer.

• Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#2128)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 91)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2138) 0.55 Meter Ultra 320 SCSI Cable

Ultra 320 SCSI Cable 0.55 Meter for I/O Drawer attachment.

• Attributes provided: Attachment to Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#2138)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 91)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2145) Primary OS - IBM i

Indicates clients intend to use the IBM i operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the IBM i operating system on the primary system partition.
• For 8204-E8A: (#2145)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2146) Primary OS - AIX

Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the AIX operating system on the primary system partition.
• For 8204-E8A: (#2146)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level, or later. AIX 6.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2147) Primary OS - Linux

Indicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition. This feature is used as a Manufacturing Routing indicator and does not deliver parts, software or services.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: Indicates clients intend to use the Linux operating system on the primary system partition.
• For 8204-E8A: (#2147)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.5 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 for POWER, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2424) 0.6M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

• Attributes provided: 0.6 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
• Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
• For 8204-E8A: (#2424)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2425) 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

• Attributes provided: 2.5 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
• Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
• For 8204-E8A: (#2425)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2456) LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 50 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

• Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC type receptacle
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#2456)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2459) LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

The 62.5 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

• Attributes provided: Cable with (1X) LC type plug and (1X) SC type receptacle
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#2459)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2728) 4 port USB PCIe Adapter

Available 5/26/2009 in Korea.

The PCI-Express 4 port USB adapter provides support for USB devices. In applications that require the use of an USB extension cable, use one FC 4256 per port.

• Attributes provided: Connectivity with USB 1.0 - 2.0 capable devices
• Attributes required: One available PCI-Express slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#2728)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required:
    • No IBM i support
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 10
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 5
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 3
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 or later,
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.6 or later, and
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note:

• CEC and system maximum of 3 under AIX or Linux.
• Not supported under IBM i.
• AIX only supports USB 1.1
• Feature 2728 requires system firmware level EM340 or later.

(#2738) 2-Port USB PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The 2 Port USB PCI Adapter is a USB 2.0 capable adapter that provides for the connection of one USB keyboard and mouse.

Limitation: Limited to USB 1.1 support with AIX

• Attributes provided: USB Keyboard/Mouse Attachment
• Attributes required: One available PCI slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#2738)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

    System maximum of 8 under AIX or Linux.

    Not supported by IBM i.

(#2749) PCI Ultra Mag Media Controller

#2749 provides Ultra SCSI attachment capability for an external tape device or an external optical device.

• For 8204-E8A: (#2749)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 36 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or LInux.

(#2757) PCI-X Ultra RAID Disk Controller

This feature is a PCI-X SCSI controller with a maximum compressed write cache of 757MB. The #2757 provides RAID-5 protection for internal disks and also supports internal tape units, internal CD/ DVD-ROM and internal DVD-RAM units.

The #2757 has four LVD SCSI buses that support up to 20 internal disk units.

Hardware data compression is not supported.

In addition to providing RAID-5 protection for disks, the #2757 is also a high-performance controller for disks protected by system mirroring or disks with no data protection.

A minimum of three disk units of the same capacity are needed for a valid RAID-5 configuration. A maximum of six arrays are allowed per controller, with a maximum of 18 disk units allowed per array. All disk units in an array must be of the same capacity.

Parity is spread across either two, four, eight, or sixteen disk units in an array. If an array of three disk units is started, parity is spread across two disk units. If an array of four to seven disk units is started, parity is spread across four disk units. If an array of eight to fifteen disk units is started, parity is spread across eight disk units. If an array of sixteen to eighteen disk units is started, parity is spread across sixteen disk units.

The number of arrays and size of each array can be influenced by specifying an optimization of either balance, performance, or capacity in Operations Navigator when starting arrays. An optimization of balance is the default when starting arrays from the green screens. If disk units are included into an existing array, parity may be spread across less than the preferred number of disk units. In this case the RAID function must be stopped and started to redistribute the parity.

The #2757 can also control up to two internal removable media devices (tape, CD-ROM, DVD-ROM/RAM).

• Attributes provided: Controller for up to 20 disk units and two internal removable media devices
• Attributes required: One 3V PCI slot. This feature is only orderable as part of a feature conversion to #5581.
• For 8204-E8A: (#2757)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 48 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or LInux.

(#2780) PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller

The #2780 is an Ultra4 (Ultra320) SCSI controller with a maximum compressed write cache of 757MB and a maximum compressed read cache size of 1GB, that provides RAID-5 protection for internal disks and also supports internal tape units, CD-ROM and DVD units. The #2780 has four Ultra4(Ultra320) SCSI buses.

In addition to providing RAID-5 protection for disks, #2780 is also designed to work as a high performance controller for disks protected by system mirroring or disks with no protection.

This controller also uses a Cache Battery Pack with can be replaced concurrent with system operation.

The #2780 controller supports a maximum of 20 disk units.

A minimum of three disk units of the same capacity are needed for a valid RAID-5 configuration. A maximum of six arrays are allowed per controller, with a maximum of 18 disk units allowed per array. All disk units in an array must be of the same capacity.

Parity is spread across either two, four, eight, or 16 disk units in an array. If an array of three disk units is started, parity is spread across two disk units. If an array of four to seven disk units is started, parity is spread across four disk units. If an array of 8-15 disk units is started, parity is spread across eight disk units. If an array of 16-18 disk units is started, parity is spread across 16 disk units.

The number of arrays and size of each array can be influenced by specifying an optimization of either "Balance", "Performance", or "Capacity" in Operations Navigator when starting arrays. An optimization of "Balance" will be used by default when starting arrays from the green screens. If disk units are included into an existing array, the number of parity drives does not increase, so parity may be spread across less than the preferred number of disk units. In this case the RAID function must be stopped and then started in order to redistribute the parity.

Note that this controller does not support DASD compression.

• Attributes provided: SCSI Raid Controller
• Attributes required: One 3V long PCI slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#2780)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 48 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#2787) PCI-X Fibre Chan Disk Controller

Provides Fibre Channel attachment for external disk devices. #2787 supports point-to-point and arbitrated loop topologies and has an LC type cable connector. Each #2787 is shipped with a wrap connector (P/N 05N6767). This feature supports 64bit, 133MHz PCI-X bus speeds. #0626 is a Linux direct attach version of this adapter.

One of the following adapter kits is required when connecting SC type cables to the #2787:

• #2456 -- LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um) can be ordered, both on initial, model upgrades, and simple MES orders. This optional kit is used to attach SC-type 50 micron fiber cables to a #2787. This kit contains a 2m LC-ST cable and ST-SC adapter for 50 micron fibre cables.

• #2459 - LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um) can be ordered, both on initial, model upgrades, and simple MES orders. This optional kit is used to attach SC-type 62.5 micron fiber cables to a #2787. This kit contains a 2m LC-ST cable and ST-SC adapter for 62.5 micron fibre cables.

An optics cleaning kit and instruction sheet is shipped with the #2787. The customer must supply all Fibre Channel cables for this controller.

• Attributes provided: Fiber attachment of external DASD
• Attributes required: One PCI slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#2787)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. Maximum of 60 under IBM i. Not supported by AIX or Linux.

(#2844) PCI IOP

#2844 is a PCI I/O processor that drives PCI IOA adapters in RIO-2 attached PCI or PCI-X I/O expansion towers/units.

A #2844 can drive a maximum of four IOAs, subject to configuration restrictions.

• Attributes provided: Support for up to four PCI adapters
• Attributes required: One 3V PCI slot (either short or long)
• For 8204-E8A: (#2844)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 72 (Initial order maximum: 72)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2847) PCI IOP for SAN Load Source

Provides the specialized function required to attach IBM i operating system load source via a fibre channel adapter and boot from that load source. With IBM i 6.1, #2847 PCI IOP for SAN Load Source supports multipath for the i5/OS load source disk unit, along with supporting multipath for all other logical units (LUNs) attached to this IOP. A minimum of two IOPs are required for enabling redundancy. See the Redbook, "iSeries and TotalStorage: A Guide to Implementing external disk on IBM eServer i5 -SG24-7120", for more information.

• Attributes provided: Load source support via fiber channel.
• Attributes required: #0531 V5R3M5 Machine Code or later
• For 8204-E8A: (#2847)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 72 (Initial order maximum: 72)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2849) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.

• Hardware Description
  • 128-bit graphics processor
  • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
  • 16 MB SDRAM
  • 32-bit PCI interface
  • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
  • 1 hardware color map
• Features Supported
  • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
  • Rectangular clipping
  • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
  • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
  • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
  • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)
• APIs Supported
  • X-Windows and Motif
  • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)
• Software Requirements
  • The total number of Graphics Adapters in any one partition may not exceed four.
• Attributes provided: 2D Graphics
• Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#2849)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

    System maximum of 8 under AIX or Linux.

    Not supported by IBM i.

(#2861) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable

• Attributes provided: 4-port EIA-232 cable for (#2947)
• Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#2861)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2863) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable

• Attributes provided: 4-port X.21 cable for (#2947)
• Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#2863)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2864) ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable

• Attributes provided: 4-port X.35 (DTE) cable for (#2947)
• Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#2864)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2877) IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-Drop Cable

This cable provides the capability to interconnect adapters that provide H.100 bus connectors. This 4-position cable should be used when four or less adapters with H.100 connectors will be interconnected. When more than 4 and less than or equal to 8 adapters will be connected, the H.100 Bus 8-Drop Cable (#4353) should be used.

• Attributes provided: H.100 bus connection between adapters
• Attributes required: Two to Four H.100 adapters
• For 8204-E8A: (#2877)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2893) PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem

The #2893 is a 2-line/port WAN w/modem PCIe adapter. This feature is the non-CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version offered in all countries except Australia and New Zealand.

Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44 data compression, V.34 FAX modem and FAX functions, such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion.

Port 0 does not provide Sync modem capabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP). Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols, including synchronous operations.

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0(modem port):

• #1010 Modem Cable - Austria
• #1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
• #1012 Modem Cable - Africa
• #1013 Modem Cable - Israel (supported only, not orderable)
• #1014 Modem Cable - Italy
• #1015 Modem Cable - France
• #1016 Modem Cable - Germany
• #1017 Modem Cable - UK
• #1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
• #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
• #1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
• #1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
• #1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
• #1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
• #1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1(RVX port):

• #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable (ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter)

  Multiple #0367 cables can be ordered but only one per #2893) to serve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioning is utilized. ECS is supported from both the modem port, and the RVX port.

The following cable is required to support ECS from the RVX port:

• #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable

The #2893 does not support the remote ring indicate function.

• Attributes provided: One PCIe slot
• Attributes required: Modem
• For 8204-E8A: (#2893)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 41 (Initial order maximum: 41)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i 5.4 with 5.4.5 machine code or later li.SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP 1 for POWER Systems or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER Version 5.2 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under IBM i or Linux. Not supported under AIX.

(#2894) PCIe 2-Line WAN w/Modem CIM

The #2894 is a 2-line/port WAN w/modem PCIe adapter. This feature is the CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version which is offered only in Australia and New Zealand.

Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44 data compression, V.34 FAX modem and FAX functions, such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion. Port 0 does not provide Sync modem capabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP).

Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols, including synchronous operations.

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0(modem port):

• #1019 Modem Cable - Australia
• #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1(RVX port):

• #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0356 - V.36 20-Ft PCI Cable (supported only, not orderable)
• #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable (ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter)

  Multiple #0367 cables can be ordered but only one per #2794) to serve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioning is utilized. ECS is supported from both the modem port, and the RVX port. The following cable is required to support ECS from the RVX port:

• #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable

The #2894 does not support the remote ring indicate function.

• Attributes provided: One PCIe slot
• Attributes required: Modem
• For 8204-E8A: (#2894)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 41 (Initial order maximum: 41)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • IBM i 5.4 with 5.4.5 machine code or later
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP 1 for POWER Systems or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER Version 5.2 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under IMB i or Linux. Not supported under AIX.

(#2934) Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports. It is used in conjunction with:

• FC 2931 (8-port Async Adapter EIA232, ISA bus)
• FC 8133 (RJ45-DB25 converter cable for 16-port RANs 8130, 8134, 8136)
• Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
• Attributes required: Any RS/6000 Asynchronous port
• For 8204-E8A: (#2934)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2936) Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24

Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (#3925), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Asynchronous Concentrator (with RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable feature #6402) or the 16-Port EIA-232 Remote Async Node (with RJ45 to DB25 Converter Cable feature #8133). The cable is 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.

• Attributes provided: Modem attachment to async or serial port
• Attributes required: Async or serial port
• For 8204-E8A: (#2936)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#2943) 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

For connection of up to 8 asynchronous EIA-232 or RS-422 devices. All eight ports are software programmable to support either EIA-232E or RS-422A protocols, at up to 230K baud.

• Attributes provided: 8 Async ports
• Attributes required: One PCI slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#2943)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 18)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology
  • Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX.

    System maximum or 18 under AIX.

    Not supported by IBM i or Linux.

(#2947) IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

The IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Selectable PCI Adapter (#2947) is a one- slot, standard length, 32-bit PCI card. The adapter provides 4-Ports of: EIA-232, EIA530, RS-449, X.21, or V.35. Each port will support speeds of up 2.0M bps. Software support is provided by ARTIC960 Support for AIX Developer's Kit.

• Attributes provided: One to four WAN connections at up to 2.0Mbps
• Attributes required: One full length 32-bit PCI slot, AIX Version 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later (for SDLC or Bisync support); AIX Version 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later (for AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support).
• For 8204-E8A: (#2947)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX.

    System maximum of 8 under AIX.

    Not supported by Linux or IBM i.

(#2951) Cable, V.24 / EIA-232

V.24 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

• Attributes provided: V.24 Cable
• Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#2951)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2952) Cable, V.35

V.35 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

• Attributes provided: V.35 Cable
• Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#2952)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2953) Cable, V.36 / EIA-499

V.36/EIA-499 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

• Attributes provided: V.36 Cable
• Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#2953)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2954) Cable, X.21

X.21 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

• Attributes provided: X.21 Cable
• Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#2954)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#2962) 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

This adapter provides high-speed connections between stand-alone system units on a WAN. To access WAN lines, the 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter connects via external communications equipment including Channel Service Units (CSU), Data Service Units (DSU), or through synchronous modems.

This adapter together with IBM AIXlink/X.25 provides a two-port connection to X.25 packet switched networks. IBM AIXlink/X.25 is a separately orderable LPP (5696-926).

2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter with an appropriate cable is compatible with:

• X.21 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, X.21 (#2954)
  • CCITT X.21 Signalling
  • CCITT V.11 Electrical
  • CCITT X.27 Electrical
  • EIA-422-A Electrical
  • ISO 4903 Connector for DCE side of an X.21 VHSI Modem Cable
• V.24 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.24/EIA-232 (#2951)
  • CCITT V.24 Signalling
  • CCITT V.28 Electrical
  • CCITT X.21bis Electrical and Signalling
  • EIA-232-C Electrical and Signalling
  • ISO 2110 Connector for DCE side of an V.24 VHSI Modem Cable
• V.35 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.35 (#2952)
  • CCITT V.35 Some signals for signalling
  • CCITT V.28 Some signals for electrical and signalling
  • ISO 2593 Connector for DCE side of an V.35 VHSI Modem Cable
• V.36 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.36/EIA-449 (#2953)
  • CCITT V.10 Electrical
  • CCITT V.11 Electrical
• Attributes provided: Two high speed WAN connections
• Attributes required: One PCI slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#2962)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX.

    System maximum of 20 under AIX.

    Not supported by IBM i or Linux.

(#3124) Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Drawer/Drawer

This 3.7 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted within the same rack. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#3124)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3125) Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack

This 8 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#3125)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3146) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M

This 1.2-meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable connects two RIO-2 based I/ O planars within an I/O drawer.

• Attributes provided: 1.2M RIO-2 Cable
• Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 I/O planars
• For 8204-E8A: (#3146)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3147) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 3.5M

This 3 1/2 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2)cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

• Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#3147)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3148) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 10M

This 10 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is available to connect the processor complex and the I/O drawers. It can also be utilized to connect I/O drawers mounted in separate racks.

• Attributes provided: Interconnection of CEC and I/O drawers
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#3148)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3156) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cable, 1.75M

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This 1.75 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is utilized to connect RIO-2 based I/O planars and I/O drawers to the system CEC.

• Attributes provided: 1.75M RIO-2 Cable
• Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 connectors on the system CEC.
• For 8204-E8A: (#3156)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3168) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M

This 2.5 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is utilized to connect RIO-2 based I/O planars and I/O drawers to the system CEC.

• Attributes provided: 2.5M RIO-2 Cable
• Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 connectors on the system CEC.
• For 8204-E8A: (#3168)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 14 (Initial order maximum: 14)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3273) 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
• Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
• Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
• Average Latency: 2.99 ms
• Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
• Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

• Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#3273)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3274) 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
• Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
• Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
• Average Latency: 2.99 ms
• Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
• Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

• Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#3274)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3275) 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
• Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
• Average Seek Time: 4.94 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
• Average Latency: 2.99 ms
• Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
• Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

• Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#3275)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3277) 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
• Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
• Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
• Average Latency: 2 ms
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

• Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#3277)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3278) 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
• Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
• Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
• Average Latency: 2 ms
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

• Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#3278)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3279) 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
• Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
• Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
• Average Latency: 2 ms
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

• Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#3279)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3578) 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
• Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
• Average Seek Time: 4.9 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
• Average Latency: 2.99 ms
• Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
• Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 88 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

• Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#3578)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3585) 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive

The 300 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
• Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
• Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
• Average Latency: 2 ms
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

• Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage
• Attributes required: one disk drive bay
• For 8204-E8A: (#3585)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 672 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3586) 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive

The 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#3586) and IBM i (#3587). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.

• Connector - standard SAS dual port
• 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
• 528 bytes sectors Power System

• Attributes provided: 69.7GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a 3.5" carrier
• Attributes required: One 3.5-inch SAS drive bay slot in the #5886 EXP 12S SAS Disk Drawer or 8234-EMA/9117-MMA CEC
• For 8204-E8A: (#3586)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 384 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
    • No IBM i support
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
    • Red hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

Note: Each #5886 supports up to eight #3586 SSD and the remaining 4 slots must remain empty. There is no support in the CEC.

(#3587) 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive

The 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive (SSD) provides 69.7 GB of very high performance storage, much faster than spinning disk drives with their delays due to positioning the disk arm and waiting for the spinning disk to rotate under the arm. SSD also provide lower power utilization than spinning or hard disk drives (HDD). The drive is formatted to 69.7 GB and can be used by AIX, Linux (#3586) and IBM i (#3587). Both are identical drives, but have different feature codes to help the IBM configuration tools understand how the SSD is used.

• Connector - standard SAS dual port
• 3Gb/sec SAS device (300 MB/sec)
• 528 bytes sectors Power System

• Attributes provided: 69.7GB of formatted drive storage mounted in a 3.5" carrier
• Attributes required: One 3.5-inch SAS drive bay slot in the #5886 EXP 12S SAS Disk Drawer or 8234-EMA/9117-MMA CEC
• For 8204-E8A: (#3587)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 384 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 5.4.5 or later
    • No AIX support
    • No Linux support
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

Note: Each #5886 supports up to eight #3587 SSD and the remaining 4 slots must remain empty. There is no support in the CEC

(#3632) Widescreen LCD Monitor

The Widescreen LCD Monitor has the following general characteristics:

• Black color
• Minimum 533mm (21 inch) diagonal LCD digital screen
• Maximum native resolution of 1680 x 1050 (widescreen format 1.6:1)
• Can display traditional resolutions (1024x768 and 1280x1024) without stretching
• Tilt, swivel, and height stand adjustments
• Industry standard analog (15-pin D) and digital (DVI-D) inputs and removable cables
• Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
• Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#3632)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3636) L200P Flat Panel Monitor

The L200p flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

• Business black color
• 20.1-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 510 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
• Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1600 x 1200 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
• Tilt/swivel stand
• Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
• Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#3636)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3637) IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor

Both the T541H and L150p monitors have the following general characteristics:

• Business Black color
• 15-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
• Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1024 x 768 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
• Tilt/swivel stand
• Supports 2D Graphics Adapters only
• Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
• Attributes required: 2D Graphics Adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#3637)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3639) IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor

The IBM ThinkVision L170p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

• Business black color
• 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
• Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
• Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
• Analog or digital connection
• Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
• Internal power
• Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
• Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
• Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
• Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
• Viewing angle: Vertical 170 degrees; horizontal 170 degrees
• Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
• Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
• Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
• Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
• Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#3639)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3640) ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor

The ThinkVision L171p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

• Business black color
• 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.280mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
• Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
• Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
• Analog or digital connection
• Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
• Internal power
• Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
• Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
• Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
• Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
• Viewing angle: Vertical 170 degrees; horizontal 170 degrees
• Contrast ratio: 800:1 (typical)
• Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
• Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
• RoHS compliant
• Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
• Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#3640)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3641) IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor

The IBM T115 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

• Business black color
• 15.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
• Maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 (XGA)
• Tilt adjustable stand
• Analog connection
• Internal power
• Depth (w/stand): 144 mm (6.67 inches)
• Height (max w/stand): 361 mm (14.2 inches
• Width: 362 mm (14.2 inches)
• Weight: 2.9 kg (6.4 lbs)
• Contrast ratio: 400:1 (typical)
• Brightness: 250cd/m2 (typical)
• Viewing angles (H/V): 130 degrees/100 degree
• For 8204-E8A: (#3641)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3642) ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor

The ThinkVision L191p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

• Business black color
• 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
• Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
• Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
• Analog or digital connection
• Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
• Internal power
• Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
• Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
• Width: 408.0 mm (16.1 in.)
• Weight: 7.1 kg (15.7 lbs.)
• Contrast ratio: 1000:1 (typical)
• Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
• Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
• Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
• Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#3642)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3643) IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor

The IBM T120 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

• Business black color
• 20.1-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 511 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
• Maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 (UXGA)
• Tilt/lift adjustable stand
• Analog and digital connections
• Internal power
• Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
• Height (max w/stand): 416.6 mm (16.5 inches)
• Width: 445.6 mm (17.5 inches)
• Weight: 7.5 kg (16.5 lbs)
• Contrast ratio: 700:1 (typical)
• Brightness:300cd/m2 (typical)
• Viewing angles(H/V): 178 degrees/178 degrees
• Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
• Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
• Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
• Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#3643)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3644) IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

The IBM T119 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

• Business black color
• 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
• Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
• Tilt/lift adjustable stand
• Analog and digital connections
• Internal power
• Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
• Height (max w/stand): 443.6 mm (17.5 inches)
• Width: 418 mm (16.5 inches)
• Weight: 7.4 kg (16.3 lbs)
• Contrast ratio: 550:1 (typical)
• Brightness:250cd/m2 (typical)
• Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/135 degrees
• Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
• Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
• Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
• Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#3644)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3645) IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

The IBM T117 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

• Business black color
• 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
• Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
• Tilt/lift adjustable stand
• Analog and digital connections
• Internal power
• Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
• Height (max w/stand): 395.5 mm (15.6 inches)
• Width: 375.4 mm (14.8 inches)
• Weight: 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs)
• Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
• Brightness: 300cd/m2 (typical)
• Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/130 degrees
• Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
• Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
• Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
• Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#3645)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3646) 73.4 GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

73.4 GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5" Form Factor, 1-inch drive
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Standard SAS Dual Port
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Internal speed: 300 MB/sec
• Format: 512 Bytes/sector default; 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat
• Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier
• Attributes required: One SAS disk drive bay
• For 8204-E8A: (#3646)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 582 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3647) 146.8 GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

146.8 GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5" Form Factor, 1-inch drive
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Standard SAS Dual Port
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Interface speed: 300 MB/sec.
• Format: 512 Bytes/sector default; 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat
• Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier
• Attributes required: One SAS disk drive bay
• For 8204-E8A: (#3647)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 582 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3648) 300 GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

300 GB Serial Attached SCSI (SAS) DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 300 GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5" Form Factor, 1-inch drive
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: Standard SAS Dual Port
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Interface speed: 300 MB/sec.
• Format: 512 Bytes/sector default; 528 Bytes/sector possible with reformat
• Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier
• Attributes required: One SAS disk drive bay
• For 8204-E8A: (#3648)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 582 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3649) 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

Attached SAS DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 450GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
• Format: 512 Bytes/sector default, 528 Bytes/sector possible with re- format.
• Attributes provided: 450GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: one SAS disk drive bay
• For 8204-E8A: (#3649)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 582 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • No IBM i support
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 10
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 5
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 3
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER version 4.5 or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 5.1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: 582 is combined total for FC 3636, 3647, 3648 and 3649.

(#3652) SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 1M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adaper. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 1 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

• Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
• Attributes required: Primary SAS Disk drawer properly configured
• For 8204-E8A: (#3652)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3653) SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 3M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adaper. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 3 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

• Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
• Attributes required: Primary SAS Disk drawer properly configured
• For 8204-E8A: (#3653)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3654) SAS Cable (EE) Drawer to Drawer 6M

SAS Cable (EE), connects a second SAS disk drawer to a primary SAS disk drawer attached to a SAS controller adaper. This cable has one Mini SAS 4x cable plug connector on each end. Both connectors must be attached to an ENCLOSURE UP Arrow port on the ESM module of the attaching drawers. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable supports both Single and Dual path configurations. All supported configurations require two of this feature to attach a secondary disk drawer to the primary disk drawer. The length of this cable is 6 meter. Choose the SAS (EE) cable length to match the distance between the two SAS drawers.

• Attributes provided: SAS Disk drawer to SAS Disk drawer attach cable
• Attributes required: Primary SAS Disk drawer properly configured
• For 8204-E8A: (#3654)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3655) SAS HH Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2009)

This cable will connect an internal media device with a 4x standard SAS connector to a system unit embedded controller. The cable has a standard 4x SAS connector on one end and a 1x SAS and 4-pin power connector (arranged 2x2) on the other.

• Attributes provided: Internal 114mm long SAS cable
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#3655)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3656) SAS SFF Cable

This cable will connect an internal media device with a 4x standard SAS connector to a system unit embedded controller. The cable has a standard 4x SAS connector on one end and a 1x SAS and 4-pin power connector (arranged 2x2) on the other.

• Attributes provided: Internal 267mm long SAS cable
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#3656)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3657) - SAS SFF Cable

This cable will connect an internal media device with a 4x standard SAS connector to a system unit embedded controller. The cable has a right angle 4x SAS connector on one end and a 1x SAS and 4-pin power connector (arranged 2x2) on the other.

• Attributes provided: Internal 267 mm long SAS cable
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#3657)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3658) 428GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

Attached SAS DASD device, in a carrier capable of providing Hot Swap support. Provides 428GB of storage capacity. Supports the industry standard SAS interface. Can be used only in a drawer/system designed to support the SAS interface.

Characteristics:

• Form Factor: 3.5 inch Form Factor, 1 inch drive.
• Cable included: No
• External Interface: standard SAS Dual Port
• Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
• Interface Speed: 300 MB/sec.
• Format: 528 Bytes/sector default, 512 B
• Attributes provided: 428GB SAS disk storage mounted in a carrier.
• Attributes required: one SAS disk drive bay
• For 8204-E8A: (#3658)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 528 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1
    • No AIX support
    • No linux support
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3661) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 3M

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 2.5 meters long.

• Attributes provided: connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
• Attributes required: two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
• For 8204-E8A: (#3661)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3662) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 6M

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 5.5 meters long.

• Attributes provided: connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
• Attributes required: two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
• For 8204-E8A: (#3662)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3663) SAS Cable (X) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Dual Controller/Dual Path 15M

This SAS cable (X) connects a SAS disk drawer to two SAS controller adapters. This cable supports dual controller/dual path attach between two SAS controller adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The SAS controller adapters can be in the same or in different host systems. This cable has four Mini SAS 4x plug connectors. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the adapters and are keyed as END DEVICES. Two of the Mini SAS 4x plug connectors attach to the SAS disk drawer and are keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow. All of the connectors are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (X) cable length that matches the distance between the adapters and the SAS disk drawer. The adapter legs of this cable are each 14.5 meters long.

• Attributes provided: connection between two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
• Attributes required: two SAS controller adapters and a SAS disk drawer
• For 8204-E8A: (#3663)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3668) SAS Cable, DASD Backplane to Rear Bulkhead

This SAS cable connects the DASD Backplane with External SAS Port (#8345) to the rear bulkhead of the system and allows for connection of external SAS EXP 12S (#5886) to the system.

• Attributes provided: Cable
• Attributes required: Feature number 8345
• For 8204-E8A: (#3668)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3669) SAS Cable, DASD Backplane (Split) to Rear Bulkhead)

The SAS cable connects the DASD Backplane with External SAS Port (#8345/#8346/#8310) to the rear bulkhead of the system providing cable #3679 to a slot adapter SAS controller. This feature gives the user the ability to split the backplane, allocating a SAS controller for each half of the internal disks.

• Attributes provided: Cable
• Attributes required: DASD Backplane with External SAS Port (#8345/#8346/#8310), SAS Cable (AI) - 1M (#3679), and one of the following SAS controllers: #5900, #5901 or #5912
• For 8204-E8A: (#3669)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3676) 69.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive

Provides a 15,000 RPM, 3.5-inch disk unit with 69.7GB capacity and a Serially Attached SCSI (SAS) interface. #3676 is mounted in a carrier and Hot Swap is supported.

• Attributes provided: 69.7GB Disk Unit
• Attributes required: Disk Unit Slot and a SAS Disk Unit Controller
• For 8204-E8A: (#3676)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 582 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3677) 139.5GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive

Provides a 15,000 RPM, 3.5-inch disk unit with 139.5GB capacity and a Serially Attached SCSI (SAS) interface. #3677 is mounted in a carrier and hot swap is supported.

• Attributes provided: 139.5GB Disk Unit in a carrier
• Attributes required: one SAS drive slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#3677)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 582 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3678) 283.7GB 15k rpm SAS Disk Drive

Provides a 15,000 RPM, 3.5-inch disk unit with 283.7GB capacity and a Serially Attached SCSI (SAS) interface. #3678 is mounted in a carrier and hot swap is supported.

• Attributes provided: 283.7GB Disk Unit in a carrier
• Attributes required: one SAS drive slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#3678)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 582 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3679) SAS Cable (AI)- 1M

This cable has two Mini SAS 4x plug connectors, and is wired in 4x mode. Both ends are keyed for attachment to an END DEVICE. Connects a SAS Adapter to a bulkhead port for accessing internal SAS disks. This cable is 1 meter long.

• Attributes provided: SAS 4x Cable
• Attributes required: Feature to create the internal disk port
• For 8204-E8A: (#3679)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3681) - 3M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)

The dedicated 2:6 cable connects between the dedicated top port on #5904, #5906 or #5908 for a SAS RAID Dual controller configuration providing (higher performance) path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.

If the cable fails or is disconnected for some reason, then the "traditional" dual controller communication path via the SAS fabric (i.e. through the common disk expanders) is used for the adapter-to-adapter communication (mirror Write Cache, Parity Update footprints, etc...). This cable provides higher performance and redundancy. The cable is required for dual SAS RAID configuration. It is not required nor used for a single SAS RAID adapter (standalone) configuration.

• Attributes provided: Higher performance path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.
• Attributes required: Two of any combination of the following SAS RAID adapters #5904, #5906 or 5908.
• For 8204-E8A: (#3681)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX requiring service packs will be available on or before January 31, 2010.
    • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.8 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.4 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Requires one per paired SAS RAID controller in any combination of #5904, #5906 or #5908. These controllers can also function as a single SAS RAID controller without the cable. VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later.

(#3682) - 6M SAS CABLE, ADPTR TO ADPTR (AA)

The dedicated 2:6 cable connects between the dedicated top port on #5904, #5906 or #5908 for a SAS RAID Dual controller configuration providing (higher performance) path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.

If the cable fails or is disconnected for some reason, then the "traditional" dual controller communication path via the SAS fabric (i.e. through the common disk expanders) is used for the adapter-to-adapter communication (mirror Write Cache, Parity Update footprints, etc...). This cable provides higher performance and redundancy. The cable is required for dual SAS RAID configuration. It is not required nor used for a single SAS RAID adapter (standalone) configuration.

• Attributes provided: Higher performance path for all the dual controller communication including the mirroring of Write Cache and Parity update footprints between the adapters.
• Attributes required: Two of any combination of the following SAS RAID adapters #5904, #5906 or 5908.
• For 8204-E8A: (#3682)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX requiring service packs will be available on or before January 31, 2010.
    • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.8 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.4 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Requires one per paired SAS RAID controller in any combination of #5904, #5906 or #5908. These controllers can also function as a single SAS RAID controller without the cable. VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later.

(#3684) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 3M

This SAS cable (AE) connects a SAS Controller to a media expansion drawer. This cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration and as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end , wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

• Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
• Attributes required: SAS media expansion drawer or SAS disk drawer, and a SAS controller adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#3684)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3685) SAS Cable (AE) Adapter to Enclosure, single controller/single path 6M

This SAS cable (AE) connects a SAS Controller to a media expansion drawer. This cable can also be used to connect two SAS adapters to a SAS disk drawer in a specific dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration using two #5912 controllers. Single controller/single path connections are supported with this cable only for this specific JBOD configuration and as such, two #5912 SAS controllers and two (AE style) cables are required for a supported configuration. The two SAS adapters must be in different host systems/partitions. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end wired in 4x mode and one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end, wired in 4x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, select the SAS (AE) cable length that best matches the distance between the host system and the remote SAS drawer being attached.

• Attributes provided: Connection between a SAS controller and a media expansion drawer or connection between #5912 SAS controller and a SAS disk drawer in a dual controller HA two system JBOD configuration only
• Attributes required: SAS media expansion drawer or SAS disk drawer, and a SAS controller adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#3685)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3686) SAS able (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 1.5M

This SAS cable (YI) connects a single remote SAS drawer to a host system that contains an integrated SAS controller connection. There are a limited number of Power System severs that can support this configuration. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the host end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow both wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YI) cable length that matches the distance between the host system and the SAS disk drawer.

• Attributes provided: Connection between host system native SAS connector and a remote SAS drawer
• Attributes required: Host system with native SAS connector
• For 8204-E8A: (#3686)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3687) SAS Cable (YI) System to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual Path 3M

This SAS cable (YI) connects a single remote SAS drawer to a host system that contains an integrated SAS controller connection. There are a limited number of Power System severs that can support this configuration. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the host end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the drawer end keyed as ENCLOSURE UP Arrow both wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YI) cable length that matches the distance between the host system and the SAS disk drawer.

• Attributes provided: Connection between host system native SAS connector and a remote SAS drawer
• Attributes required: Host system with native SAS connector
• For 8204-E8A: (#3687)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3688) SAS Cable (AT) 0.6 Meter

This 0.6 Meter SAS Cable (AT) is used to drive the 12X I/O Drawer Small Form Factor disk using PCIe SAS adapters installed in the drawer. If SFF disk is installed in the 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk, then there must be at least one SAS AT cable assigned.

• Attributes provided: 0.6 Meter SAS Cable (AT)
• Attributes required: 12X I/O Drawer with a PCIe SAS adapter
• For 8204-E8A: (#3688)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3691) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single Controller/Dual

Path 1.5 M This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 1.5 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

• Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
• Attributes required: SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
• For 8204-E8A: (#3691)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3692) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single

Controller/Dual Path 3 M This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 3 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

• Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
• Attributes required: SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
• For 8204-E8A: (#3692)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3693) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single

Controller/Dual Path 6 M This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 6 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

• Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
• Attributes required: SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
• For 8204-E8A: (#3693)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3694) SAS Cable (YO) Adapter to SAS Enclosure, Single

Controller/Dual Path 15 M

This SAS cable (YO) connects a remote SAS drawer to a SAS controller adapter. This cable supports single controller/dual path attach between the SAS controller adapter and the SAS disk drawer. This cable has one Mini SAS 4X plug connector on the adapter end keyed for an END DEVICE, wired in 4x mode and two Mini SAS 4X plug connectors on the drawer end keyed for ENCLOSURE DOWN Arrow, both are wired in 2x mode. Follow the directions on the connector labels when attaching the connectors on this cable. This cable is 15 meters long, choose the SAS (YO) cable length that matches the distance between the adapter and the SAS disk drawer.

• Attributes provided: connection between SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
• Attributes required: SAS controller adapter and a SAS disk drawer
• For 8204-E8A: (#3694)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3704) External xSeries Attach

#3704 is added to an order for each Direct Attached xSeries Server connected to the system. The marketing configurators use this code to determine the number of RIO and SPCN cables required and to insure that the number of External xSeries Servers does not exceed the system limit. Each External xSeries Server is cabled with a pair of RIO cables and attached to the SPCN string like all other HSL attached I/O towers.

• Attributes provided: N/A
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#3704)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3705) PCI IOP

#3705 is a PCI I/O processor with 64MB of memory which drives PCI IOA adapters.

#3705 can drive a maximum of four IOAs, subject to configuration restrictions.

• Attributes provided: support for up to 4 PCI IOAs
• Attributes required: one PCI slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#3705)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 72 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3706) DVD-ROM

This DVD-ROM mounts in a removable media device slot. It can read 640MB CD-ROM and 4.7GB DVD-RAM media. #3706 can be used for Alternate IPL (IBM distributed CD-ROM media only) and program distribution.

• Attributes provided: DVD-ROM
• Attributes required: Removable media device slot in an I/O tower
• For 8204-E8A: (#3706)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#3707) 30GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape

The #3707 is a 30GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape Unit that can be mounted in half-high, autodocking, removable media bays of expansion towers/units.

The #3707 may be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program distribution, migration and 1/4-inch cartridge tape exchange.

A #3707 will read/write the following tape formats:

• 30GB (up to 60GB with compression in SLR60 format) with IBM SLR60-30GB Data Cartridge (19P4209)
• 25GB (up to 50GB with compression in MLR3 format) with IBM MLR3-25GB Data Cartridge (59H4128)
• 16GB (up to 32GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-16GB Data Cartridge (59H4175)
• 5GB (up to 10GB with compression in SLR100 format) with IBM SLR100-5GB Data Cartridge (35L0661)
• 2GB (up to 4GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-2GB Data Cartridge (35L0589)

A #3707 is capable of read only support of the following tape formats:

• 4GB (QIC4GB format) with SLR5-4GB Data Cartridge (59H3660)
• 2.5GB (QIC2GB format) with IBM DC9250 Data Cartridge (16G8436)

The #3707 has the these technical specifications for the primary recording format:

• Cartridge Capacity (Native) = 30.0GB (1500-ft tape)
• Cartridge Capacity (Compression) = 60.0GB (1500-ft tape)
• Data Rate (Native) = 4.0MB/s
• Data Rate (Compression) = 8.0MB/s

• Attributes provided: 30GB 1/4-inch tape device
• Attributes required: half height, autodocking removable media bay and a disk controller in place to interface to this media bay.
• For 8204-E8A: (#3707)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 18 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#3708) 50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape

Mounted in a removable media device slot of a system unit or an expansion tower, these tape units may be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program distribution, migration and 1/4-inch cartridge tape exchange.

Will READ/WRITE:

• 50GB (up to 100GB with compression in SLR100 format) with IBM SLR100-50GB Data Cartridge (35L0968)
• 30GB (up to 60GB with compression in SLR60 format) with IBM SLR60-30GB Data Cartridge (19P4209)
• 25GB (up to 50GB with compression in MLR3 format) with IBM MLR3-25GB Data Cartridge (59H4128)
• 5GB (up to 10GB with compression in SLR100 format) with IBM SLR100-5GB Data Cartridge (35L0661)

Will READ:

• 16GB (up to 32GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-16GB Data Cartridge (59H4175)
• 4GB (QIC4GB format) with SLR5-4GB data Cartridge (59H3660)
• 2GB (up to 4GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-2GB

Specifications for the primary recording format:

• Cartridge Capacity (Native) = 50.0GB (1500-ft tape)
• Cartridge Capacity (Compression) = 100.0GB (1500-ft tape)
• Data Rate (Native) = 5.0MB/s
• Data Rate (Compression) = 10.0MB/s
• Attributes provided: 50GB 1/4-inch Cartridge Tape Device
• Attributes required: Half-high removable media bay and a controller in place to interface to this media bay
• For 8204-E8A: (#3708)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 18 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#3925) Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin

This cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.

• Attributes provided: 9-Pin to 25-Pin connectivity
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#3925)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3926) Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M

This 4-meter cable and transposer (2 parts) allows external async devices such as printers or terminals to be attached directly to the 9-pin serial port. This is equivalent to using #3925 in combination with #2934.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#3926)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3927) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 3.7M

This 3.7 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

• Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
• For 8204-E8A: (#3927)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#3928) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M

This 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

• Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
• For 8204-E8A: (#3928)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4242) Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)

This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.

• Attributes provided: 6-foot extension cable
• Attributes required: Supported monitor and adapter with a 15-pin "D" shell connector.
• For 8204-E8A: (#4242)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4256) Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M

This feature provides a 2M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.

• Attributes provided: 2M Extension Cable
• Attributes required: USB Keyboard
• For 8204-E8A: (#4256)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4276) VGA to DVI Connection Converter

This feature is a plug converter that will allow a Video device with a 15 pin D-shell VGA cable plug (such as a KVM switch) to connect to a graphics adapter with a 28 pin D-shell DVI receptacle connector. This device has both a 28 pin D-Shell DVI plug and a 15 pin D-shell VGA receptacle.

• Attributes provided: VGA to DVI connection converter
• Attributes required: VGA device and graphics adapter with DVI connector.
• For 8204-E8A: (#4276)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4319) 35.16GB 10k rpm Disk Unit

#4319 is a 10k rpm disk unit with 35.16GB capacity and an Ultra2 SCSI interface.

• Attributes provided: 35.16GB disk unit
• Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
• For 8204-E8A: (#4319)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 540 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4326) 35.16GB 15k rpm Disk Unit

#4326 is a 15k rpm disk unit with 35.16GB capacity and a SCSI interface.

• Attributes provided: 35.16GB disk unit
• Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
• For 8204-E8A: (#4326)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 540 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4327) 70.56GB 15k rpm Disk Unit

(No Longer Available as of February 3, 2009)

#4327 is a 15k rpm disk unit with 70.56GB capacity and an Ultra320 SCSI interface.

• Attributes provided: 70.56GB disk unit
• Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
• For 8204-E8A: (#4327)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 540 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4328) 141.12GB 15k rpm Disk Unit

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

Provides a 15,000 rpm disk unit with 141.12GB capacity and a Ultra-4 (Ultra320) SCSI interface.

• Attributes provided: 141.12GB disk unit
• Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
• For 8204-E8A: (#4328)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 540 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4329) 282.25GB 15k rpm Disk Unit

(No Longer Available as of February 3, 2009)

Provides a 15,000 rpm disk unit with 282.25GB capacity and a Ultra-4 (Ultra320) SCSI interface.

• Attributes provided: 282.25GB disk unit
• Attributes required: Disk unit slot and a disk unit controller
• For 8204-E8A: (#4329)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 540 (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4430) DVD-RAM

This DVD-RAM device reads and writes 4.7GB on single sided media. Double sided media, must be manually flipped. It can also read 640MB CD-ROM media.

Mounted in a removable media device slot, this feature may be used for alternate IPL, program distribution, and data interchange.

• Attributes provided: DVD-RAM
• Attributes required: Removable media slot in an external I/O tower
• For 8204-E8A: (#4430)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 18 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#4487) 50GB 1/4-Inch Cartridge Tape

Mounted in a removable media device slot of an expansion tower, these tape units may be used for save/restore, alternate IPL, program distribution, migration and 1/4-inch cartridge tape exchange.

Will READ/WRITE:

• 50GB (up to 100GB with compression in SLR100 format) with IBM SLR100-50GB Data Cartridge (35L0968)
• 30GB (up to 60GB with compression in SLR60 format) with IBM SLR60-30GB Data Cartridge (19P4209)
• 25GB (up to 50GB with compression in MLR3 format) with IBM MLR3-25GB Data Cartridge (59H4128)
• 5GB (up to 10GB with compression in SLR100 format) with
• IBM SLR100-5GB Data Cartridge (35L0661)

Will READ:

• 16GB (up to 32GB with compression in QIC5010 format)with IBM MLR1-16GB Data Cartridge (59H4175)
• 4GB (QIC4GB format) with SLR5-4GB Data Cartridge (59H3660)
• 2GB (up to 4GB with compression in QIC5010 format) with IBM MLR1-2GB

Specifications for the primary recording format:

• Cartridge Capacity (Native) = 50.0GB (1500-ft tape)
• Cartridge Capacity (Compression) = 100.0GB (1500-ft tape)
• Data Rate (Native) = 5.0MB/s
• Data Rate (Compression) = 10.0MB/s

• Attributes provided: 50GB 1/4-inch cartridge tape
• Attributes required: Removable media slot and disk controller thatcan drive internal removable media.
• For 8204-E8A: (#4487)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4520) 1024MB (2x512MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM

Provides 1024MB of system memory with 2 512MB RDIMMs.

• Attributes provided: 1024MB of system memory.
• Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
• For 8203-E4A: (#4520)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16(Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology
  • Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5
  • machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10
  • SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux
  • for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux
  • for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4521) 2048MB (2x1024MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM

Provides 2048MB of system memory with 2 1024MB RDIMMs.

• Attributes provided: 2048MB of system memory.
• Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
• For 8204-E8A: (#4521)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4522) 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb DRAM

Provides 4096MB of system memory with 2 2048MB RDIMMs.

• Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory.
• Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
• For 8204-E8A: (#4522)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4523) 8192MB (2x4096MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 512Mb Stacked DRAM

Provides 8192MB of system memory with 2 4096MB stacked RDIMMs.

• Attributes provided: 8192MB of system memory.
• For 8204-E8A: (#4523)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4524) 16384MB (2x8192MB) RDIMMs, 400 MHz, 1Gb Stacked DRAM

Provides 16384MB of system memory with 2 8192MB RDIMMs.

• Attributes provided: 16384MB of system memory.
• Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
• For 8204-E8A: (#4524)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4532) 4096MB (2x2048MB) RDIMMs, 667 MHz, 1Gb DRAM

Provides 4096MB of system memory with 2 2048MB RDIMMs.

• Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory
• Attributes required: Two empty memory DIMM positions
• For 8204-E8A: (#4532)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later.
    • AIX 6.1 or later.
    • IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.
    • IBM i 6.1, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4630) DVD-RAM

This DVD-RAM device reads and writes 4.7GB on single sided media. Double sided media, must be manually flipped. It can also read 640MB CD-ROM media.

Mounted in a removable media device slot, this feature may be used for alternate IPL, program distribution, and data interchange.

• Attributes provided: DVD-RAM
• Attributes required: Removable media device slot in an I/Otower/unit
• For 8204-E8A: (#4630)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 18 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#4633) DVD-RAM

#4633 is a DVD-RAM that uses cartridgeless media only (this is different from the 4630, which can use cartridge media, but the media can be removed from the cartridge to be used in this drive). Media support will be limited to writing DVD-RAM only and reading of CD-ROM, CD-R, DVD-ROM and DVD-RAM.

• Attributes provided: Read/Write of DVD-RAM media, Read only ofCD-ROM, CD-R and DVD-ROM media
• Attributes required: Removable media device slot in an I/O tower
• For 8204-E8A: (#4633)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

One and only one rack indicator features is required on

all orders (#4650 to #4666).

(#4650) Rack Indicator- Not Factory Integrated

This indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device in this initial order should not be merged into a rack within IBM Manufacturing.

Note: This "no additional charge" feature will be placed on an initial order for a rack mountable device by the Configuration Tool when the order does not include a 19" Rack.

Note: A rack integration indicator is required on all 19" Rack mountable device initial orders. One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

• Attributes provided: System will not be shipped in a rack.
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#4650)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4651) Rack Indicator, Rack #1

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the first rack for a multi rack order, or the only rack for a single rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #1.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack Integration/ Rack Specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4651)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4652) Rack Indicator, Rack #2

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the second rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #2 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack Integration/Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4652)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4653) Rack Indicator, Rack #3

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the third rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #3 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

Note: For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4653)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4654) Rack Indicator, Rack #4

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #4 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

Note: For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4654)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4655) Rack Indicator, Rack #5

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #5 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

Note: For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4655)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4656) Rack Indicator, Rack #6

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #6 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

Note: For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4656)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4657) Rack Indicator, Rack #7

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the seventh rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #7 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

Note: For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4657)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4658) Rack Indicator, Rack #8

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eighth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #8 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

Note: For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4658)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4659) Rack Indicator, Rack #9

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the ninth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #9 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

Note: For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4659)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4660) Rack Indicator, Rack #10

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the tenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #10 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

Note: For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4660)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4661) Rack Indicator, Rack #11

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the eleventh rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #11 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

Note: For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4661)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4662) Rack Indicator, Rack #12

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the twelfth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #12 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

Note: For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4662)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4663) Rack Indicator, Rack #13

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the thirteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #13 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

Note: For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4663)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4664) Rack Indicator, Rack #14

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fourteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #14 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

Note: For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4664)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4665) Rack Indicator, Rack #15

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the fifteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #15 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

Note: For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4665)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4666) Rack Indicator, Rack #16

When added to an initial rack order, this indicator is used to specify the sixteenth rack for a multi rack order.

When added to an initial rack mountable device order, this indicator is used to specify that the rack mountable device (such as a system or I/O drawer) is to be mounted in rack #16 of a multi rack order.

Note: For 19" rack mountable device orders: One feature code from the group 4650 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code from this group is not allowed.

Note: For 19" rack orders: If IBM Mfg. is to assemble a rack mountable device into the rack, one feature code selection from the group 4651 to 4666 must be listed on the order. More than one feature code selection from this group is not allowed. The quantity of this selected feature code on the 19" rack order must equal the number of rack mountable devices to be installed in the rack by IBM Mfg.

• Attributes provided: Rack specify
• Attributes required: Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#4666)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4746) PCI Twinaxial Workstn IOA

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

The #4746 provides support for up to 40 twinaxial displays and printers. A 20-ft cable with an 8-port expansion (breakout) box is included with this adapter. Each expansion port supports seven attached devices, allowing for 56 total attached devices, of which only 40 can be active.

• Attributes provided: Attachment of twinaxial devices.
• Attributes required: One PCI slot (3V or 5V)
• For 8204-E8A: (#4746)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 50)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 50 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#4764) PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)

Provides both cryptographic coprocessor and secure-key cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCI-X card. The coprocessor functions are targeted to banking and finance applications. Financial PIN processing and Europay, MasterCard, Visa (EMV) credit card functions are provided. EMV is a standard for integrated-chip based credit cards. The secure-key accelerator functions are targeted to improving the performance of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) transactions. The #4764 provides the security and performance required to support eBusiness and emerging digital signature applications. Host application access to the cryptographic services of the #4764 are via the Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) application programming interfaces (APIs) or additionally via Public-Key Cryptographic Standards (PKCS#11) APIs. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card.

The #4764 provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper- resistant hardware security module (HSM), which is designed to meet FIPS 140 security requirements. FIPS 140 is a U.S. Government National Institute of Standards & Technology (NIST) administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules.

Feature 4764 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4) users will be able to down load firmware for AIX from the following URL replacing the firmware CD previously provided.

http://www-03.ibm.com/systems/p/os/aix/versions/os.html

Refer to Additional Software support and offerings:

• Attributes provided:
  • Cryptographic Accelerator Function
  • EMV-Based Credit Card Function
  • CCA API Host Support, and PKCS#11 API.
• Attributes required:
  • One PCI-X card slot per 4764 FC.
  • Only one API (CCA or PKCS11 but not both) can be loaded per 4764 Feature.
• For 8204-E8A: (#4764)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

Note: Please validate that software components which provide SSL are enabled to use hardware cryptographic devices through the PKCS#11 or CCA API's. If assistance is needed in determining if the device will meet your needs please contact crypto@us.ibm.com.

Note: Maximum of 2 allowed in CEC under AIX or IBM i.

System maximum of 32 under AIX; 8 under IBM i.

Not supported by Linux.

(#4801) PCI Crypto Coprocessor

#4801 provides a rich set of data encryption and authentication services for applications requiring high security. Cryptographic keys are stored in a tamper-resistant module on the coprocessor. This feature is ideally suited for banking and financial applications. With the tamper resistant-module the coprocessor can also be used to implement other advanced applications such as electronic postage metering.

Application services provided by the coprocessor include:

• Data encryption using Tripe-DES (Data Encryption Standard)
• Digital signature generation/verification using RSA public-key cryptography
• Data integrity checking using MD5 and SHA-1 secure hash algorithms
• Financial PIN support for automatic teller machine (ATM) networks
• Basic Secure Electronic Transaction (SET) block operations
• Secure storage of keys in a Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 140-1 Level 3 tamper-resistant module

The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor is compatible with IBM's Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA).

For more information, visit:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards/

Option 35 CCA Cryptographic Service Provider is required along with Cryptographic Access Provider 128-bit (5722-AC3) licensed program. Both Option 35 and the LPP are no-charge.

• For 8204-E8A: (#4801)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 8 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#4805) PCI Crypto Accelerator

Feature #4805 provides improved performance for high-transaction-rate secure Web applications which use the secure sockets layer (SSL) or transport layer security (TLS) protocols. SSL/ TLS is the predominant method for securing Web transactions. Applications using SSL/TLS include those transferring payment information (e.g., credit card numbers) over the Internet, e.g., between a Web browser and a server in the case of B2C or between servers in the case of B2B. Establishing SSL/TLS secure Web connections requires very compute intensive cryptographic processing. Feature #4805 off-loads cryptographic processing associated with the establishment of a SSL/TLS session, thus freeing the server for other processing.

The Cryptographic Accelerator is targeted to high-transaction-rate secure Web applications using SSL/TLS. If your application requires a FIPS 140-1 certified, tamper-resistant module for storing cryptographic keys and/or requires financial PIN processing, then features #4801 or #4802, Cryptographic Coprocessors should be your choice.

NOTE: FIPS 140-1 is a U.S. Government National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules.

http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iSeries/support

• For 8204-E8A: (#4805)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 4 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#4812) PCI Integ xSeries Server

#4812 is a double wide PCI card that contains a 2.0GHz processor with 2MB integrated L2 cache. It has two integrated 1000/100/10Mbps ethernet ports, two USB 1.1 ports and traditional PC keyboard and mouse ports. A keyboard and mouse can either connect to the traditional ports or connect to the USB ports. There is an SVGA video port for connection of a display.

#4812 has two memory slots. These slots must always contain a pair of identical memory features. Available memory features are:

• #0446 - 512MB DDR Server Memory (MES only)
• #0447 - 1GB DDR Server Memory (MES only)

The #4812 requires an IOP #2844 to drive it. The IOP may be shared, but only one #4812 is permitted per IOP.

When #4812 is ordered, the configurator will add two #0446 512MB Server Memory features to the order. The two #0446 features may be replaced with two #0447 Optional 1GB Server Memory features or the two server memory features may be removed from the order and two #0446 or two #0447 may be installed in the field. The configurator will also add to the order a #2844 PCI IOP to drive the #4812. The #2844 may be removed from the order for PCI slot conservation.

The two integrated 1000/100/10Mbps Ethernet LAN ports included on the #4812 provide attachment to IEEE standard 802.3ab high-speed (1Gbps) Ethernet LANs. They can also be used to connect to existing 10 and 100Mbps Ethernet networks. The adapter supports UTP CAT 5 or higher media interface and TCP/IP. The #4812 does not support any other LAN features and does not support native i5/OS functions.

The following features are defaulted (where offered) and may be removed from the order:

• #0325 IPCS Extension Cable for Windows (for display, mouse and and keyboard)
• #1700 IPCS Keyboard and Mouse for Windows

Supported Windows versions:

• Windows 2000 Server
• Windows 2000 Advanced Server
• Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition
• Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition
• Windows Server 2003 Web Edition

For versions of Windows 2000, a display is required and must be connected to the #4812. For versions of Windows 2003, a display is not required but may be connected to the #4812 to support Windows. If no display is connected, the Virtual System Console is used.

For Linux server products supported on #4812, see:

• WWW.IBM.COM/ESERVER/ISERIES/INTEGRATEDXSERIES/LINUX

• Attributes provided: Windows server functions
• Attributes required: IOP and two 3.3V PCI card slots
• For 8204-E8A: (#4812)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4813) PCI Integ xSeries Server

#4813 is a double-wide PCI card that contains a 2.0GHz processor with 2MB integrated L2 cache. It has two integrated 1000/100/10Mbps Ethernet ports, two USB 1.1 ports and traditional PC keyboard and mouse ports. A keyboard and mouse can connect to either the traditional ports or the USB ports. There is an SVGA video port for connection of a display.

The #4813 is a #4812 encased in a double wide blind swap cassette.

#4813 has two memory slots. These slots must always contain a pair of identical memory features. Available memory features are:

• #0446 - 512MB DDR Server Memory (MES only)
• #0447 - 1GB DDR Server Memory (MES only)

The #4813 requires an IOP #2844 to drive it. The IOP may be shared, but only one #4813 is permitted per IOP.

When #4813 is ordered, the configurator will add two #9726 Base 512MB Server Memory features to the order. The two #9726 features may be replaced with two #8546 Optional Base 1GB Server Memory features or the two server memory features may be removed from the order and two #0446 or two #0447 may be installed in the field. The configurator will also add to the order a #2844 Base PCI IOP to drive the #4813. The #2844 may be removed from the order for PCI slot conservation.

The two integrated 1000/100/10Mbps Ethernet LAN ports included on the #4813 provide attachment to IEEE standard 802.3ab high-speed (1Gbps) Ethernet LANs. They can also be used to connect to existing 10 and 100Mbps Ethernet networks. The adapter supports UTP CAT 5 or higher media interface and TCP/IP. The #4813 does not support any other LAN features and does not support native i5/OS functions.

The following features are defaulted (where offered) and may be removed from the order:

• #0325 IPCS Extension Cable for Windows (for display, mouse and and keyboard)
• #1700 IPCS Keyboard and Mouse for Windows

Supported Windows versions:

• Windows 2000 Server
• Windows 2000 Advanced Server
• Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition
• Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition
• Windows Server 2003 Web Edition

For versions of Windows 2000, a display is required and must be connected to the #4813. For versions of Windows 2003, a display is not required but may be connected to the #4813 to support Windows. If no display is connected, the Virtual System Console is used.

For Linux server products supported on #4813, visit:

http://www.ibm.com/eserver/iseries/integratedxseries/linux

• Attributes provided: Windows server functions
• Attributes required: IOP and two 3.3V PCI card slots
• For 8204-E8A: (#4813)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#4945) Zero-priced Processor Activation for #4965

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with IBM System p 550 Express Product Offerings.

• Attributes provided: One processor activation for #4965
• Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
• For 8204-E8A: (#4945)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4946) Zero-priced Processor Activation for #4966

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with IBM System p 550 Express Product Offerings.

• Attributes provided: One processor activation for #4966
• Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
• For 8204-E8A: (#4946)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4947) Zero-priced Processor Activation for #4967

This feature will provide the customer with one processor activation at no additional charge. Available only with IBM System p 550 Express Product Offerings.

• Attributes provided: One processor activation for #4967
• Attributes required: Qualifying Express Product Offering
• For 8204-E8A: (#4947)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4965) 2-core 3.5 GHz POWER6 Processor Card

2-core 3.5 GHz processor card. The 2 processors share 32MB of L3 cache. 4MB of L2 cache per core. There are 8 DIMM slots on the processor card.

• Attributes provided: 2-core processor card
• Attributes required: One processor card slot
  • For 8204-E8A: (#4965)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4966) 2-core 4.2 GHz POWER6 Processor Card

2-core 4.2 GHz processor card. The 2 processors share 32MB of L3 cache. 4MB of L2 cache per core. There are 8 DIMM slots on the processor card.

• Attributes provided: 2-core processor card
• Attributes required: One processor card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#4966)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4967) 2-core 5.0 GHz POWER6 Processor Card

2-core 5.0 GHz POWER6 processor card. The two processors share 32MB of L3 cache. 4MB of L2 cache per core. There are 8 DIMM slots on the processor card.

• Attributes provided: 2-core processor card
• Attributes required: One processor card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#4967)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
    • IBM i 6.1, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 5 for POWER, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Update 1 for POWER, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4985) One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #4965

This feature number will activate one processor on a #4965 processor card.

• Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #4965
• Attributes required: Feature number 4965
• For 8204-E8A: (#4985)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4986) One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #4966

This feature number will activate one processor on a #4966 processor card.

• Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #4966
• Attributes required: Feature number 4966
• For 8204-E8A: (#4986)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4987) One Processor Activation for Processor Feature #4967

This feature number will activate one processor on a #4967 processor card.

• Attributes provided: Activation of processor for #4967
• Attributes required: Feature number 4967
• For 8204-E8A: (#4987)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4998) Single 5250 Enterprise Enabl

#4998 provides the 8204-E8A one processor's worth of 5250 OLTP capacity that can be spread across multiple physical processors or multiple partitions. A permanently activated processor and adequate IBM i operating system processor license entitlements are prerequisites.

• Attributes provided: Provides one processors worth of 5250 OLTP capacity.
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#4998)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#4999) Full 5250 Enterprise Enabl

#4999 is ordered on the 8204-E8A 550 when full 5250 OLTP capability is required for all permanently activated processors. Additional IBM i licenses may also be required.

• Attributes provided: Provides full 5250 OLTP capability
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#4999)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5000) Software Preload Required

Indicates that preloaded software and/or consolidated I/O is shipped with the initial order. A maximum of one (#5000) is supported. This feature has country-specific usage.

• Attributes provided: Software Pre-load
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#5000)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5001) Custom Service Specify, Off-Site

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

This feature code specifies that the system will receive special request services from the Customer Solution Center (CSC) off-site

• Attributes provided: Customization
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#5001)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5005) Software Preinstall

Licensed programs may be preinstalled on the media selected. To order this option, specify code (#5005) on the initial system order. The preinstalled licensed programs will be at the same release level as programs being shipped from the Program Libraries at the time the system is manufactured.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#5005)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5088) PCI-X Expansion Unit

(No Longer Available as of June 1, 2006)

The #5088 is an eight-EIA-unit-high "top hat" with is installed on top of a #5094 expansion tower. Each #5088 has 14 PCI-X slots for PCI IOPs and IOAs. Disk units and removable media are not supported within a #5088.

Each #5088 has two redundant 575W power supplies and two internal power connectors that attach to the AC distribution box in the #5094. A #5094 may have one or two line cords, so the #5088 may or may not have dual line cord capability depending on the configuration of the #5094.

If a #5088 is ordered together with a #5094, the #5094 will ship with a #5088 installed on top. The #5088 may also be ordered for field install on an existing #5074/#5094. A #5088 may not be installed on a #5294 or #5079.

One or two RIO-2 cables must be ordered to attach the #5088 to the RIO-2 ports.

Select the appropriate cable based on the cable length required.

• #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
• #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
• #3146 - 1m RIO-2 Cable
• #3147 - 3.5m RIO-2 Cable
• #3148 - 10m RIO-2 Cable
• #1485 - 15m RIO-2 Cable

Each #5088 will require one of the following SPCN cables:

• #1466 - 30m SPCN Cable-supported only
• #6001 - 2m SPCN Cable -supported only
• #6006 - 3m SPCN Cable
• #6007 - 15m SPCN Cable
• #6008 - 6m SPCN Cable
• #6029 - 30m SPCN Cable
• Attributes provided: 14 PCI-X slots
• Attributes required: Two HSL connections
• For 8204-E8A: (#5088)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5094) PCI-X Expansion Tower

The #5094 is an I/O expansion tower that can contain up to 45 disk units, has 14 PCI slots and two removable media bays.

One bus adapter to provide the RIO-2 interface to the system is required with each #5094. Select one of the following:

• #9517 - Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter, to specify two copper RIO-2 ports

One or two cables must be ordered to attach to the RIO-2 ports. Select the appropriate cable length required.

The following RIO cables can be used with a #5094:

• #3156 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
• #3168 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
• #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
• #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
• #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

One SPCN cable is required for each #5094. Select from the following:

• #1466 30m SPCN Cable
• #6001 2m SPCN Cable
• #6006 3m SPCN Cable
• #6007 15m SPCN Cable
• #6008 6m SPCN Cable
• #6029 30m SPCN Cable

Each #5094 can support 15 disk units without a #5108 installed. With #5108 installed, a #5094 can support up to 45 disk units, total.

Each #5094 comes with redundant, hot-swap, power supplies.

To enable further #5094 redundancy, dual line cord capability for the #5094 is provided by feature#5115. An additional #5094 line cord must be ordered when installing a #5115. Plugging in the second line cord, even if to the same outlet, enables the AC power modules to be redundant.

The following line cords are supported on a #5094:

• #1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
• #1406 - 200V 16A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
• #6455 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
• #1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
• #1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd S Afric
• #1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Israel
• #1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
• #1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd CH/DK
• #1451 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
• #1452 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
• #1453 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
• #1454 - 200V 12A 14-Ft TL Line Cord (U.S. default)
• #1455 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
• #1456 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
• #1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK

The 45 disk unit positions are in groups of 15, each group of 15 disk units is further divided into three groups of five disk units, each group of five disk units supported on a separate SCSI (LVD-SCSI) bus from a #2757/#2780/#5712 PCI Disk Unit Controller.

The #5094 removable media bays are supported by the same #2757/ #2780/#5712 PCI Disk Unit Controller which supports the 5 base disk unit positions (disk slot positions D31 thru D50).

• Attributes provided: 14 PCI slots, up to 45 disk positions (15base, 0 featurable), two removable media bays
• Attributes required: RIO-2 connection
• For 8204-E8A: (#5094)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5095) PCI-X Expansion Tower

The #5095 is a stand-alone (desk side) PCI-X Expansion Tower that provides expanded I/O capability for iSeries systems. The #5095 has seven PCI-X IOP/IOA slots and supports up to 12 disk units.

A #9844 Base PCI IOP is included with each #5095.

Note: With the availability of V5R4, #9844 is no longer included with #5095.

A bus adapter to provide the HSL interface to the system is required. Select one of the following:

• #9517 - Base HSL-2 Bus Adapter, to specify two copper HSL-2 ports
• #9876 - Base Optical Bus Adapter, to specify two optical HSL ports

  Note: If ordered for a 9408-M25 or 9409-M50 a #6699 (RIO-2 Bus Adapter) must be ordered instead of a #9517 or #9876.

One or two HSL cables must be ordered with each #5095.

When ordering cables to connect to the HSL interface, optical HSL, copper HSL, copper HSL-2, or copper HSL to HSL-2 cables are required. An HSL loop uses all optical or all copper ports/cables. A copper loop can intermix I/O towers/units with copper HSL and copper HSL-2 ports. Select the appropriate cable based on the type of HSL ports to which it is being attached, and the cable length required.

The following HSL cables can be used with a #5095:

• Copper HSL to HSL-2 (HSL on one end and HSL-2 on the other end)
  • #1474 - 6m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
  • #1475 - 10m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
  • #1487 - 3m HSL to HSL-2 Cable
• Copper HSL-2 (HSL-2 on both ends of the cable)
  • #1307 - 1.75m HSL-2 Cable
  • #1308 - 2.5m HSL-2 Cable
  • #1481 - 1.2m HSL-2 Cable
  • #1482 - 3.5m HSL-2 Cable
  • #1483 - 10m HSL-2 Cable
  • #1485 - 15m HSL-2 Cable
• Optical HSL (optical HSL connections on both ends of the cable)
  • #1470 - 6m HSL Optical Cable
  • #1471 - 30m HSL Optical Cable
  • #1472 - 100m HSL Optical Cable
  • #1473 - 250m HSL Optical Cable

One SPCN cable is required with each #5095. Select one of the following:

• #1463 - 2m SPCN Cable
• #1464 - 6m SPCN Cable
• #1465 - 15m SPCN Cable
• #1466 - 30m SPCN Cable
• #0369 - 100m Optical SPCN Cable
• #1468 - 250m Optical SPCN Cable
• #6001 - 2m SPCN Cable
• #6006 - 3m SPCN Cable
• #6007 - 15m SPCN Cable
• #6008 - 6m SPCN Cable
• #6029 - 30m SPCN Cable

The #5095 has redundant power when feature #5138 is installed. The #5138 provides a second 435W power supply. In addition, when a #5138 is installed, a second line cord must be ordered. The presence of the #5138 and the second line cord, enables dual line cord capability.

Select one of the following line cords, or select two if #5138 is ordered:

• #1394 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Crd Brazil
• #1395 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd China
• #1397 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Crd Argent
• #1398 - 4.3m 100V/10A Pwr Crd Brazil
• #1410 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
• #1411 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
• #1412 - 125V 6-Ft Line Cord
• #1413 - 125V 14-Ft Line Cord
• #1414 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
• #1415 - 200V 6-Ft Watertight Line Cord
• #1416 - 200V 14-Ft Locking Line Cord
• #1417 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
• #1422 - 3m IEC 320 C13/14 PDU Cord
• #1438 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
• #1439 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
• #1440 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Denmark
• #1441 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd S Africa
• #1442 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Swiss
• #1443 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd UK
• #1444 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Italy
• #1445 - 4.3m 200V/10A Pwr Cd Israel
• #6458 - 14-Ft Int 250V/10A Pwr Cd
• #6460 - 14-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
• #6469 - 14-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
• #6470 - 6-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
• #6471 - 9-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
• #6472 - 9-Ft 250V/16A Power Cord
• #6473 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
• #6474 - 9-Ft 250V/13A Power Cord
• #6475 - 9-Ft 250V/16A Power Cord
• #6476 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
• #6477 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
• #6478 - 9-Ft 250V/16A Power Cord
• #6479 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
• #6487 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
• #6488 - 9-Ft Dual Voltage Pwr Cd
• #6493 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
• #6494 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
• #6495 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
• #6496 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
• #6497 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
• #6498 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
• #6651 - 9-Ft 127V/15A Power Cord
• #6659 - 9-Ft 240V/15A Power Cord
• #6660 - 14-Ft 127V/15A Power Cord
• #6669 - 14-Ft 240V/15A Power Cord
• #6670 - 6-Ft 125V/15A Power Cord
• #6680 - 9-Ft 250V/10A Power Cord
• #6687 - 6-Ft 250V/15A Power Cord
• Attributes provided: 7 PCI slots and 12 disk positions
• Attributes required: RIO-2 interface
• For 8204-E8A: (#5095)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5096) PCI-X Exp Tower (no disk)

#5096 is an I/O expansion tower that has 14 PCI slots. It does not support disk units and does not support any internal removable media devices. A #5088 can not be mounted on a #5096.

One bus adapter to provide the RIO-2 interface to the system is required with each #5096.

One or two cables must be ordered to attach to the RIO-2 ports. Select the appropriate cable based on the cable length required.

The following RIO cables can be used with a #5096:

• #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
• #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
• #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
• #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
• #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

One of the following SPCN cables is required for each #5096:

• #1466 30m SPCN Cable
• #6001 2m SPCN Cable
• #6006 3m SPCN Cable
• #6007 15m SPCN Cable
• #6008 6m SPCN Cable
• #6029 30m SPCN Cable

No base IOP is included with the #5096. Each #5096 comes with redundant, hot-swap, power supplies. To enable further #5096 redundancy, dual line cord capability for the #5096 is provided by feature #5115. An additional #5096 line cord must be ordered when installing a #5115. Plugging in the second line cord, even if to the same outlet, enables the AC power modules to be redundant.

The following line cords are supported on a #5096:

• #1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
• #1406 - 200V 16A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
• #4655 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
• #1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
• #1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd S Afric
• #1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Israel
• #1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
• #1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd CH/DK
• #1451 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
• #1452 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
• #1453 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
• #1454 - 200V 12A 14-Ft TL Line Cord (U.S. default)
• #1455 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
• #1456 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
• #1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK

• Attributes provided: 14 PCI slots
• Attributes required: RIO-2 connection
• For 8204-E8A: (#5096)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5108) 30-Disk Expansion Feature

#5108 is a disk unit expansion enclosure feature for a single line cord #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower. #5108 includes two 15-disk-unit enclosures, one 765-watt power supply, back-planes, and cables. One PCI Disk Unit Controller is required to support each 15-disk-unit enclosure.

• Attributes provided: 30 additional disk unit slots
• Attributes required: #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower
• For 8204-E8A: (#5108)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5115) Dual Line Cords - Tower

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

#5115 is a dual line cord enabler for the upper unit in a #5094 PCI-X Expansion Tower. #5115 includes an additional power supply. An additional line cord must be specified.

Plugging in the second line cord, even if to the same outlet, enables the AC power modules to be redundant.

• Attributes provided: Dual line cord capability
• Attributes required: #5094
• For 8204-E8A: (#5115)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5116) Dual Line Cords - 5294 Tower

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

Provides dual line cord capability for a single enclosure in a #5294 tower. Two line cords must be specified for each #5116 ordered with a #5294. When ordering a #5116 for an installed #5294, an additional line cord must be specified for each #5116. The configurator will default two #5116s, for each #5294 ordered with a system that has dual line cords on the system unit.

Plugging in the second line cord, even if to the same outlet, enables the AC power modules to be redundant.

• Attributes provided: Dual line cord capability for a single unit in a #5294
• Attributes required: #5294
• For 8204-E8A: (#5116)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5138) Redundant Power and Cooling

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

#5138 provides redundant power for the #0595 PCI-X Expansion Towers. #5138 includes a second 435W power supply, and requires that a second line cord be specified. The second line cord enables dual line cord capability.

• Attributes provided: Redundant Power
• Attributes required: #0595 PCI-X Expansion Tower.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5138)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5160) Power Dist Unit 1 Phase NEMA

This feature provides a single phase NEMA PDU for 19 inch Racks. Each PDU provides six outlets.

System units and/or expansion units would use a #6458 line cord to connect to the #5160.

The following line cords are supported on the #5160:

• #1424 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord (supported, not orderable)
• #1425 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord (supported, not orderable)
• #1426 - 200V 14-Ft Locking Line Cord
• #1427 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
• #1446 - 4.3m 200V/30A Pwr Cd Korea
• #1447 - 4.3m 200V/30A Pwr Cd AU
• #1448 - 4.3m 200V/30A Pwr Cd NZ (supported, not orderable)

• Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit
• Attributes required: 19 Inch Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#5160)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5161) Power Dist Unit 1 Phase IEC

This feature provides a single phase IEC PDU for iSeries racks. Each PDU provides six outlets.

System units and/or expansion units would use a #6458 line cord to connect to the #5161.

The following line cord is supported on the #5161:

• #1449 - 4.3m 200V/32A Pwr Cd EU 1-PH

• Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit
• Attributes required: 19 Inch Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#5161)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5162) Power Dist Unit 2 of 3 Phase

This feature provides a 2 of 3 phase Power Distribution Unit (PDU) for iSeries Racks. Each PDU provides six outlets.

The following line cord is supported on the #5162:

• #1450 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU 2-PH (supported, not orderable)

• Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit
• Attributes required: 19 Inch Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#5162)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5163) Power Dist Unit - 3 Phase

This feature provides a 3 phase Power Distribution Unit (PDU) for iSeries Racks. Each PDU provides six outlets.

System units and/or expansion units would use a #6458 line cord to connect to the #5163.

The following line cord is supported on the #5163:

• #1477 - 4.3m 200V/16A PWR CD

• Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit
• Attributes required: 19 Inch Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#5163)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 192 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5294) 1.8m I/O Tower

The #5294 is a I/O expansion tower that can contain up to 90 disk units, has 28 PCI slots and has four removable media bays.

Each #5294 is essentially two #5094 PCI Expansion Towers, with side covers and casters removed, placed in a 1.8M rack. Each #5294 counts as two #5094s towards the system model maximums.

Two bus adapters, to provide the RIO interfaces to the system, are required with each #5294.

The upper and lower enclosures (#5094s) in a #5294 are not connected internally by a RIO cable. If the #5294 is to be placed in a RIO loop (both upper and lower enclosure on same RIO loop), an RIO-2 cable is required to connect the upper and lower enclosures.

Select the appropriate cable based on the length required.

Select three or four (any combination) of the following RIO cables, on first #5094 on system, initial order. For additional #5094s or on an MES, select two, three or four (any combination) RIO-2 cables per tower:

The following RIO-2 cables can be used with a #5294:

• #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
• #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
• #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

Select two of the following SPCN cables for each #5294:

• #6001 2m SPCN Cable
• #6008 6m SPCN Cable
• #6007 15m SPCN Cable
• #6006 3m SPCN Cable
• #6007 15m SPCN Cable
• #6008 6m SPCN Cable
• #6029 30m SPCN Cable

For each #5294 ordered, a quantity of two #0694(#5094 Equivalent) specify codes will be added to the order. If a #5294 is to be shared between two systems, one #0694 must be removed from the original ordering system and added to the sharing system, using an RPO(Record Purpose Only) change.

Each of the two tower units within a #5294 fully support 45 disk units (no #5108s need be ordered).

Dual line cord capability is available for the #5294 with feature #5116. With a #5116 installed, both tower units of a #5294 will have dual line cord capability. Two additional line cords (for a total of four) must be ordered when a #5116 is installed. Plugging in the second line cord from the upper and lower units, even if to the same outlet, enables each unit's AC power modules to be redundant. For the best power protection, the first and second line cords should be attached to different power sources.

The following line cords are supported on a #5294 (two line cord features required):

• #1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
• #1406 - 200V 16A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
• #6455 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
• #1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
• #1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd S Afric
• #1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Israel
• #1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
• #1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd CH/DK
• #1451 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
• #1452 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
• #1453 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
• #1454 - 200V 12A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
• #1455 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
• #1456 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
• #1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK

The 45 disk unit positions in each unit of a #5294, are in groups of 15, each group of 15 disk units is further divided into three groups of five disk units, each group of five disk units supported on a separate SCSI (LVD-SCSI) bus from a PCI Disk Unit Controller.

The two removable media bays of each unit within a #5294 are supported by the same PCI Disk Unit Controller that supports disk unit positions D31 thru D35) of each internal tower unit.

• Attributes provided: 28 PCI slots, 90 disk unit positions, fourremovable media bays
• Attributes required: RIO connections, two to four wall electrical outlets, at least one #0694 on the inventory records
• For 8204-E8A: (#5294)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5296) 1.8m I/O Tower (no disk)

The #5296 is a I/O expansion tower that has 28 PCI slots, no disk unit bays, and no removable media bays.

Each #5296 is essentially two #5096 PCI-X Expansion Towers, with side covers and casters removed, placed in a 1.8M rack. Each #5296 counts as two #5096s towards the system model maximums.

Two bus adapters, to provide the RIO-2 interfaces to the system, are required with each #5296. Select two of the following:

• #6417 - Base RIO-2 Bus Adapter (for copper RIO-2 interfaces)

The upper and lower enclosures (#5096s) in a #5296 are not connected internally by a RIO cable. If the #5296 is to be placed in an RIO loop (both upper and lower enclosure on same RIO loop), a RIO-2 cable is required to connect the upper and lower enclosures. A copper loop can intermix I/O towers/units with copper RIO and copper RIO-2 ports. Select the appropriate cable based on the cable length required.

Select three or four of the following RIO cables, on initial orders, for the first #5296 on the system. For additional #5296s, or on an MES order, select two, three, or four of the following RIO cables per tower:

• #3156 - 1.75m RIO-2 Cable
• #3168 - 2.5m RIO-2 Cable
• #3146 1m RIO-2 Cable
• #3147 4m RIO-2 Cable
• #3148 10m RIO-2 Cable

Select two of the following SPCN cables for each #5296:

• #1466 30m SPCN Cable
• #6001 2m SPCN Cable
• #6006 3m SPCN Cable
• #6007 15m SPCN Cable
• #6008 6m SPCN Cable
• #6029 30m SPCN Cable

No base IOPs are included with a #5296. For each #5296 ordered, a quantity of two #0694, #5096 Equivalent, specify codes will be added to the order. If a #5296 is to be shared between two systems, one #0694 must be removed from the original ordering system and added to the sharing system, using a Record Purpose Only (RPO) change.

Dual line cord capability is available for the #5296 with feature #5116. With a #5116 installed, both tower units of a #5296 will have dual line cord capability. Two additional line cords (for a total of four), must be ordered when a #5116 is installed. Plugging in the second line cord from the upper and lower units, even if to the same outlet, enables each unit's AC power modules to be redundant. For the best power protection, the first and second line cords should be attached to different power sources.

Two of the following line cords are required on a #5296:

• #1399 - 4.3m 300V/16A
• #1406 - 200V 16A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
• #6455 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Italy
• #1409 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd AU/NZ
• #1418 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd S Afric
• #1419 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd Israel
• #1420 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd EU/Asia
• #1421 - 4.3m 200V/16A Pwr Cd CH/DK
• #1451 - 200V 6-Ft Line Cord
• #1452 - 200V 14-Ft Line Cord
• #1453 - 200V 6-Ft Locking Line Cord
• #1454 - 200V 12A 14-Ft TL Line Cord
• #1455 - 200V 6-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
• #1456 - 200V 14-Ft Wtrtght Line Cord
• #1476 - 4.3m 200V/12A Pwr Cd UK

• Attributes provided: 28 PCI slots
• Attributes required: RIO connections, two to four wall electrical outlets, at least one #0696 on the inventory record
• For 8204-E8A: (#5296)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5524) RFID TAGS FOR SERVERS, BLADES, BLADECENTERS, RACKS, AND HMCS

The specify feature attaches one Radio Frequency Identification Device (RFID) tag to a Server CEC, rack, HMC, Blade or Bladecenter enclosure. This can be used with MTM (machine type model) rack such as a 7014-T42, not a feature code rack such as a #0553. It applies to newly shipped MTM servers, racks, HMCs, Blades or Bladecenter enclosures, not MES orders with one exception. POWER5 CECs being upgraded to a POWER6 CEC can order this feature. The RFID tag meets the Financial Services Technology Consortium (FSTC) specifications for IT Data Center Asset Tracking.

• Attributes provided: RFIDs
• Attributes required: Server CEC, Blade, Bladecenter, MTM Rack, or HMC
• For 8204-E8A: (#5524)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5544) Sys Console on OP Console

When #5544 is on the order, the system console is driven by a WAN adapter. A #0367, Operations Console PCI cable is required on the system/order.

• Attributes provided: System Console on a WAN Connection
• Attributes required: WAN IOA, #0367 Operations Console PCI Cable
• For 8204-E8A: (#5544)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5548) Sys Console 100Mbps Ethernet

With #5548, the system console is driven by an Ethernet LAN adapter. Some system unit Ethernet ports are not supported. A 100/ 10Mbps Ethernet IOA is required on the system. This LAN adapter must be dedicated to console support functions and cannot be used for any other purpose.

• Attributes provided: System Console on a Ethernet Connection
• Attributes required: a 100/10Mbps Ethernet LAN IOA.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5548)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5550) Sys Console On HMC

With #5550, system console function is driven by the Hardware Management Console (HMC) connected to the system. The HMC is required if the following functions are desired/selected for the system:

• Attributes provided: System Console on Hardware Management Console(HMC)
• Attributes required: Hardware Management Console (HMC)
• For 8204-E8A: (#5550)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5553) Sys Console-Ethernet No IOP

This specify indicates the use of an embedded CEC LAN port for the system console connection using Operations Console (LAN).

• Attributes provided: System console connection through an embedded CEC LAN port.
• Attributes required: Embedded CEC LAN port.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5553)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5554) Mirror 35GB Disk/Controller Pkg

This feature provides a disk unit controller (#2780 equivalent) and twelve (12) 15k rpm 35GB disk units (#4326 equivalent) for servers doing mirroring. Either #0042 Mirrored System IOP Level or #0043 Mirrored System Bus Level is a prerequisite.

• Attributes provided: Twelve (12) 35GB mirrored disk units
• Attributes required: PCI slot for disk controller, 12 disk unit slots and #0042 or #0043.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5554)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 45 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5555) Mirror 70GB Disk/Controller Pkg

This feature provides a disk unit controller (#2780 equivalent) and twelve (12) 15k rpm 70GB disk units (#4327 equivalent) for servers doing mirroring. Either #0042 Mirrored System IOP Level or #0043 Mirrored System Bus Level is a prerequisite.

• Attributes provided: Twelve (12) 70GB mirrored disk units
• Attributes required: PCI slot for disk controller, 12 disk unit slots and #0042 or #0043.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5555)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 45 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5556) Mirror 141GB Disk/Controller Pkg

Provides a disk unit controller (#2780 equivalent) and twelve 15k rpm 141GB disk units (#4328 equivalent) for servers doing mirroring. Either #0042 Mirrored System IOP Level or #0043 Mirrored System Bus Level is a prerequisite.

• Attributes provided: Twelve 141GB mirrored disk units
• Attributes required: PCI slot for disk controller, twelve disk unit slots and #0042 or #0043.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5556)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 45 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5580) 2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. The #5580 includes a #2780 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller and a secondary IOA with 757MB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. The #2780 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same CEC or I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #2780 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature #2780 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2780, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #2780, depending on the CEC or I/O unit/ drawer/tower in which the #2780 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA.

• Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
• Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same CEC or I/Ounit/drawer/tower
• For 8204-E8A: (#5580)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 36)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 48 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#5581) 2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. The #5581 includes a #2757 PCI-X Ultra4 RAID Disk Controller and a secondary IOA with 757MB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. The #2757 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same CEC or I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #2757 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature #2757 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2757, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #2757, depending on the CEC or I/O unit/ drawer/tower in which the #2757 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA.

• Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
• Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same CEC or I/Ounit/drawer/tower
• For 8204-E8A: (#5581)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC System maximum of 48 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#5583) 5777 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. The #5583 includes a #5777 PCI-X disk controller and a secondary IOA with 1.5GB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. #5777 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #5777 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature #5777 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #5777, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #5777, depending on the system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower in which the #5777 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA. #5583 does not require an IOP.

• Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
• Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower
• For 8204-E8A: (#5583)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 36)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 36. Not supported under AIX or LInux.

(#5590) 2780 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. #5590 includes a #2780 PCI-X RAID Disk Controller with 757MB of write cache and a secondary IOA with 1.5GB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. The #2780 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower. #2780 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by the provided SCSI cable. Feature #2780 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2780, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #2780, depending on the system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower in which the #2780 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA.

• Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
• Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower
• For 8204-E8A: (#5590)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 48 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#5591) 2757 Controller w/Aux Write Cache

Provides a disk controller with auxiliary write cache to improve cache data redundancy. The #5591 includes a #2757 PCI-X RAID Disk Controller with a 757MB write cache and a secondary IOA with 1.5GB of auxiliary maximum compressed write cache. The #2757 and the secondary IOA each require one PCI-X slot and must be installed together in the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower. The #2757 and the auxiliary write cache IOA are connected by a SCSI cable (provided). Feature #2757 will not appear on IBM ordering, shipping, or inventory documentation.

The connecting SCSI cable is attached to port four of the #2757, reducing the number of SCSI buses that support disk drives from four to three. The reduction of SCSI buses may also reduce the number of disk drives supported by the #2757, depending on the system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower in which the #2757 is installed. No disk drives are driven by the auxiliary write cache IOA.

• Attributes provided: Disk Controller with auxiliary write cache
• Attributes required: Two PCI-X slots within the same system unit or I/O unit/drawer/tower
• For 8204-E8A: (#5591)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 48 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#5608) GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach - DDR

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The GX Dual-port -12X Channel Adapter, provides two 12X connections for 12X Channel applications. This adapter allows the attachment of I/O Drawers designed for the 12X Channel. The adapter plugs into a GX++ bus slot in a system enclosure. The 12X Channel is connected in a loop and uses both connectors on the adapter. Up to four I/O Drawers can be attached in a single loop. This adapter must be used with the 12X cables. The #5608 adapter provides up to twice the data rate capability as the #5616 12X adapter."

Connection to supported InfiniBand switches is accomplished by using the 12x to 4x Channel Conversion Cables, #1828, #1841, #1842 or #1854. The connection using the #1842 cable is limited to the base ports of the InfiniBand switches.

• Attributes provided: Two 12X channel remote I/O ports
• Attributes required: Available GX slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5608)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, orlater. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5609) GX Dual-port 12X Channel Attach

GX Dual-port -12X Channel Adapter, provides two 12X connections for 12X Channel applications. This adapter allows the attachment of I/O Drawers designed for the 12X Channel. The adapter plugs into a GX++ bus slot in a system enclosure. The 12X Channel is connected in a loop and uses both connectors on the adapter. Up to four I/O Drawers can be attached in a single loop. This adapter must be used with the 12X cables. The #5609 adapter provides up to twice the data rate capability as the #5616 12X adapter.

Connection to supported InfiniBand switches is accomplished by using the 12x to 4x Channel Conversion Cables, #1828, #1841, #1842 or #1854. The connection using the #1842 cable is limited to the base ports of the InfiniBand switches.

This feature is used to attach the #5802 PCIe 12 X I/O Drawer to the 8203-E4A and 8204-E8A.

• Attributes provided: Two DDR capable 12X channel remote I/O ports
• Attributes required: Available GX++ slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5609)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
    • IBM i 6.1, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 5 for POWER, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Update 1 for POWER, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5613) Dual Port (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet 10Gb Daughter Card

Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides two 10 Gb Short Range Ethernet optical connections that can be Virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure.

One of the features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosure systems.

• Attributes provided: Two 10Gb (SR) Integrated Virtual Ethernet Connections
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#5613)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5614) Dual Port RIO-2 I/O Hub

This feature provides an adapter plus interposer card that provides two additional external RIO-2 ports for external connectivity or I/O drawer expansion.

• Attributes provided: Two external RIO-2 ports
• Attributes required: Available GX slot and one processor card installed in the system for each #5614.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5614)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5616) GX Dual-port 12x Channel Attach

GX Dual-port -12X Channel Adapter, provides two 12X connections for 12X Channel applications. This adapter allows the attachment of I/O Drawers designed for the 12X Channel. The adapter plugs into a GX bus slot in a system enclosure. The 12X Channel is connected in a loop and uses both connectors on the adapter. Up to four I/O Drawers can be attached in a single loop. This adapter must be used with the 12X cables.

Connection to supported InfiniBand switches is accomplished by using the 12x to 4x Channel Conversion Cables, #1828, #1841 or #1842.

• Attributes provided: Two 12X Channel remote I/O ports
• Attributes required: Available GX slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5616)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5619) 80/160GB DAT160 SAS Tape Drive

The Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high for save/restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen5 tape drive uses the new larger IBM DAT160 and 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 160 GB (assuming 2:1 compression ratio) - a significant increase in capacity over the previous 36/72 GB 4-mm internal tape drives (when using DAT160 Data Cartridge)

Characteristics:

• Capacity: 80 GB native mode, 160 GB (typical) compression mode
• DDS Gen5
• Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
• Media: IBM DAT160 and 4mm media
• Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
• Operation: Streaming
• Data Transfer Rate: 6MBps native mode,
• Interface: SAS
• Compatability: DDS4 (R/W), DAT72 (R/W) and DAT160 (R/W)
• Attributes provided: Attributes provided: 4mm tape capability, Test Cartridge, and a Cleaning Cartridge Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay

  Note: Requires SAS cable group #3655 (SAS HH) or #3656 (SAS Y SFF)

• For 8204-E8A: (#5619)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with 5300-07 and Server Pack 4
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 5
    • IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 4.5 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 5.1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of 1 allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux. System maximum of 1 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

(#5623) Dual Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card

Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides two 1 Gb Short Range Ethernet connections (RJ-45) that can be Virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure.

Features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosure systems.

• Attributes provided: Two 1 Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Connections
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#5623)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5624) 4-Port 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Daughter Card

Integrated I/O connectors for a CEC enclosure. Provides four 1 Gb Short Range Ethernet connections (RJ-45) that can be Virtualized into the system LPARs. All of the connectors are on the rear bulkhead of the CEC enclosure.

One of the features #5623, #5613 and #5624 may be mixed in multi enclosure systems

• Attributes provided: Four 1Gb Integrated Virtual Ethernet Connections
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#5624)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5679) SAS RAID Enablement

The SAS RAID Enablement feature provides the internal SAS enclosure with 0, 5, 6 and 10 RAID function and Auxiliary cache via backplane pluggable daughter cards. The daughter cards contain the RAID function and a 175MByte of Write Cache. The Auxiliary daughter card plugs into a special slot on the planar and provides battery power pack and redundant 175MByte write cache memory for the daughter card. Concurrent maintenance of the RAID daughter card and the Auxiliary daughter card is not supported; however, concurrent maintenance of the battery pack is supported.

A SAS DASD/Media Backplane #8345/#8346/#8310 in combination with FC 5679 provide one external RAID enabled SAS port.

• Attributes provided: RAID 0, 5, 6, and 10; Write Cache with battery backup
• Attributes required: SAS DASD/Media Backplane #8345/#8346/#8310
• For 8204-E8A: (#5679)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.6, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC and system maximum of 1 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

(#5689) DAT160 Data Cartridge

80GB Native/160GB Compressed.

• Attributes provided: Five DAT160 Data Cartridges
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#5689)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5646) Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCIe, Short Slot

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for one, single width PCI Express or PCI-X adapter designed to meet the "short" adapter size defined in the PCI Standard and used in a slot defined as a "short" slot. Use FC #5647 for PCI adapters that are mounted in a "standard" length PCI slot.

• Attributes provided: Mounting Hardware for a short PCI slot
• Attributes required: Empty PCI slot - Short
• For 8204-E8A: (#5646)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5647) Blind Swap Type III Cassette- PCI-X or PCIe, Standard Slot

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for one, single width PCI Express adapter or PCI-X adapter that will be mounted in a Standard Length PCI slot. It includes the necessary hardware to mount various sizes of single width PCI adapters that may be less than standard size. Use FC #5646 for PCI adapters that are mounted in "short" PCI slots.

• Attributes provided: Mounting Hardware for a standard length PCI slot
• Attributes required: Empty PCI slot - Standard Length
• For 8204-E8A: (#5647)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5700) IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

• Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
• Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5700)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

    System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux; 96 under IBM i.

(#5701) IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

• IOP and IOPless version
• Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
• Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5701)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

    System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux; 96 under IBM i.

(#5702) PCI-X Ultra Tape Controller

#5702 provides two SCSI busses for PCI-X attachment of external tape devices and external removable media devices. #5702 has two ports with VHDCI connectors.

• Attributes provided: Two SCSI VHDCI ports
• Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5702)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 36 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#5704) PCI-X Fibre Channel Tape Controller

Provides Fibre Channel attachment for external tape devices. #5704 supports point-to-point and arbitrated loop topologies and has an LC-type cable connector. Each #5704 is shipped with a wrap connector (P/N 05N6767).

The following adapter kits are required when connecting SC type cables to the #5704:

• #0371 -- LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um)
• #0372 -- LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um)

An optics cleaning kit (P/N 46G6844) and instruction sheet (P/N 21P6238, SY27-2604) is shipped with the #5704. The customer supplies all Fibre Channel cables for this controller.

• Attributes provided: Attachment of external tape devices
• Attributes required: Primary OS indicator #2145 and partition indicator 0265 or 0266. Placement with a controlling IOP is required
• For 8204-E8A: (#5704)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5706) IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5706) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 and pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5701) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

• Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
• Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5706)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 58)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of 2 in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

    System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux; 48 under IBM i.

(#5707) IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 and pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution.

Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

• Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
• Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5707)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 58)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of 2 in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

    System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux; 48 under IBM i.

(#5708) - 10Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter

10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter (#5708) is a high-performance, 10 Gb, dual port, PCIe Converged Network Adapter (CNA) utilizing SR optics. Each port can provide NIC (Network Interface Card) traffic and Fibre Channel functions simultaneously. CCIN is 2B3B

Highlights

• PCIe 2.0 adapter with x8 Gen 1
• Convergence Enhanced Ethernet (CEE) supported
• SR optical transceiver with LC connection provides up to 300m cable length
• Non-volatile error log on the adapter
• Supported on AIX and Linux and VIOS for FC and Ethernet.
• IBM i with VIOS support Ethernet
• SAN and Network boot support for AIX, Linux
• Requires FCoCEE capable switches for full FC+Ethernet capability. Ethernet only functionality if attached to ordinary Ethernet switch.
• Utilizes existing cabling that supports 10 Gb SR
• Based on QLogic?s Converged Network Adapter (CNA)

Configuration maximum when used for NIC traffic (not Fibre Channel usage)

• Recommended performance Max assuming high utilization, One adapter per four active processors cores.
• Recommended connectivity Max assuming high utilization, two adapters per one physical processor core.
• Attributes provided: 10 Gb FCoE PCIe Dual Port Adapter
• Attributes required: Open PCIe slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5708)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 41 (Initial order maximum: 41)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 3 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.4 or later
    • IBM i - not supported directly (use VIOS)
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note:

  • VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later
  • IBM i 6.1.1 or later with VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later support virtual Ethernet (NIC) function.
  • Minimum firmware level 3.5.0 or later

(#5712) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The two external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate and to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. Also the two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5712) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

• The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
• Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
• Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following Web page URL:

  http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

• Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
• Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5712)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 36 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#5713) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

• Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
• Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5713)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 42)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

    System maximum of 27 under AIX or Linux; 42 under IBM i.

(#5714) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.

• Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
• Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5714)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 42 (Initial order maximum: 42)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

    System maximum of 27 under AIX or Linux; 42 under IBM i.

(#5716) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/ products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

• Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
• Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5716)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

    System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux.

    Not supported under IBM i

(#5717) 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter is full duplex, four-ported Gigabit Ethernet adapter that can be configured to run any of the ports at 1000,100 or 10 Mbps data rate. This adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distance of up to 100m. Each port is independent of one another and is boot capable under AIX Network install manager (NIM). The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The #5717 supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express Adapter is a short/ low- profile capable adapter that can be configured to run any of the ports at 1000,100 or 10 Mbps data rate. This adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distance of up to 100m. Each port is independent of one another and is boot capable under AIX Network install manager (NIM). The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The #5717 supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI Express adapter (#5717) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters considering performance, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

• Attributes provided: Four-ported Gigabit Ethernet
• Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5717)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.6, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC maximum of 3 under AIX and Linux. System maximum of 32 under AIX and Linux.

    Not supported under IBM i.

(#5718) 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter

Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000MHz km minimum model bandwith at 850 nm. Adapter connector type is LC.

• Attributes provided: Provides highend bandwith for networking
• Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only
• For 8204-E8A: (#5718)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 34 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

    System maximum of 34 under AIX or Linux.

    Not supported under IBM i.

(#5719) IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter

Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type for connecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

• Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
• Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5719)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 34 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

    System maximum of 34 under AIX or Linux.

    Not supported under IBM i.

(#5721) 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The adapter supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000 MHz*km minimum model bandwidth at 850 nm wavelength. The fiber cable connects to the adapter with LC type connector. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard.

• Attributes provided: Provides high-end bandwidth for networking
• Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug into PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5721)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 34 (Initial order maximum: 34)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

System maximum of 34 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux

System firmware level required is SF235_195 or later. The adapter will operate in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode.

System firmware can be downloaded from:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/ download.html

(#5722) 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

The adapter supports a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm 9um single- mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector to facilitate connecting into network infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

• Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
• Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug in PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5722)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 34 (Initial order maximum: 34)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

    System maximum of 34 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux

    System firmware level required is SF235_195 or later. The adapter will operate in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode.

System firmware can be downloaded from:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/ download.html

(#5723) 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

Connection for 2 Asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are Programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.

• Attributes provided: 2 Asynchronous Ports
• Attributes required: One PCI Slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5723)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 18)
  • OS Level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise server 10 SP1 for POWER systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two in CEC under AIX or Linux.

    System maximum of 18 under AIX; 18 under Linux.

    Not supported under IBM i.

(#5732) 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter

The 10 Gigabit Ethernet-CX4 PCI Express Adapter is a low profile high performance adapter that transfers data over 4-lanes in each direction over copper cabling supporting a distance up to 15m.The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-CX4 specification for Ethernet transmission.

Highlights:

• Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux Only)
• RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux Only)

Full iSCSI software and hardware initiator support. (Linux Only)

• Hardware PDU Offload (Linux Only)
• iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking ( Linux Only)

Attributes provided:

• PCIe-V1.1 x8
• MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
• 10GBASE-CX short-reach copper
• IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
• IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
• IEEE 802.3x flow control
• Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
• IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
• Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
• Multiple MAC addresses per interface
• Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
• TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
• TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
• UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
• Receive side scaling and packet steering
• Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
• IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
• APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and Open Fabrics Enterprise Distribution(OFED) 1.4 (Linux Only)
• Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 Ethernet
• Attributes required: PCIe Express Slot, Copper CX4 Cables, 4x wrap plug
• For 8204-E8A: (#5732)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
    • IBM i - not supported
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.3 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Maximum of 4 per processor.

  Note: Minimum Firmware EM340_063_063 or later.

(#5735) 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter

The 8 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a high-performance adapter based on the Emulex LPe12002 PCIe Host Bus Adapter (HBA). Each port provides single initiator capability over a fibre link. The ports have LC type connectors and utilize shortwave laser optics. The adapter connects to fibre channel switches and operates at link speeds of 2, 4, and 8 Gbps. The adapter automatically negotiates with the switch to the highest speed of which the switch is capable. LEDs on each port provide information on the status and link speed of the port.

N_Port ID Virtualization (NPIV) capability is supported through VIOS.

Cables are the responsibility of the customer. Use multimode fibre optic cables with short-wave lasers that adhere to the following specifications:

• OM3 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 2000 MHz*km bandwidth
• OM2 - multimode 50/125 micron fibre, 500 MHz*km bandwidth
• OM1 - multimode 62.5/125 micron fibre, 200 MHz*km bandwidth

Because core sizes are different, OM2 cables can only be connected to other OM1 cables. For best results, OM2 cables should not be connected to OM3 cables. However, if an OM2 cable is connected to an OM3 cable, the characteristics of the OM2 cable apply to the entire length of the cables.

The following table shows the supported distances for the three different cable types at the three different link speeds.

Cable | 2.125 Gbps | 4.25 Gbps | 8.5 Gbps |
------|------------|-----------|----------|
OM3   |.5m - 500m  |.5m - 380m |.5m - 150m|
OM1   |.5m - 150m  |.5m - 70m  |.5m - 21m |
OM2   |.5m - 300m  |.5m - 150m |.5m - 50m |
 

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

• Attributes provided: Dual Port Fibre Channel
• Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5735)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 41 (Initial order maximum: 41)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 for POWER Systems or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER version 4.7 or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 5.2 or later.

    NPIV requires the following OS levels:

    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
    • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code or later
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP2 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 11 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.7 or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 5.2 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: CEC and system maximum of 3 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux. VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#5736) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a native boot adapter. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

• The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
• Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

Minimum System Firmware Required:

System firmware level required is SF235_185 or greater. Firmware level SF235_185 adjusts the PCI slots to run in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode. Enablement of Double Data Rate (DDR)slots to run at DDR mode is planned to be provided in an upcoming firmware enhancement.

For Double Data Rate (DDR), check for firmware upgrade at URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2/ download.html

Running the adapter on a system with firmware level lower than SF235_185 is not supported.

• Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
• Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5736)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 58)
  • OS Level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise server 10 SP1 for POWER systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

    System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux; 36 under IBM i.

(#5740) 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

• Four RJ-45 ports
• 3.3 volts, 64-bit 133 MHz with 64-bit Bus Mastering on the PCI-X bus
• IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T compliant
• IEEE 802.3u 100Base-T compliant
• IEEE 802.3 10Base-T compliant
• 802.1q VLAN tagging
• Interrupt Moderation
• TCP Segmentation offload and encapsulation in hardware
• Checksum offloading of IP, TCP, and UDP frame
• Increased connectivity while significantly reducing CPU utilization
• Two LED adapter status indicators per port for link activity and speed
• NIM is supported on all 4 ports
• RoHS compliant

Limit Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.

• Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports
• Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5740)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 50)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of 2 in CEC under AIX or Linux.

    System maximum of 50 under AIX or Linux.

    Not supported under IBM i.

(#5741) IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card

The Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI repeater card provides the paths to transmit the differential SCSI signal from a cable to the DASD backplanes contained in the IBM 7031 Model D24 Ultra 320 Expandable Disk Storage Drawer and in the #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Dis Drawer.

The Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card provides the following functions:

• Provide SCSI enclosure services for all disk drives
• Read power supply unit Vital Product Data ( VPD)
• Monitor power line voltage EPOW (Early Power Off Warning) signals from the power supplies and assert SCSI reset to prevent data corruption during power failures.
• Detect hot plugged disk drives and power them on automatically
• Separate power partitions to each individual drive preventing cage power faults for a single drive fault
• Provide cage power on commands when any attached host adapter is active
• Redrive the SCSI bus to allow SCSI cable lengths up to 20 meters
• Provide SCSI bus terminations for host and drve busses
• Attributes provided: SCSI Bus connection
• Attributes required: IBM 7031 Model D24 SCSI Disk StorageDrawer or a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5741)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 91)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5742) IBM Dual Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card

The Dual Bus Ultra 320 SCSI repeater card provides the paths to transmit the differential SCSI signal from a cable to the DASD backplanes contained in the IBM 7031 Model D24 Ultra 320 Expandable Disk Storage Drawer or the #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer. This high availability dual initiator feature allows the connection of two adapter cards to a SCSI group. The high availability SCSI connection feature can be used on any or all of the drive groups in the 7031 Model D24 and feature #5786 in conjunction with other drive groups in the enclosure using the standard IBM Single Bus Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card (FC #5741). The Dual repeater option can also be used to connect all 12 of the front drives or all 12 of the rear drives into a single SCSI bus of 12 drives.

The Ultra 320 SCSI Repeater Card provides the following functions:

• Provide SCSI enclosure services for all disk drives
• Read power supply unit Vital Product Data ( VPD)
• Monitor power line voltage EPOW (Early Power Off Warning) signals from the power supplies and assert SCSI reset to prevent data corruption during power failures.
• Detect hot plugged disk drives and power them on on automatically
• Separate power partitions to each individual drive preventing cage power faults for a single drive fault
• Provide cage power on commands when any attached host adapter is active
• Redrive the SCSI bus to allow SCSI cable lengths up to 20 meters
• Provide SCSI bus terminations for host and drve busses
• Attributes provided: SCSI Bus connection
• Attributes required: IBM 7031 Model D24 SCSI Disk StorageDrawer or a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5742)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 91 (Initial order maximum: 91)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5743) SATA Slimline DVD-ROM Drive

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

The 8X/24X(max) Slimline SATA DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing up to 3600KB/sec MAX (CD-ROM) and 10.3MB/sec MAX (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 12.7mm Slimline form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports reading DVD-RAM and a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM, DVD and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

• Low Profile 12.7mm
• SATA Interface
• Industry standard Slimline SATA connectors
• Supports 8cm and 12cm disk
• Tray Loading
• CD/DVD-ROM/RAM Read 24X/8X/5X
• Buffer size 2MB
• 1 Laser Diode 2 wavelenghts for CD/DVD
• Power +5V/1.8A

Limitations

• DVD video is not supported.
• DVD-ROM only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1 or later.

• Attributes provided: SATA DVD-ROM Drive
• Attributes required: 1 Slimline media bay
• For 8204-E8A: (#5743)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
    • IBM i 5.4.5 or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 2 for POWER Systems, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

Note: Maximum of 1 in the CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

(#5746) Half High 800GB/1.6TB LTO4 SAS Tape Drive

The SAS Tape Drive uses industry standard Ultrium media. The Tape drive Write/Read Ultrium4 (LTO-4), Write/Read Ultrium3 (LTO-3), and Read Ultrium2 (LT02) formats. It has capacity of 800GB native or 1.6TB Compressed.

• Attributes provided: Feature includes one each of the following, HHLTO-4 SAS Tape Drive, LTO-4 Cleaning Cartridge, and LTO-4 Test Cartridge.

  Highlights:

• Capacity: 800 GB native mode, 1.6 TB (typical) compression mode
• Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
• Media: IBM Ultrium 4
• Technology: Linear
• Operation: Streaming
• Data Transfer Rate: 120 MB/sec
• Speed matching down to 31 MB/sec with LTO-4 media
• Interface: SAS
• Compatability: LTO4 (R/W), LTO3 (R/W) and LTO2 (R)
• Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay

  Note: Requires SAS cable group #3655 (SAS HH) or #3656 (SAS Y SFF).

• For 8204-E8A: (#5746)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with 5300-07 and Server Pack 4
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 5
    • IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 4.5 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 5.1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of 1 allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux. System maximum of 1 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

(#5747) IBM LTO Ultrium 4 800 GB Data Cartridge

The Data Cartridge provides storage physical capacity (1.6 TB with 2:1 compression) . Each data cartridge is embedded with an LTO Cartridge Memory (LTO-CM) chip, which is designed to enable fast simultaneous transfer of cartridge-dependent data with IBM tape drives during media load and unload cycles. The green cartridge color distinguishes it from previous generations of IBM LTO Ultrium Media.

• Attributes provided: Five Data Cartridge
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#5747)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5748) POWER GXT145 PCI Express Graphics Accelerator

The POWER GXT145 is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. The adapter requires a PCI Express slot. If attaching a device that requires a 15 pin D-Shell receptacle for a VGA connection (eg. when the graphic adapter output is routed directly to a 7316-TF3 display or indirectly through a KVM switch), order a VGA to DVI Connection Converter, feature number 4276 to accommodate the attaching device.

• Hardware Description
  • 128-bit graphics processor
  • 8-bit indexed, 8-bit true color, or 24-bit true color
  • 32 MB SDRAM
  • x1 PCI Express interface
  • 2 DVI-I (analog/digital video) connectors
• Features Supported
  • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
  • Rectangular clipping
  • 1 monitor connected analog at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
  • 1 monitor connected digital at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
  • 2nd monitor supported on secondary connecter at up to 1600 x 1200 analog or 1280 x 1024 digital
  • 2nd monitor support in AIX is only in clone mode with an analog connection
• APIs Supported
  • X-Windows and Motif
• Software Requirements
  • The total number of Graphics Adapters in any one partition may not exceed four.
• Attributes provided: 2D Graphics Adapter
• Attributes required: 1 PCI Express Slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5748)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC maximum of 3 under AIX and Linux. System maximum of 8 under AIX and Linux.

    Not supported under IBM i.

(#5749) 4Gbps Fibre Channel (2-Port)

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_iseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

• Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel Ports
• Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5749)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
  • OS level required: IBM i 6.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Maximum of 2 in CEC under IBM i. System maximum of 60 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or LInux.

(#5756) IDE Slimline DVD-ROM Drive

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The 8X/24X(max) Slimline IDE DVD-ROM Drive is an internal tray loading DVD-ROM drive providing up to 3600KB/sec MAX (CD-ROM) and 10.3MB/sec MAX (DVD-ROM) data transfer rates. It is a 12.7mm Slimline form factor multi-session capable, DVD-ROM drive which provides state of the art performance and supports existing 650MB CD-ROM, 4.7 GB DVD-ROM, and 9.4 GB DVD-ROM (double-sided) discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs at DVD-ROM speeds. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

• Media Data Transfer Rate: CD-ROM=3600 KB/sec (max): DVD-ROM=10.3MB/sec (max). Read operations at outer diameter of disc.
• Interface: IDE/ATAPI
• Avg. Random Access Time: CD-ROM=95ms(typical); DVD-ROM=150ms(typical)
• Buffer Memory: 256KB
• Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB (single sided); 9.4 GB(double-sided)
• Supports major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio. +R and +RW not supported.
• Reads CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, & DVD-RAM discs. +R and +RW not supported.
• Reads 2.6GB, 4.7GB and 9.4GB doublesided) DVD-RAM media
• Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)
• 12.7mm Slimline form factor
• Operates in either vertical or horizontal positions
• Interface supports standard and extended XA formats
• Loading tray supports 12cm and 8cm disks (Horizontal only) and 12cm

Limitations:

• DVD video is not supported.
• DVD-ROM only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1 or later.
• Attributes provided: 8X/24X(max) IDE DVD-ROM Drive
• Attributes required: 1 Slimline media bay
• For 8204-E8A: (#5756)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 18)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Lnux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of one allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

    System maximum of 1 under AIX or Linux; 18 under IBM i.

(#5757) IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The IBM 4.7 GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading, multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It is a 12.7mm high Slimline form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drive which provides state of the art performance. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics:

• Media Data Transfer Rate: 3600KB/sec CD-ROM (24X) MAX; 10.8MB/sec read MAX (8X DVD-ROM); 2.7MB/sec write MAX (2X DVD-RAM) and 2.7MB/sec read MAX (2X DVD-RAM). Read/Write operations at outer diameter of disc.
• Interface: Parallel IDE
• Average Random Access Time: CD-ROM= 150ms (Typical); DVD-ROM= 180ms (Typical); DVD-RAM= 229ms (Typical)
• Buffer Memory: 2MB
• Media capacity: CD-ROM=650MB; DVD-ROM= 4.7 GB(single sided); 9.4 GB (double-sided)
• Supports major CD-ROM formats including Mode 1, Mode 2, XA, CDDA and audio. +R and +RW not supported.
• Reads CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, & DVD-RAM discs. +R and +RW not supported.
• Multisession capable (Reads CD/R & CD-R/W media)
• Reads 2.6GB DVD-RAM media; reads and writes 4.7GB and 9.4GB double sided) DVD-RAM media
• Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs and 12cm discs.
• Operates in either vertical or horizontal position
• Reads CD-ROM, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM, & DVD-RAM discs.
• High-speed burst rate of 16/16/33 MB/second for PIO / MDMA / UDMA
• Operates in either vertical or horizontal position.
• Loading tray accommodates both 8cm discs (Horizontal Only) and 12cm discs.
• 12.7mm Slimline form factor

Limitations:

• DVD video is not supported.
• Drive only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1.
• Attributes provided: One 4.7GB IDE Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
• Attributes required: One IDE 12.7mm high media bay
• For 8204-E8A: (#5757)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 18)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of one in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

    System maximum of 1 under AIX or Linux; 18 under IBM i.

(#5758) 4 GB Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/ products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

• Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
• Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5758)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 50)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux. System maximum of 50 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5759) 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product /products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

Note: Carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in a PCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz, the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of 0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture of the DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_size settings.

• Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
• Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5759)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 50 (Initial order maximum: 50)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level
  • or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10
  • SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux
  • for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux
  • for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux.

    System maximum of 50 under AIX or Linux.

    Not supported under IBM i.

(#5760) PCI-X Fibre Chan Disk Controller

Provides a 4Gbps Single Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 Adapter, which attaches external DASD devices. #5760 is a 64-bit address/ data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage.

The #5760 will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1Gbps, 2Gbps or 4Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2Gbps data rate and 4Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1Gbps or 2Gbps or 4Gbps data rates.

The #5760 can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector, use of a #2456-2M LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable or a #2459-2M LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable is required.

The #5760 requires a PCI IOP.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_iseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

• Attributes provided: One Port Fibre Channel Adapter that attaches External DASD
• Attributes required: One empty PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot and a PCI IOP
• For 8204-E8A: (#5760)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 60 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#5761) PCI-X Fibre Chan Tape Controller

Provides a 4Gbps Single Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 Adapter, which attaches external tape devices. #5761 is a 64-bit address/ data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage.

The #5761 will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1Gbps, 2Gbps or 4Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2Gbps data rate and 4Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1Gbps or 2Gbps or 4Gbps data rates.

The #5761 can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector, use of a #0371 LC-SC Adapter Kit (50um) or a #0372 LC-SC Adapter Kit (62.5um) is required.

Features #5761 and #5758 are physically the same card, but have different feature numbers that denote to IBM configurator tools whether or not an IOP is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_iseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

• Attributes provided: One Port Fibre Channel Adapter that attaches External Tape Devices
• Attributes required: One empty PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot and a PCI IOP
• For 8204-E8A: (#5761)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 36)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Not supported in CEC.. System maximum of 36 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#5762) SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive

The IBM SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive is an internal tray loading, multifunction storage device capable of reading and writing 4.7GB DVD-RAM discs as well as reading a multitude of other optical media discs. This drive also reads Type II (removable from cartridge) DVD-RAM discs. It is a 12.7mm high Slimline form factor, multi-session capable, DVD-RAM drive which provides state of the art performance. System boot and install functions are supported with CD-ROM, DVD and DVD-RAM media.

Characteristics

• Low Profile 12.7mm
• SATA Interface
• Industry standard Slimline SATA connectors
• Supports 8cm and 12cm disk
• Tray Loading
• CD/DVD-ROM/RAM Read 24X/8X/5X
• DVD-RAM Write 5X
• Buffer Size 2MB
• 1 Laser Diode 2 wavelenghts for CD/DVD
• Power +5V/1.8A

Limitations

• DVD video is not supported.
• Drive only reads CD-type formatted media with AIX 5.1 or later.

• Attributes provided: One 4.7GB SATA Slimline DVD-RAM Drive
• Attributes required: One SATA 12.7mm high media bay
• For 8204-E8A: (#5762)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
    • IBM i 5.4.5 or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 2 for POWER Systems, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

Note: Maximum of 1 allowed in the CEC.

(#5767) 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCIe Adapter (#5767) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.

• Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/ 1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
• Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5767)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed 41 (Initial order maximum: 41)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC maximum of 3 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux. System maximum of 42 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

(#5768) 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express (PCIe) Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCIe bus. It is PCIe x4 capable and conforms to the PCIe 1.0a standard. The adapter connects to a network using a 50/62.5 micron shortwave (850 nm) multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter (#5768) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, see the IBM System p PCI placement guide (SA76-0090) for information about the PCIe slots on your system unit.

Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCIe Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.

• Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
• Attributes required: One available PCIe card slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5768)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 41 (Initial order maximum: 41)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC maximum of 3 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux. System maximum of 42 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

(#5769) 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter

The 10 Gigabit Ethernet-SR PCI Express Adapter is a low-profile, high performance adapter that uses a LC Duplex type connector and is capable of transferring data a distance of 300m over MMF-850nm Fiber cable. The product conforms to the IEEE, 802.3ae 10GBASE-SR specification for Ethernet transmission.

Highlights

• Implements iWARP RDMA/RDDP (Remote Direct Data Placement) which adheres to IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standards. (Linux Only)
• RDMA-enabled NIC (RNIC) specifically optimized for cluster computing (Linux Only)
• Full iSCSI initiator and target mode stack (Linux Only)
  • iSCSI Header & Data Digest (CRC) generation & checking (Linux Only)
  • PDU recovery (Linux Only)

Attributes

• MSI-X, MSI and support of legacy pin interrupts
• 10GBASE-SR short-reach optics
• IEEE 802.3ae (10 GbE)
• IEEE 802.1p priority and 802.1Q VLAN tagging
• IEEE 802.3x flow control
• Link aggregation, 802.3ad 802.3 compliance
• IEEE 802.3ad load-balancing and failover
• Ether II and 802.3 encapsulated frames
• Multiple MAC addresses per interface
• Jumbo frames up to 9.6 Kbytes
• TCP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
• TCP segmentation Offload (TSO) for IPv4 and IPv6
• UDP checksum offload for IPv4 and IPv6
• Receive side scaling and packet steering
• Line rate packet filtering and attack protection
• IETF RDDP and RDMAC iWARP compliance (Linux Only)
• APIs: RNIC-PI, kDAPL and OpenFabrics 1.4 (Linux Only)
• Attributes provided: PCIe-V1.1 x8 10GBASE-SR short -reach optics adapter
• Attributes required: PCI Express slot, Fiber Cable (Optional LC-SC 62.5 micron converter cable, 50 micron LC-SC connections), LC wrap plug-d
• For 8204-E8A: (#5769)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
    • IBM i - not supported
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.3 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Maximum of 4 per processor.

  Note: Minimum Firmware EM340_063_063 or later.

(#5772) 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI Express Adapter

The 10GbE Fiber Optic Server Adapter, is 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) Fiber NIC for PCI Express (PCIe) capable systems. The adapter is a high- performance, highly integrated 10 Gigabit Ethernet LAN adapters with PCIe host interface and fiber LAN connectors on the optical modules.

Feature 5772 conforms to the 802.3ae 10GBASE-LR specification for Ethernet transmissions over 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable for distances up to 10 kilometers.

Highlights:

• 10GBASE-LR fiber optic LAN connections
• Eight (8) lane PCIe Host Connector
• PCIe Low-Profile add-in card dimensions (68.9mm x 167.65mm)
• Uses Intel 82598EB MAC
• PCI Express bus interface v1.1 and v.2.0 (Gen 1 only)
• PCIe Hot Plug/Active PCI
• Controller EEPROM and FLASH ROM
• Status LED (Link/Activity)
• Low power PCIe Gen 1 MAC
• Support either MSI or MSI-X depending on system/OS support for multi-CPU and multi-core systems.
• Dynamic interrupt moderation for lower latency
• Supports 10Gb, full duplex
• Supports EtherChannel with the existing software
• Supports IEEE 802.3ad (link aggregation control protocol)
• IEEE 802.1Q VLANs
• IEEE 802.3x
• IEEE 802.1p
• Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)/User Datagram Protocol (UDP) Checksum Offloading
• Internet Protocol ver 4 (IPv4) Checksum Offloading
• Transmit Checksum Offloading with TCP Segmentation Offload (TSO)/ Large Send Offload
• Supported by SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP3 for POWER Systems, or later and Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.4, or later.
• Attributes provided: One 10 Gigabit Ethernet port
• Attributes required: One x8 lane or x16 PCI Express slot
• For 8203-E4A: (#5772)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 32 (Initial order maximum: 32)
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required:
  • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 4
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 5
    • IBM i 6.1, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.7, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.2, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC maximum of 3 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux. System maximum of 32 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

(#5773) 4 Gigabit PCI Express Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit PCIe Single Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/ products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

• Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
• Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5773)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 41 (Initial order maximum: 41)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC maximum of 3 under AIX and Linux. System maximum of 42 under AIX and Linux.

    Not supported under IBM i.

(#5774) 4 Gigabit PCI Express Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCIe adapter with an LC type external fiber connector. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Between the adapter and an attaching device or switch, the distances supported are up to: 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 150 meters running at 4 Gbps data rate. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit PCIe Dual Port Fibre Channel Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/ products_pseries.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

• Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
• Attributes required: 1 Empty PCIe slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5774)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 41 (Initial order maximum: 41)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i 6.1 or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: CEC maximum of 3 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux. System maximum of 42 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux."

(#5776) PCI-X Disk Controller-90MB No IOP

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

Provides a PCI-X SCSI disk controller that has a 90MB write cache and can provide RAID-5 or RAID-6 protection of disk units.

The #5776 has two U320 SCSI buses each with a bus data rate of up to 320MBs. A maximum of 12 or 24 disk drives and up to two internal removable media devices (tape, DVD-ROM, or DVD-RAM) are supported on the #5776. The maximum is 12 drives in a #0595 I/O drawer. The maximum is 10 drives in a #5094/5294. The maximum is 24 drives in an EXP24 Disk Enclosure. The #5776 can attach to disk drives within an expansion tower and also attach to disk units in an EXP24 Disk Enclosure. The #0301 specify indicates to the IBM Configurator tool that one port of the #5776 is attaching to disk units in an EXP24 Disk Enclosure.

A minimum of three disk drives are required for RAID-5, providing protection against a single drive failure in an array. A minimum of four disk drives are required for RAID-6, providing protection against up to two drives failing in an array.

Note the 757MB write cache and 1.5GB write cache disk controllers provide greater disk performance and have an auxiliary write cache IOA to protect the write cache contents.

• Attributes provided: Two Ultra320 SCSI VHDCI ports
• Attributes required: One available 3.3V long PCI or PCI-X slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5776)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: CEC maximum of 2 under IBM i. System maximum of 60 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#5777) PCI-X Disk Controller-1.5GB No IOP

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

Provides a high-performance PCI-X Ultra320 SCSI disk controller with a maximum compressed write cache of 1.5GB and read cache of 1.6GB. #5777 will support i5/OS mirroring protection for internal disk drives using the write cache, but will not use the write cache to run RAID-5 or RAID-6 unless an auxiliary write cache IOA is attached. Running RAID-5 or RAID-6 without write cache very significantly reduces its performance. (When an auxiliary write cache IOA is attached, the pair of cards is denoted by feature code #5583.) Concurrent battery maintenance is supported. The controller also supports internal tape units, CD-ROM units, and DVD units. The #5777 has four internal Ultra320 SCSI buses and does not require an IOP.

• Attributes provided: High performance disk controller
• Attributes required: A single long PCI-X slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5777)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 36)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 36 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#5778) PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP

Provides an EXP24 disk controller with PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. The controller supports RAID-5 and RAID-6 and mirroring is supported via i5/OS. Embedded auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three Ultra320 SCSI ports/buses for the attachment of disk drives located in a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer. #5782 is the same adapter card, but with the #5782 the adapter is placed in a double-wide blind swap cassette.

• Attributes provided: High performance RAID disk controller
• Attributes required: Two adjacent long PCI-X slots
• For 8204-E8A: (#5778)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 49 (Initial order maximum: 49)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: CEC maximum of 1 under IBM i. System maximum of 49 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or LInux.

(#5782) PCI-X EXP24 Ctl-1.5GB No IOP

Provides an EXP24 disk controller with PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. The controller supports RAID-5 and RAID-6 and mirroring is supported via i5/OS. Embedded auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three Ultra320 SCSI ports/buses for the attachment of disk drives located in a #5786 TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Drawer.

This feature includes a double-wide blind swap cassette in which the disk controller is placed. The cassette is required to locate the disk controller in a Power 570 system unit or #5790 I/O drawer. #5782 indicates an IOP is not used.

• Attributes provided: High-performance SCSI RAID controller in a double wide blind swap cassette.
• Attributes required: Two adjacent PCI-X long card slots, in a blind swap capable system unit or expansion unit.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5782)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5785) 4 Port Async EIA-232 PCIe Adapter

Connection for 4 asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.

• Attributes provided: 4-Port Asynchronous EIA-232
• Attributes required: 1 PCIe Slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5785)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 18)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
    • IBM i - not supported
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.3
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5786) TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Dwr

Provides disk slots for up to 24 disk units in a 19-inch, 4 EIA high rack drawer. The #5786 provides redundant power, redundant cooling, and Ultra 320 SCSI interface connections for 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk units that are organized in four independent groups of six disk units.

#5741 and/or #5742 EXP24 Disk Slot Enablers (SCSI repeaters) enable these groups of six disk unit slots. The enabled disk slots are driven by SCSI disk controllers located outside the #5786 and connected by a SCSI cable. One to four Disk Slot Enablers are required, depending on the number of disk unit groups populated with disk units.

One external port on a disk controller such as a #5736/#5776/ #5782 is required for each #5741 installed. Likewise, one external disk controller port is required for each #5742 installed and cabled to run one group of six disk slots. Alternately, two #5742s can be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots. Or, one #5741 plus one #5742 can also be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots.

The following SCSI cables are available:

• #2138 0.55m SCSI Cable
• #2124 1m SCSI Cable
• #2125 3m SCSI Cable
• #2126 5m SCSI Cable
• #2127 10m SCSI Cable
• #2128 20m SCSI Cable

• Attributes provided: 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk unit slots
• Attributes required: Disk controller with external Ultra 320 SCSI port and 4 EIA units of space in a 19-inch rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#5786)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Only allowed to be ordered on systems having an IBM i partition.

(#5787) TotalStorage EXP24 Disk Twr

Provides disk slots for up to 24 disk units in a 19-inch, 4 EIA high rack drawer. The #5786 provides redundant power, redundant cooling, and Ultra 320 SCSI interface connections for 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk units that are organized in four independent groups of six disk units.

#5741 and/or #5742 EXP24 Disk Slot Enablers (SCSI repeaters) enable these groups of six disk unit slots. The enabled disk slots are driven by SCSI disk controllers located outside the #5786 and connected by a SCSI cable. One to four Disk Slot Enablers are required, depending on the number of disk unit groups populated with disk units.

One external port on a disk controller such as a #5736/#5776/ #5778/#5782 is required for each #5741 installed. Likewise, one external disk controller port is required for each #5742 installed and cabled to run one group of six disk slots. Alternately, two #5742s can be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots. Or, one #5741 plus one #5742 can also be cabled such that a single disk controller can run two groups of six disk slots.

The following SCSI cables are available:

• #2138 0.55m SCSI Cable
• #2124 1m SCSI Cable
• #2125 3m SCSI Cable
• #2126 5m SCSI Cable
• #2127 10m SCSI Cable
• #2128 20m SCSI Cable

• Attributes provided: 24 Ultra 320 SCSI disk slots
• Attributes required: Disk controller with external Ultra 320 SCSI port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5787)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5790) PCI Expansion Drawer

(No Longer Available as of February 26, 2010)

The #5790 is a four EIA unit I/O expansion drawer that provides six full length ,64-bit, 3.3-V, 133 MHz hot-plug PCI-X slots and can ammodate up to six blind swap I/O adapters. The I/O Expanison drawer is attached to the system using a RIO-2 bus interface adapter. The #5790 includes redundant concurrently maintainable power and cooling and the blind swap PCI mechanism allows for PCI card servicing without removing the I/O expansion drawer

The #5790 mounts in a 19-inch rack using a #7307 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure or a #7311 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure. Two #5790 drawers can be mounted side by side in a single #7307 or #7311 and are not required to be attached to the same system

• Attributes provided: 6 PCI-X slots for blind swap I/O adapters
• Attributes required:
  • Rack space in a #7307 Dual I/O Unit Enclosure or a #7311 Dual I/ O Unit Enclosure.
  • One RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter, #6438
  • Two RIO-2 cables (#3168 recommended)
  • Two SPCN cables (#6006 recommended).
  • Two Power cable, drawer to IBM PDU (#6459 recommended)
• For 8204-E8A: (#5790)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5796) PCI-DDR 12X Expansion Drawer

The #5796 is a four EIA unit I/O expansion drawer providing six full length, 64 bit, 3.3 volt, 266MHz PCI-X DDR slots. Blind swap cassettes are used to insert or remove the PCI-X cards. The #5796 is attached to a system using a GX Dual Port 12X Channel Attach adpater in a 12X loop. Either a 12X Short Run adapter (6446) or 12X Long Run adapter (6457) must be selected on each #5796. Up to four #5796 can be attached on the same 12X loop using a mixture of Short Run and Long Run adapters.

The #5796 includes redundant hot-swap power and cooling. The blind swap PCI mechanism allows for PCI card concurrent maintenance without removing the I/O expansion drawer. The #5796 mounts in a 19-inch rack using a #7314 I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure. Two #5796 drawers can be mounted side by side in a single #7314 using a total of four EIA. The #5796 are not required to be attached to the same system. Each #5796 requires two power cords

When placed in an IBM i partition, these PCI-X DDR slots support only smart IOAs and do not support an IOP or an IOA which requires an IOP.

• Attributes provided: 6 PCI-X DDR slots for blind swap I/O adapters
• Attributes required: Rack space in a #7314 I/O Drawer Mounting Enclusure. 12X cable(s). 12X Short Run or Long Run card, and SPCN cable(s).
• For 8204-E8A: (#5796)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5802) 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, SFF disk

This feature provides a 4U high I/O drawer containing ten PCIe slots and eighteen SAS hot-swap Small Form Factor disk bays. This drawer attaches to the central electronics complex via 12X DDR cables (#1862, #1864, or #1865). When SFF Disk are installed, they are driven by at least one SAS PCIe adapter and SAS AT cable (#3688). Using a mode switch the 18 SFF slots can be configured as one group of 18 slots (AIX/Linux) or two groups or 9 slots (AIX/IBM i/Linux) or four groups of 4 or 5 slots (AIX/Linux).

Note: 2 per 12X loop.

• Attributes provided: 10 PCIe Slots, 18 SFF SAS disk bays
• Attributes required: Available 12X connection ports.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5802)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
    • IBM i 6.1, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 2 for POWER Systems, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.2 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5806) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature is provided for driving a SCSI Tape Drive in an i5OS environment. An IOP is required when this feature is selected.

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5806) is a 64-bit 3.3-volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To utilize the 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices; however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A 0.3-meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

Two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5806) is a native boot adapter. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

• The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
• Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
• Attributes provided: Attachment of a SCSI Tape drive
• Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot and a PCI IOP.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5806)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 96 (Initial order maximum: 96)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Not supported in CEC. System maximum of 96 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#5877) - 12X I/O Drawer PCIe, No Disk

This feature provides a 4U high I/O drawer containing ten PCIe slots. This drawer attaches to the central electronics complex via 12X DDR cables (#1862, #1863 or #1864).

• Attributes provided: 10 PCIe Slots
• Attributes required: Available 12X connection ports.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5877)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX requiring service packs will be available on or before January 31, 2010.
    • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 Service Pack 1 or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4.6 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note:

  • Two per 12X loop
  • VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#5886) EXP 12S

EXP 12S is an Expansion Drawer with 12 SAS Storage Slots. #5886 Supports up to 12 hot-swap SAS Disk Drives in mega-pack carriers. SAS Enclosure includes Redundant AC power supplies and two Service Managers. EXP 12S takes up a 2 EIA space in a 19-inch rack. The enclosure attaches to p6 servers via the appropriate external SAS cables.

• Attributes provided: 12 disk bays and up to 11 slot filler panels.
• Attributes required:
  • Available SAS Port
  • System P POWER6 Server
  • Available 2U Rack Space
  • At least one SAS drive per #5886 above System p POWER6 base disk requirement
• For 8204-E8A: (#5886)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later.
    • AIX 6.1 or later.
    • IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.6, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

Note: System Maximum of 48 is achievable with SAS adapters in remote I/O drawers. Four #5886 can be supported per #5900. Two #5886 per SAS Adapter is recommended for redundant configurations.

(#5900) PCI-X DDR Dual -x4 SAS Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 30, 2008)

The PCI-X DDR Dual Connector x4 SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications. The Adapter provides two SAS channels (busses), each supporting four ports (x4). In a wide configuration, providing redundant ports to the devices, 1 Gbs throughput is supported. In the non- redundant configuration up to 3 Gbs is supported. The adapter supports RAID level 0 (with mirroring) and 10.

Highlights:

• Wide Configuration supports addressing up to 512 SAS devices with eight ports.
• Non-Redundant configuration supports addressing 128 SAS devices per port.
• SAS speed = 3Gbs
• SATA speed = 1.5 Gbs
• SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP) , Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
• RAID 0 (with mirroring), 10
• Concurrent Firmware Update
• Removable Media Device Supported
• Attributes provided: Eight SAS Ports through two x 4 SAS channels.
• Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5900)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 58)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later,
    • AIX 6.1 or later,
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems or later,
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.6 or later,
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later,
    • IBM i not supported.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX or Linux. System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux. Not supported under IBM i.

(#5901) PCIe Dual-x4 SAS Adapter

The #5901 PCIe Dual-4x SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter which supports the attachment of SAS disk, tape, and DVD using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. From a high level perspective, it is functionally equivalent to the #5912 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices.

The #5901 supports external SAS tape drives such as the 36/72 GB DAT72, 80/160GB DAT160, and 800/1600GB LTO-4 found in the IBM tape units such as the 7214-1U2, TS2240, TS2340, TS3100, TS3200, and TS3310. Other removable media devices supported include IBM SAS/SATA DVD-ROM/RAM drives. SAS adapter-to-enclosure (AE) cables are used to attach these drives.

The #5901 supports SAS SFF disk drives located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or SAS disk drives located in an EXP 12S Disk Drawer or drives in a Power6 system CEC (split DASD backplane). AIX/Linux formatted SAS drives are supported with RAID 0 (with mirroring) and RAID 10. IBM i formatted SAS drives are supported and data spreading and mirroring functions are provided by IBM i. RAID-5 or RAID-6 are not supported on the #5901. #5901 has zero write cache. CCIN for #5901 is 57B3.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk . The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. SAS Y cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP 12S Disk Drawers. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. In the EXP 12S Drawer, a high availability I/O configuration can be created using a pair of #5901 adapters and SAS X cables to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. In the PCIe 12X I/O Drawer, this function is provided via the internal wiring within the drawer itself.

Highlights

• Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers
• Supports up to 42 disk (18 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5802 19-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers
• Supports up to 50 disk (26 SFF disk plus up to 24 3.5-inch SAS disk) when configured with a #5803 24-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers
• SAS speed = 3Gbs
• SATA speed = 1.5Gbs
• SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP) , Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
• Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
• Concurrent firmware update
• Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors
• Attributes required: One PCI Express slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5901)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 41 (Initial order maximum: 41)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
    • IBM i 6.1 or later
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: 3 Max in the CEC.

(#5902) PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a long form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications requiring two adapters. Two #5902 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. With proper cabling, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS failure occur. RAID levels 0, 5, 6, and 10 are supported. Primary use is with FC 5886 EXP 12S SAS disk expansion drawers. FC 5902 is always to be in used in a High Availability configuration using two adapters.

Highlights

• Supports 48 SAS disks, when configured with four FC 5886 12S disk expansion drawers
• SAS speed = 3Gbs
• SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
• RAID 0, 5, 6, and 10
• 175MB of NV Fast Write Cache
• Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints
• Concurrent Firmware Update
• Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors.
• Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot per #5902. Configuration always requires even pairs of #5902. SAS Media devices are not supported. When attaching #5886 EXP 12S use one of the following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5902)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level, or later.
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.7, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.2, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

    Note: Only supported in pairs.

    Note: Maximum of two supported in CEC under AIX, or Linux.

    System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux

(#5903) PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter

The #5903 PCIe 380MB Cache Dual - x4 3Gb SAS RAID Adapter is a short, full high form factor adapter which supports the attachment of SAS disk and SAS Solid State Drives using a pair of mini SAS 4x connectors. Write cache can provide an I/O performance boost even if RAID 5/6/10 is not used. From a high level perspective, except for having a larger write cache, it is very similar to the #5902 PCI-X SAS adapter and provides a high-performance connection to SAS devices. Two #5903 provides for mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints between the adapters for superior availability. The #5903 is installed in pairs allowing for redundancy of the write cache. If the #5903 pairing is broken, then write cache is disabled.

The #5903 supports SAS SFF disk drives located in a PCIe 12X I/O Drawer or SAS disk drives located in an EXP 12S Disk Drawer. AIX/ Linux formatted SAS drives can be attached and RAID 0, RAID-5, RAID-6 and RAID 10 are supported. CCIN number for #5903 is 574E.

With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD.. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. The pairing of #5903 provides a high availability I/O configuration to protect against the failure of a SAS adapter. SAS X cables attach SAS disk drives in an EXP 12S Disk Drawers. SAS #3688 cables attach SFF SAS drives in an PCIe 12X I/O Drawer. The high availability I/O configuration connection is provided via the internal wiring within the PCIe 12X I/O drawer itself.

Highlights

• Supports up to 48 SAS disks, when configured with four #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers
• SAS speed = 3Gbs
• SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP)and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
• 380 MB of non-volatile fast write cache can increase disk subsystem performance
• Dual controller supports mirrored write cache data and mirrored RAID parity footprints
• Concurrent Firmware Update
• Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors.
• Attributes required: One PCIe slot per #5903. Configuration always requires even pairs of #5903. SAS Media devices are not supported. When attaching #5886 EXP 12S at least one of the following SAS (X) cables #3661, #3662 or #3663 must be used.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5903)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 40 (Initial order maximum: 40)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
    • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code or later (only dual adapter support)
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP2 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 11 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.7 or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 5.2 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Each pair can support up to 40 disk (18 SFF disk plus up to 24 SAS disk) when configured with #5802 a 19-inch PCIe 12X I/O Drawer and two #5886 EXP 12S Disk Drawers.

(#5904) PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter

PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter provides disk drive or SSD controller function using PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. Auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three mini-SAS 4x connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in a #5886 EXP 12S Expansion Drawers or Power 520/550 CEC. The controller supports a maximum of five SAS #5886 EXP 12S Expansion Drawers. It supports up to 8 drive slots in the Power 520/ 550 CEC. With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. CCIN is 572F/575C.

The adapter provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX and Linux. Under IBM i OS, mirroring and data spreading is provided by the operating system and RAID 5 and RAID6 is provided by the adapter.

#5904, #5906 and #5908 are all feature codes representing the same physical cards, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #5904 indicates no blind swap cassette and is used in enclosures such as a Power 550 CEC.

With the optional pairing of adapters, an even higher level of protection beyond, auxiliary cache is provided via a dual controller I/O configuration to protect against the failure of an entire adapter. In such a high availability I/O configuration, SAS X cables are used to attach #5886 EXP 12S Expansion Drawers and the 4th mini-SAS connector (top) is used with an adapter to adapter (AA) SAS CABLE, (3M #3681, 6M #3682), to directly connect the card sets. Paired adapters must reside on the same server/partition for IBM i, but can be in the same or separate servers/partitions for AIX/Linux. When unpaired adapters are used, specify #5921 Non-paired SAS RAID indicator.

Highlights

• SAS speed = 3Gb/s
• SAS-SSP, SMP are supported
• Supports Single controller with SAS y cables( #3692, 3693, 3694) for #5886 EXP 12S, or with SAS AI cable for Power 520/550 CEC
• Supports Dual controller with SAS x cables (#3661, #3662, #3663) and one interconnecting SAS (AA) cable (3M #3681 or 6M #3682) between paired controllers.
• Built-in auxiliary cache mirrors write cache for redundancy
• Attributes provided: PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter
• Attributes required: two adjacent PCI-X slots
• For 8204-E8A: (#5904)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 25 (Initial order maximum: 25)
  • OS level required:

    Single controller support

    • IBM i 5.4.5 or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP2 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 11 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.7 or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 5.2 or later.

    OS levels required for dual controller support

    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX levels requiring service packs will be available on or before January 31, 2010.
    • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code or later
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP2 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 11 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.7 or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 5.2 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note:

  • AIX supports Max of 1
  • Linux supports Max of 1
  • IBM i supports Max of 25
  • VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.1.0 or later.

(#5907) 36/72GB 4mm DAT72 SAS Tape Drive

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The 36/72 GB 4-mm Internal Tape Drive is a 5.25-inch, half-high, LVD 16-bit tape drive, for save/restore and archive functions. This DDS Gen5 tape drive uses IBM 4-mm data cartridges and is compression capable, providing a capacity of up to 72 GB.

Characteristics

• Capacity: 36 GB native mode, 72 GB (typical) compression mode
• DDS Gen5
• Form Factor: 5.25-inch half high
• Media: IBM 4-mm supports DAT72 media
• Technology: Helical scan, rotating head
• Operation: Streaming
• Data Transfer Rate: 3MBps native mode, 6MBps (typical) compression
• Interface: Serial Attached SCSI(SAS)

Compatability:

• DDS3 - 12 GB native (Read/Write), 24 GB compression (Read/Write)
• DDS4 - 20 GB native (Read/Write), 40 GB compression (Read/Write)
• DAT72 - 36 GB native (Read/Write), 72 GB compression (Read/Write)
• Attributes provided: 4mm tape capability
• Attributes required: One 1.6-inch (41mm) half-high media bay and one internal SAS port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5907)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

Note: Maximum of 1 allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux. System maximum of 1 under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

(#5908) PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter (BSC)

PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter provides disk controller drive or SSD controller function using PCI-X DDR technology, a maximum of 1.5GB compressed write cache and a maximum 1.6GB compressed read cache. Auxiliary write cache and concurrent battery maintenance are provided. The controller is implemented using two physical cards that are firmly connected and requires two adjacent PCI slots. It provides three mini-SAS 4x connectors for the attachment of SAS drives located in a #5886 EXP 12S Expansion Drawers. The controller supports a maximum of five SAS #5886 EXP 12S Expansion Drawers. It supports up to 6 drive slots in one POWER6 560/ 570 CEC drawers and up to three POWER6 560/570 drawers in the same server. With proper cabling and configuration, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk or SSD. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS drive failure occur. CCIN is 572F/575C.

The adapter provides RAID 0, RAID 5, RAID 6 and RAID 10 for AIX linux. Under IBM i OS, mirroring and data spreading is provided by the operating system and RAID 5 and RAID6 is provided by the adapter.

#5904, #5906 and #5908 are all feature codes representing the same physical cards, but different feature codes are used to indicate if a blind swap cassette is used and its type. #5908 indicates a Gen-3 blind swap cassette used in enclosures such as the 19-inch #5790, 5796 or Power 570 CEC.

With the optional pairing of adapters, an even higher level of protection beyond, auxiliary cache is provided via a dual controller I/O configuration to protect against the failure of an entire adapter. In such a high availability I/O configuration, SAS X cables are used to attach #5886 EXP 12S Expansion Drawers and the 4th mini-SAS connector (top) is used with an adapter to adapter (AA) SAS CABLE, (3M #3681, 6M #3682), to directly connect the card sets. Paired adapters must reside on the same server/partition for IBM i, but can be in the same or separate servers/partitions for AIX/Linux. When unpaired adapters are used, specify #5921 Non-paired SAS RAID indicator.

Highlights

• SAS speed = 3Gb/s
• SAS-SSP, SMP are supported
• Supports Single controller with SAS y cables( #3692, 3693, 3694) for #5886 EXP 12S or with SAS AI cables for Power 560/570 CEC
• Supports Dual controller with SAS x cables (#3661, #3662, #3663) and one interconnecting SAS (AA) cable (3M #3681 or 6M #3682) between paired controllers.
• Built-in auxiliary cache mirrors write cache for redundancy
• Attributes provided: PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter
• Attributes required: two adjacent PCI-X slots
• For 8204-E8A: (#5908)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:

    Single controller support

    • IBM i 5.4.5 or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP2 for POWER Systems, or later
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 11 for POWER Systems, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.7 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 5.2 or later

    OS level required for Dual controller support

    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-11 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level and Service Pack 2, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 8, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-04 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level and Service Pack 3, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 6, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX levels requiring service packs will be available on or before January 31, 2010.
    • IBM i 6.1 with 6.1.1 machine code or later
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP2 for POWER Systems, or later
    • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 11 for POWER Systems, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.7 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 5.2 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note:

  • AIX supports Max of 16
  • Linux supports Max of 16
  • IBM i supports Max of 24
  • VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.1.0 or later

(#5912) PCI-X DDR Dual - x4 SAS Adapter

The PCI-X DDR Dual Connector x4 SAS Adapter is a low-profile short form factor adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance applications. With proper cabling, multiple wide ports are used to provide redundant paths to each dual port SAS disk. The adapter manages SAS path redundancy and path switching should a SAS failure occur. RAID levels 0 (with mirroring) and 10 are supported. FC 5912 may also be used in a High Availability configuration using two adapters.

Highlights

• Supports 48 SAS disks, when configured with four FC 5886 12S disk expansion drawers
• Removable Media Device Supported
• SAS speed = 3Gbs
• SATA speed = 1.5Gbs
• SAS Serial SCSI Protocol (SSP) , Serial ATA Tunneling Protocol (STP) and Serial Management Protocol (SMP)
• RAID 0 (with mirroring) and 10
• Dual controller supports mirrored RAID parity footprints
• Concurrent Firmware Update
• Attributes provided: Eight physical links via two mini SAS 4x connectors
• Attributes required: One PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#5912)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 58)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 4
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 5
    • IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.6, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

Note: Maximum of two allowed in CEC under AIX, IBM i, or Linux.

System maximum of 58 under AIX or Linux; 36 under IBM i.

(#5921) - Non-paired PCIx SAS RAID Indicator

Add feature 5921 for every instance of a non-paired PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter (#5904, #5906, or #5908). IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

• Attributes required: For each non-paired PCI-X DDR 1.5GB Cache SAS RAID Adapter #5921 is required.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5921)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5922) Non-paired SAS RAID indicator

Feature 5922 is added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter.

• Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
• Attributes required: Every #5922 requires a SAS RAID adapter on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5922)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 58 (Initial order maximum: 58)
  • OS level required: none
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5923) Non-paired PCIe SAS RAID Indicator

Feature 5923 must be added for every instance of a non-paired SAS RAID adapter #5903. It identifies a specific high availability configuration supported by AIX or Linux which has one #5903 on one system and the paired #5903 located on a second system. IBM i does not support paired adapter on different servers.

• Attributes provided: SAS RAID adapter firmware disables write cache until a second SAS RAID adapter is recognized.
• Attributes required: Every #5923 requires a SAS RAID adapter (#5903) on both this server and on another server that will pair up the SAS RAID adapter and enable the onboard caches to function.
• For 8204-E8A: (#5923)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 41 (Initial order maximum: 41)
  • OS level required: none
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#5951) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5951)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5952) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French, #189

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5952)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5953) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5953)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5954) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5954)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5955) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5955)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5956) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5956)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5957) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194P Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5957)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5958) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5958)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5959) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5959)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5960) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5960)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5961) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese #467 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5961)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5962) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5962)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5963) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5963)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5964) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/UK, #120

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/UK #120 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5964)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5965) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5965)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5966) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5966)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5967) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5967)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5968) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss, French/German #150 /F/G Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5968)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5969) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5969)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5970) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143

This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5970)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5971) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5971)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5972) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5972)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5973) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5973)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5974) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5974)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5975) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5975)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5976) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243

This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5976)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5977) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5977)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5978) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5978)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5979) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #253 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5979)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5980) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5980)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5981) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5981)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5982) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234

This feature provides a USB attached Slovenian #234 Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5982)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#5983) Full Width Keyboard -- USB, US English Euro, #103P

This feature provides a USB attached US English EURO #103P Quiet Touch keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#5983)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6001) Power Control Cable (SPCN) 2 meter

This feature provides a two-meter power control cable.

• Attributes provided: 2M power control cable
• Attributes required: I/O drawer
• For 8204-E8A: (#6001)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6006) Power Control Cable (SPCN) 3 meter

This feature provides a three-meter power control cable.

• Attributes provided: 3M power control cable.
• Attributes required: two drawers in the same rack.
• For 8204-E8A: (#6006)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6007) Power Control Cable (SPCN) 15 meter

This feature provides a fifteen-meter power control cable.

• Attributes provided: 15M power control cable.
• Attributes required: I/O drawer
• For 8204-E8A: (#6007)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6008) Power Control Cable (SPCN) 6 meter

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a six-meter power control cable.

• Attributes provided: 6M power control cable
• Attributes required: I/O drawer
• For 8204-E8A: (#6008)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6029) Power Control Cable (SPCN) 30 meter

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a thirty-meter power control cable.

• Attributes provided: 30M power control cable.
• Attributes required: two drawers in the same rack.
• For 8204-E8A: (#6029)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6068) Opt Front Door for 1.8m Rack

#6068 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0551 19 Inch 1.8m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.

• Attributes provided: Front Door
• Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#6068)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6069) Opt Front Door for 2.0m Rack

#6069 provides an attractive black full height rack door on the #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack. The door is steel, with a perforated flat front surface. The perforation pattern extends from the bottom to the top of the door to enhance ventilation and provide some visibility into the rack.

• Attributes provided: Front Door
• Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#6069)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6246) 1.8m Rack Trim Kit

#6246 provides a decorative trim kit for the front of an #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack.

• Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
• Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#6246)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6247) 2.0m Rack Trim Kit

#6247 provides a decorative trim kit for the front of a #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack.

• Attributes provided: Decorative trim kit
• Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#6247)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6248) 1.8m Rack Acoustic Doors

#6248 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6248 results in a larger footprint and requires additional space.

• Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
• Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#6248)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6249) 2.0m Rack Acoustic Doors

#6249 provides front and rear doors for use with the #0553 19 inch 2.0m Rack. This door kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired. #6249 results in a larger footprint and requires additional space.

• Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
• Attributes required: #0553 19 inch 2.0 meter Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#6249)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6312) Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter

The Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter is a highly integrated, intelligent IO adapter designed for use in computer telephony applications. The adapter is a 4 port, full length, universal PCI 2.2 compliant adapter. It performs voice processing for up to four T1 or E1 digital trunks, providing connectivity for 96 (T1) or 120 (E1) voice channels in a single PCI slot. The adapter is made up of two separate cards. A base card that interfaces with the host system and performs telephony processing functions, and a daughter card that provides the physical interface to the switch. The voice processing function is provided by WebSphere Voice Response for AIX LPP with Direct Talk Technology.

In conjunction with this adapter, network attachment cables using industry standard RJ-48 connector can be obtained from commercial cable suppliers in a variety of lengths to suit the particular installation. Additional information about these cables can be obtained by referring to this adapter's Installation and User's Guide.

Note: When 2 to 4 Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapters (#6312) are ordered and planned to be used in a single partition, the Artic960RxD Quad DTA, H.100, 4-drop Cable (#2877) is required. When more than 4 Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapters (#6312) are ordered and planned to be used in a single partition, the H.100 Bus 8-Position Cable (#4353) is required.

Limitations: The Quad Digital Trunk Telephony PCI Adapter (#6312) cannot reside in the same system with the IBM ARTIC960RxD Quad Digital Trunk PCI Adapter (#6310).

• Attributes provided: Connection of 1 to 4 T1/E1 Trunk lines.
• Attributes required: One available PCI slot and WebSphere Voice Response for AIX LPP application software.
• For 8204-E8A: (#6312)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6417) RIO-2 Bus Adapter

The #6417 feature allows existing HSL and optical HSL connected towers the option of switching to copper RIO-2 connectivity. The #6417 has two RIO-2 ports and provides connectivity for #0595, #5094, and #5294 PCI expansion towers and expansion units.

• Attributes provided: Two ports of RIO-2 connectivity
• Attributes required: Bus adapter slot in PCI expansion tower/unit
• For 8204-E8A: (#6417)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6438) RIO-2 Remote I/O Loop Adapter

This feature provides two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports for attaching the I/O drawer to a server. Up to six #5790 I/O drawers can be included in a single loop.

• Attributes provided: Two RIO-2 Remote I/O ports
• For 8204-E8A: (#6438)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX - not supported
    • i5/OS - V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later
    • Linux - not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6446) Dual-port 12X Channel Attach- Short Run

This Adapter is the interface for attachment of the I/O Drawer to a 12X Channel loop. The adapter includes two 12X Channel connectors to support attachment of the I/O drawer into the loop. This adapter does not include the repeater function and is intended to support configurations where the Host system and the external I/O drawers in the loop are located in the same rack.

Cables attached to this adapter have the following restrictions. Cables between this adapter and a host system may not exceed 3.0 Meters in length. Cables between two I/O Drawers may not exceed 1.5 Meters if both I/O drawers include this Short Run adapter feature #6446. Cables between two I/O Drawers may not exceed 3.0 Meters if either of the I/O drawers includes this Short Run adapter feature #6446. The required 12X Cables are ordered under a separate feature number.

• Attributes provided: 12X Channel Interface Connection
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#6446)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 TL9 or later
    • AIX 6.1 TL2 or later
    • IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later
    • Linux - For information about support on Red Hat Enterprise Linux and SUSE Linux see URL:

      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6451) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6451 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6451 has a type 69 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#6451)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6452) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6452 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6452 has a type 62 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#6452)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6454) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6454 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6454 has a type 66 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#6454)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6455) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6455 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6455 has a type 5 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#6455)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6456) 4.3m (14-Ft) 200-240V/12A Pwr Cord

Distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6456 has a type 57 plug and a right angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: N/A
• For 8204-E8A: (#6456)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6457) Dual-port 12X Channel Attach- Long Run

This Adapter is the interface for attachment of the I/O Drawer to a 12X Channel loop. The adapter includes two 12X channel connectors to support attachment of the drawer into the loop. This adapter includes the repeater function and can support longer cable loops allowing drawers to be located in adjacent racks. 12X Cables up to 8 Meters in length can be attached to this adapter. The required 12X Cables are ordered under a separate feature number.

• Attributes provided: 12X Channel Interface Connection
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#6457)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 TL9 or later
    • AIX 6.1 TL2 or later
    • IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later
    • Linux - For information about support on Red Hat Enterprise Linux and SUSE Linux see URL:

      http://www.ibm.com/systems/p/hardware/factsfeatures.html

  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6458) Power Cable -- Drawer to IBM PDU, 14-foot, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU).

• Attributes provided: Power cable
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6458)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6459) 3.7m (12-Ft) 250V/10A RA Pwr Cd

#6459 is a 12-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a Power Distribution Unit to a drawer in an expansion tower/ rack. #6459 has an IEC320 C14 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6459)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 250)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6460) Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6460 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6460)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6461) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6461 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6461 has a type 18 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6461)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6462) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6462 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6462 has a type 19 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6462)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6463) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6463 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6463 has a type 23 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6463)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6464) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6464 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6464 has a type 32 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6464)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6465) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6465 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6465 has a type 24 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6465)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6466) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6466 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6466 has a type 22 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6466)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6467) 4.3m (14-Ft) 250V/10A Power Cord

#6467 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6467 has a type 25 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6467)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6468) 4.3m (14-Ft)250V/10A Power Cord

#6468 is a 14-foot 250V/10A power cord that distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6468 has a type 6 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6468)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6469) Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), U. S.

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6469 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6469)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6470) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6470 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6470)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6471) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #70 (iNMETRO NBR 6147, NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6471 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Brazil

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6471)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6472) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #18 (CEE 7 VII). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6472 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia/Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Comoros, Conogo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Dahomey, Djibuouti, Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Etrhiopia, Finland, France, French Polynesia, French Guyana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Kazakhstan, Krygystan, Laos, Latvia, Lebanon, Lintuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Macedonia, Mali, Martinigue, Mauritania, Mauritus, Mayotte, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger, North Korea (C19 only), Norway, Poland, Portugal, Principe, Reunion, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, St. Thomas, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia, Somalia, South Korea (C19 only), Spain, Surinam, Sweden, Syria, Tahiti, Tajikistan, Togo, Tunesia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis & Futuna, Zaire, Zimbabwe.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6472)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6473) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #19 (CEE). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B- 2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6473 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Denmark

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6473)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6474) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #23 (BS 1364A). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6474 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia, Grenada, Grenadines, Guyana, Hong Kong, Iraq, Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta, Myanmar, Nkigeria, Oman, Qatar, Sierra Leone, Singapore, St. Kitts, St. Lucia, Seychelles, Sudan, Tanzania, Trinidad & Tobago, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6474)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6475) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #32 (SII 32-1971). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6475 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Israel

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6475)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6476) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #24 (SEV 24507). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6476 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Lichtenstein, Switzerland

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6476)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6477) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #22 (SABS 164). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6477 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Bangladesh, LeSotho, Maceo, Maldives, Nambia, Pakistan, Samoa, South Africa, Sri Lanka, Swaziland Uganda

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6477)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6478) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #25 (CEI 23-16). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6478 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Chile, Italy, Libya

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6478)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6479) Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6479 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Australia Fiji Islands Kiribati Nauru New Zealand Papua New Guinea W. Samoa

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6479)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6487) Power Cord (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6487 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia, Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Philippines, St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6487)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6488) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A )

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. 125V, 15A or 250V, 10A, Plug Type #2. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6488 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6488)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6489) 4.3m (14-Ft) 3PH/24A Power Cord

#6489 is a 14-FT/4.3m 3PH/24A power cable with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes provided: power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6489)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6491) 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/48A Pwr Cord

#6491 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/48A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes provided: power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6491)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6493) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #62 (GB 1053). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6493 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: People's Republic of China

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6493)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6494) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #69 (IS 6538). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6494 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: India

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6494)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6495) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #73. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6495 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Brazil

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6495)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6496) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #66 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6496 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: North Korea, South Korea

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6496)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6497) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #10 (NEMA L6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6497 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord. Canada Colombia Japan Mexico United States

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6497)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6580) Optional Rack Security Kit

This feature provides hardware that can be added to a rack to prevent unauthorized access. It includes keyed front and rear locks for the #0553 rack doors. It also includes two sliding bars that mount inside the left and right rack side panels. The sliding bars are accessible when the rack rear door is open. They can be moved to a position that disables the external latches on the rack side panels, and prevents removal of the side panels.

• Attributes provided: Locking hardware for rack doors and sidepanels
• Attributes required: #0553 19-Inch Rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#6580)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6586) Modem Tray for 19-Inch Rack

This feature provides hardware for installing one or two modems in a 19-inch rack. The modem tray occupies 1U of rack space when it is mounted in the front of the rack. It provides a secure location in the rack for external modems such as the ones attached to the Hardware Management Console.

• Attributes provided: Hdw. to support two modems
• Attributes required: 19-inch rack with 1U rack space available
• For 8204-E8A: (#6586)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6651) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #75 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6651 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6651)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6655) 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord

#6655 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A water-resistant power cord with a Type 40 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes provided: power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6655)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6656) 4.3m (14-Ft)1PH/24A Power Cord

#6656 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A power cord with a Type 46 plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes provided: power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6656)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6657) 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Power Cord

#6657 is a 14-FT/4.3m 1PH/24A power cord with a Type PDL plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes provided: PDU power cable
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6657)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6658) 4.3m (14-Ft) 1PH/24A Pwr Cd-Korea

#6658 is a 14-FT/4.3m 200-240V/24A power cord with a Type KP plug which distributes power from a power source to a Power Distribution Unit.

• Attributes provided: PDU power cable
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6658)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6659) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #76 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6659 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6659)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6660) Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer To OEM PDU (125V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

• Attributes provided: Power Cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6660)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6662) 4.3m (14-Ft) 240V/15A Power Cord

Distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6662 has a type-78 plug and a IEC320 C19 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cable
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6662)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6663) 4.3m (14-Ft) 240V/15A Power Cord

Distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6663 has a type 76 plug and a IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: power cable
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6663)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6665) Power Cord 3 M (10 ft), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 3 M (10-foot) length. Use this cord with PDUs that have IEC320/C19 connectors.

• Attributes provided: Power Cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6665)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6669) Power Cord (14-foot), Drawer to OEM PDU, (250V, 15A)

This power cord goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 14-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

• Attributes provided: Power Cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6669)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6670) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A),

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6670)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6671) Power Cord (9-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard IBM rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 9-foot length.

• Attributes provided: Power Cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6671)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6672) Power Cord (5-foot), Drawer to IBM PDU, 250V/10A

Standard rack power cable that goes from the system or I/O drawer to the rack power distribution unit (PDU). 5-foot length.

• Attributes provided: Power Cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6672)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6680) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A)

This insulated power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6680 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Australia, Fiji Islands, Kiribati, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, W. Samoa.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6680)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6681) 4.3m (14-Ft) 200-240V/10A Pwr Cord

Distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6681 has an insulated type 6 plug and a right-angle IEC320 C13 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power Cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6681)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6687) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A)

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #57 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the DENAN marking requirement in Japan.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6687)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6691) 4.3m (14-Ft) 200-240V/12A Pwr Cord

Distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6691 has a type-57 plug and a IEC320 C19 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power Cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6691)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6692) 4.3m (14-Ft) 200-240V/10A Pwr Cord

Distributes power from a wall outlet to a system unit. #6692 has an insulated type-54 plug and a IEC320 C19 connector.

• Attributes provided: Power cord
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#6692)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#6699) RIO-2 Bus Adapter

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

The #6699 feature allows RIO-2 connectivity for #0595. The #6699 has two RIO-2 ports and provides connectivity for #0595 PCI/SCSI Disk expansion drawers.

• Attributes provided: Two ports of RIO-2 connectivity
• Attributes required: Bus adapter slot in #0595 PCI/SCSI Disk expansion drawer
• For 8204-E8A: (#6699)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#6805) PCI 2-Line WAN IOA No IOP

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

Feature Code #6805 is a 2 RVX port WAN IOA that supports multiple protocols on Asynchronous and Synchronous Mode connections

On the IBM i Operating system, the #6805 may be used either with or without an IOP.

• When under an IOP, #6805 supports PPP (Point to Point Protocol), ASC (Async), and Fax protocols on an Asynchronous Connection, and PPP, BSC (Bisync), SDLC , X.25, and FR (Frame Relay) protocols on a Synchronous Connection

• When the #6805 is IOPless, it supports PPP, ASC, and Fax protocols on an Asynchronous Connection, but only supports Synchronous PPP, and BSC (Bisync) protocols on a Synchronous Connection.

       Connection                   | With an IOP   | IOPless   |
       -----------------------------|---------------|-----------|
       Asynchronous Connection:     |               |           |
       PPP (Point to Point Protocol)|      Yes      |    Yes    |
       ASC (Async)                  |      Yes      |    Yes    |
       FAX                          |      Yes      |    Yes    |
                                    |               |           |
       Synchronous Connection:      |               |           |
       Sync PPP                     |      Yes      |    Yes    |
       BSC (Bisync)                 |      Yes      |    Yes    |
       SDLC                         |      Yes      |    No     |
       X.25                         |      Yes      |    No     |
       FR (Frame Relay)             |      Yes      |    No     |
 

The #6805 supports SNA only if configured with an IOP. If SNA is required in an IOPless environment, IBM i Enterprise Extender supports SNA over a LAN Connection and encapsulates the SNA frame within a TCP/IP frame.

The following self-configuring cables provide the physical connections to #6805:

• #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0349 - V.24/EIA232 50-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
• #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0354 - V.35 50-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
• #0356 - V.36 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0358 - V.36 80-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
• #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0360 - X.21 50-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
• #0365 - V.24/EIA232 80-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
• #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable

Note: The #0367 cable ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter. Multiple #0367 cables may be ordered (but only one per #6805) to serve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioning is utilized.

When #6805 is selected to support ECS, one of following cables must be specified:

• #0348 V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0349 V.24/EIA232 50-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)
• #0365 V.24/EIA232 80-Ft PCI Cable (support only, not orderable)

#6805 does not support remote power-on.

• Attributes provided: two RVX comm ports
• Attributes required: one 3V PCI/PCI-X slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#6805)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 81 (Initial order maximum: 81)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Maximum of 2 supported in CEC under IBM i. System maximum of 81 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#6808) PCI 4-Modem WAN IOA No IOP

The #6808 is a four-line WAN modem adapter, with four RJ-11 ports, it supports V.92 56K Async SLIP/PPP and V.34 Fax applications at data rates up to 33.6K via integrated modems. Connection to the V.92 ports is via telephone cable. The V.92 functions offer increased upload throughput, improved V.44 data compression, and shortened modem synchronization periods.

The call waiting and modem on hold functions associated with V.92 are not supported.

Remote power on via ring-indicator and SDLC are not supported.

#6808 does not support SNA communications except through the IBM i V5R4 Enterprise Extender function.

#6808 does not have complex impedance matching (CIM).

This version of the four-line WAN modem adapter does not require an I/O processor.

#6808 does not make use of an IOP.

A minimum of one modem cable must be ordered for each #6808. All modem cables installed on a system must be the same feature number.

• #1010 Modem Cable - Austria
• #1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
• #1012 Modem Cable - Africa
• #1013 Modem Cable - Israel (supported only, not orderable)
• #1014 Modem Cable - Italy
• #1015 Modem Cable - France
• #1016 Modem Cable - Germany
• #1017 Modem Cable - UK
• #1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
• #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
• #1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
• #1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
• #1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
• #1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
• #1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada

• Attributes provided: four WAN ports
• Attributes required: one PCI slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#6808)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 41 (Initial order maximum: 41)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: CEC maximum of 2 under IBM i. System maximum of 41 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#6809) PCI 4-Modm WAN IOA NoIOP CIM

The #6809 is a four-line WAN modem adapter, with four RJ-11 ports, it supports V.92 56K Async SLIP/PPP and V.34 Fax applications at data rates up to 33.6K via internal modems. Connection to the V.92 ports is via telephone cable.

Remote power on via ring-indicator and SDLC are not supported.

#6809 does not support SNA communications except through the IBM i V5R4 Enterprise Extender function.

The #6809 has complex impedance matching (CIM).

This version of the four-line WAN modem adapter does not require an I/O processor. #6809 does not make use of an IOP.

A minimum of one modem cable must be ordered for each #6809. All modem cables installed on a system must be the same feature number.

• #1019 - Modem Cable - Australia
• #1020 - Modem Cable - HK/NZ

• Attributes provided: Four WAN with integrated modem ports
• Attributes required: One 3V long PCI slot
• For 8204-E8A: (#6809)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 41 (Initial order maximum: 41)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Maximum of 2 in CEC under IBM i. System maximum of 41 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#6833) PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem NoIOP

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The #6833 is a 2-line/port WAN w/modem adapter. This feature is the non-CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version offered in all countries except Australia and New Zealand.

Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44 data compression, V.34 FAX modem and FAX functions, such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion. Port 0 does not provide Sync modem capabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP).

Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols, including synchronous operations.

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0(modem port):

• #1010 Modem Cable - Austria
• #1011 Modem Cable - Belgium
• #1012 Modem Cable - Africa
• #1013 Modem Cable - Israel (supported not orderable)
• #1014 Modem Cable - Italy
• #1015 Modem Cable - France
• #1016 Modem Cable - Germany
• #1017 Modem Cable - UK
• #1018 Modem Cable - Iceland/Sweden
• #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ
• #1021 Modem Cable - Fin/Nor
• #1022 Modem Cable - Netherlands
• #1023 Modem Cable - Swiss
• #1024 Modem Cable - Denmark
• #1025 Modem Cable - US/Canada

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1(RVX port):

• #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0356 - V.36 20-Ft PCI Cable (supported only, not orderable)
• #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable (ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter)
  • Multiple #0367 cables can be ordered (but only one per #6833) to serve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioning is utilized.

ECS is supported from both the modem port, and the RVX port. The following cable is required to support ECS from the RVX port:

• #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable

The #6833 does not support the remote ring indicate function.

#6833 does not support SNA communications except through IBM i V5R4 Enterprise Extender function.

• Attributes provided: One RVX port and one integrated modem port
• Attributes required: One PCI slot (3 volt)
• For 8204-E8A: (#6833)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 81 (Initial order maximum: 81)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Maximum of 2 supported in CEC under IBM i. System maximum of 81 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#6834) PCI 2-Ln WAN w/Mod NoIOP CIM

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

The #6834 is a 2-line/port WAN w/modem adapter. This feature is the CIM (Complex Impedance Matching) version which is offered only in Australia and New Zealand.

#6834 is functionally equivalent to #0614/#2793/#9793, but #6834 indicates to IBM configurator tools that the IOA is being used by IBM i in an IOP-less mode.

#6834/#9934 is physically the same card as the IOP-less #6804/ #9494, but with IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code additional function is provided including the use of the 2nd communication port and a separate feature code is used to denote this.

Port 0 is the modem port and supports V.92 56K Async PPP, V.92 data modem, V.44 data compression, V.34 FAX modem and FAX functions, such as ECM and 2D/1D conversion. Port 0 does not provide Sync modem capabilities (SDLC and Sync PPP).

Port 1 is the RVX port and supports multiple communications protocols, including synchronous operations.

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 0(modem port):

• #1019 Modem Cable - Australia
• #1020 Modem Cable - HK/NZ

Select one of the following cables to attach to port 1(RVX port):

• #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0353 - V.35 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0356 - V.36 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0359 - X.21 20-Ft PCI Cable
• #0367 - Operations Console PCI Cable (ships with a 25 pin to 9 pin adapter)
  • Multiple #0367 cables can be ordered to serve as consoles for secondary partitions when Logical Partitioning is utilized.

ECS is supported from both the modem port, and the RVX port. The following cable is required to support ECS from the RVX port:

• #0348 - V.24/EIA232 20-Ft PCI Cable

The #6834 does not support the remote ring indicate function.

#6834 does not support SNA communications except through the IBM i V5R4 Enterprise Extender function.

• Attributes provided: One RVX port and one integrated modem port
• Attributes required: One PCI slot (3 volt)
• For 8204-E8A: (#6834)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 81 (Initial order maximum: 81)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: Maximum of 2 supported in CEC under IBM i. System maximum of 2 under IBM i. Not supported under AIX or Linux.

(#7109) Intelligent PDU+, 1 EIA Unit, Universal UTG0247 Connector

This feature is for an intelligent AC power distribution unit (PDU+) that will allow the user to monitor the amount of power being used by the devices that are plugged in to this PDU+. This AC power distribution unit provides twelve C13 power outlets. It receives power through a UTG0247 connector. It can be used for many different countries and applications by varying the PDU to Wall Power Cord, which must be ordered separately. Each PDU requires one PDU to Wall Power Cord. Supported power cords include the following features: #6489, #6491, #6492, #6653, #6654, #6655, #6656, #6657, and #6658.

• Attributes provided: Twelve C13 outlets with Power Monitoring Capability
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#7109)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: When purchased on an MES order with a feature code rack. This PDU will be mounted in the rear side pockets until all 4 side pockets on the rack have been filled. Any additional PDUs on the order will be mounted in 1 unit of EIA rack space. When purchased as an MES order for addition to a rack in the field. This PDU may not fit in the side pockets of your rack due to a hardware interference with the rack, and may require mounting in 1 unit of rack EIA space. Insure rack space is available before placing the MES order for this PDU when it is being ordered for field installation.

(#7146) IBM/OEM Rack-Mount Drawer Rail Kit

This feature provides a rack rail kit used to install a rack-mount system in an IBM or OEM 19-inch rack.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: #7359 or #7360
• For 8204-E8A: (#7146)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7188) Power Distribution Unit

An AC Power Distribution Unit (PDU) which mounts in a 19" rack and provides twelve C13 power outlets. The #7188 has six 16A circuit breakers, with two power outlets per circuit breaker. System units and/or expansion units must use a power cord with a C14 plug to connect to the #7188.

One of the following line cords must be used to distribute power from a wall outlet to the #7188;

• #6489 - 14-Ft 3PH/24A Power Cord
• #6491 - 14-Ft 1PH/63A Pwr Cord
• #6492 - 14-Ft 1PH/48-60A Pwr Cord
• #6653 - 14-Ft 3PH/16A Power Cord
• #6654 - 14-Ft 1PH/24-30A Pwr Cord
• #6655 - 14-Ft 1PH/24-30A WR Pwr Cord
• #6656 - 14-Ft 1PH/32A Power Cord
• #6657 - 14-Ft 1PH/24A Power Cord
• #6658 - 14-Ft 1PH/24A Pwr Cd-Korea

• Attributes provided: Power Distribution Unit withTwelve C13 power outlets.
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#7188)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7204) Quantity 150 of #2124

Ships a quantity of 150 #2124 1m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2124 1m SCSI Cable
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#7204)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7205) Quantity 150 of #2125

Ships a quantity of 150 #2125 3m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2125 3m SCSI Cable
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#7205)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7206) Quantity 150 of #2126

Ships a quantity of 150 #2126 5m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2126 5m SCSI Cable
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#7206)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7207) Quantity 150 of #2127

Ships a quantity of 150 #2127 10m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2127 10m SCSI Cable
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#7207)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7208) Quantity 150 of #2128

Ships a quantity of 150 #2128 20m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2128 20m SCSI Cable
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#7208)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7213) Quantity 150 of #2138

(No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

Ships a quantity of 150 #2138 0.55m SCSI Cables. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single SCSI cable feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #2138 0.55m SCSI Cable
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#7213)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7217) OEM Deskside Cover Set (With door)

Indicates that this order is for a deskside system requiring OEM cover set. With door.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#7217)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7292) IBM Deskside Cover Set (With door)

Indicates that this order is for a deskside system requiring IBM cover set. With door.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#7292)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7307) Dual I/O Unit Enclosure

The #7307 enclosure provides the mounting hardware, with adjustable rails, required to install a #5790 I/O drawer in a #0551, #0553, #0554, or #0555 rack. The enclosure can accommodate two #5790 drawers, side by side, but it may also be used with only one #5790 drawer installed.

The #7307 and #7311 are functionally equivalent except the #7307 can be used in the #0554 and #0555 racks and has rails adjustable to 29.25 inches depth.

• Attributes provided: Rack mounting for two #5790 drawers
• Attributes required: Four EIA units of rack space in a #0551, #0553, #0554 or #0555 rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#7307)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7311) Dual I/O Unit Enclosure

(No Longer Available as of June 1, 2006)

The #7311 enclosure provides the mounting hardware required to install a #5790 I/O drawer in a #0551 or #0553 rack. The enclosure can accommodate two #5790 drawers, side by side, but it may also be used with only one #5790 drawer installed.

• Attributes provided: Rack mounting for two #5790 drawers
• Attributes required: Four EIA units of rack space in a #0551or #0553 rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#7311)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7314) I/O Drawer Mounting Enclosure

This enclosure is required to mount the #5796 I/O drawer or 7314-G30 I/O drawer in a 19" rack. It will accommodate one or two #5796/7314-G30 I/O drawers side by side in the same 4 EIA space in the rack. This feature contains the hardware required for mounting in a 7014 rack or in a 0551, 0553, 0555 feature number rack."

• Attributes provided: 19" rack mounting hardware and I/O module enclosure.
• Attributes required: 4 EIA of space in a 19-inch rack.
• For 8204-E8A: (#7314)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7359) OEM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware

Indicates that this order is for a rack-mount system requiring OEM bezel and hardware.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#7359)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7360) IBM Rack-mount Drawer Bezel and Hardware

Indicates that this order is for a rack-mount system requiring IBM bezel and hardware.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#7360)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7504) Quantity 150 of #4319

(No Longer Available as of August 30, 2005)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #4319 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: see feature #4319
• Attributes required: see feature #4319
• For 8204-E8A: (#7504)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7508) Quantity 150 of #4326

(No Longer Available as of May 8, 2007)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #4326 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: see feature #4326
• Attributes required: see feature #4326
• For 8204-E8A: (#7508)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7509) Quantity 150 of #4327

(No Longer Available as of February 3, 2009)

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #4327 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: see feature #4327
• Attributes required: see feature #4327
• For 8204-E8A: (#7509)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7510) Quantity 150 of #4328

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

Ships a quantity of 150 #4328 141.12GB disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: see feature #4328
• Attributes required: See feature #4328
• For 8204-E8A: (#7510)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7511) Quantity 150 of #4329

(No Longer Available as of February 3, 2009)

Ships a quantity of 150 #4329 280.25GB disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: see feature #4329
• Attributes required: See feature #4329
• For 8204-E8A: (#7511)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7514) Quantity 150 of #5741

(No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

Ships a quantity 150 #5741 EXP24 6 Disk Slot Enabler. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would select a single EXP24 6 Disk Slot Enabler feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: Quantity 150 of #5741 EXP24 6 Disk Slot Enabler
• Attributes required: See feature #5741
• For 8204-E8A: (#7514)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7517) Quantity 150 of #3676

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3676 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: see feature #3676
• Attributes required: see feature #3676
• For 8204-E8A: (#7517)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7518) Quantity 150 of #3677

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3677 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: see feature #3677
• Attributes required: see feature #3677
• For 8204-E8A: (#7518)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7519) Quantity 150 of #3678

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3678 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: see feature #3678
• Attributes required: see feature #3678
• For 8204-E8A: (#7519)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 Machine Code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7535) - Quantity 150 of #3586

Ships a quantity 150 of #3586, 69GB 3.5" SAS Solid State Drive

• Attributes provided: 150 #3586
• Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
• For 8204-E8A: (#7535)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later
    • AIX 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later
    • No IBM i Support
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10, Service Pack 2 or later
    • Red hat Enterprise Linux version 4.7 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux version 5.2 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#7536) Quantity 150 of #3587

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3587 disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: See feature #3587
• Attributes required: See feature #3587
• For 8204-E8A: (#7536)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 5.4.5, or later
    • Not supported under AIX
    • Not supported under Linux
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7538) Quantity 150 of #3658

This feature ships a quantity of 150 #3658 (428 GB SAS) disk units. The configurator may either generate this feature or allow users to select this feature as they would any other single disk unit feature. This feature remains on the inventory records.

• Attributes provided: see feature #3658
• Attributes required: see feature #3658
• For 8204-E8A: (#7538)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i 6.1, or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7549) - Quantity 150 of #3647

Ships a quantity 150 of #3647 146GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

• Attributes provided: 150 of #3647 for every #7549
• Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bay
• For 8204-E8A: (#7549)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later.
    • AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#7564) - Quantity 150 of #3648

Quantity of 150 of #3648

• Attributes provided: 150 #3648 for each #7564
• Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
• For 8204-E8A: (#7564)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later.
    • AIX 6.1 or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise LInux for POWER, version 4.5, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#7565) - Quantity 150 of #3649

Quantity 150 of #3649 450GB 15K RPM SAS Disk Drive

• Attributes provided: 150 #3649
• Attributes required: Available 3.5-inch SAS disk bays
• For 8204-E8A: (#7565)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required:
    • IBM i - not supported
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level and Service Pack 10
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 5
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 7
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 3
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 4.5 or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER version 5.1 or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

  Note: VIOS attachment requires VIOS 2.1.2.0 or later

(#7707) Power Supply, 1700 Watt AC, Hot-swap, Base and Redundant

This feature provides a 1700 Watt AC power supply, either as the primary power supply in the system, or the secondary power supply for redundant power. A power cord must be ordered for each power supply ordered. The two power supplies dock directly to the system board.

• Attributes provided: 1700 Watt AC Power Supply
• Attributes required: Available Power Supply Bay
• For 8204-E8A: (#7703)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7708) Power Supply, 1700 Watt DC, Hot-swap, Base and Redundant This

feature provides a 1700 Watt DC power supply, either as the primary power supply in the system, or the secondary power supply for redundant power. A power cord (power supply to external power source) is included with this feature. The two power supplies dock directly to the system board.

• Attributes provided: 1700 Watt DC Power Supply
• Attributes required: Available Power Supply Bay
• For 8204-E8A: (#7703)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 4.5, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7780) 2.0m Rack Side Attach Kit

This feature allows a row of racks without side panels to be bolted together in a continuous suite, using the provided side-to-side rack connecting hardware. When multiple racks are joined in this way, cables can be easily run between racks without exiting the continuous rack enclosure. A small gap is maintained between the two adjacent racks, which is filled by three matching steel trim pieces that snap into place on the front, top, and rear, between each rack. The trim pieces cover the space between each rack for an enhanced appearance and for additional protection of the equipment inside the racks. Side panels are needed only for the two end racks of the suite.

• Attributes provided: Hardware and trim to attach two racks
• Attributes required: #0553 rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#7780)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7801) Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a six meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

• Attributes provided: 6M Ethernet Cable
• Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
• For 8204-E8A: (#7801)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7802) Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

This feature provides a fifteen meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

• Attributes provided: 15M Ethernet Cable
• Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
• For 8204-E8A: (#7802)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7840) Side-by-Side for 1.8m Racks

This feature allows a row of racks without side panels to be bolted together in a continuous suite, using the provided side to side rack connecting hardware. When multiple racks are joined in this way, cables can be easily run between racks without having to exit the continuous rack enclosure. A small gap is maintained between the two adjacent racks, which is filled by three matching steel trim pieces that snap into place on the front, top, and rear, between each rack. The trim pieces cover the space between each rack for an enhanced appearance and for additional protection of the equipment inside the racks. Side panels are needed only for the two end racks of the suite.

• Attributes provided: Hardware and trim to attach two racks
• Attributes required: #0551 rack
• For 8204-E8A: (#7840)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7841) Ruggedize Rack Kit

For enhanced rigidity and stability of the rack, the optional Ruggedized Rack Kit provides additional hardware that reinforces the rack and anchors it to the floor. This hardware is designed primarily for use in locations where earthquakes are a concern. The feature includes a large steel brace or truss that bolts into the rear of the rack. It is hinged on the left side so it can swing out of the way for easy access to the rack drawers when necessary. The Ruggedize Rack Kit also includes hardware for bolting the rack to a concrete floor or a similar surface, and bolt-in steel filler panels for any noccupied spaces in the rack.

• Attributes provided: Rear brace, bolt down hardware, bolt in frontfiller panels
• Attributes required: #0551 19 inch 1.8m Rack or #0553 19 inch 2.0MRack
• For 8204-E8A: (#7841)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#7863) PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Double Wide Adapters, Type II

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for double slot width PCI adapters. It also includes the necessary hardware to adapt the cassette to mount various sizes of PCI cards.

• Attributes provided: Blind swap PCI cassette
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#7863)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 36 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7982) PowerVM Standard

This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. When PowerVM is installed in the system, all activated processors must have the PowerVM feature. A fully activated 2-core system requires that two of this feature be ordered. A fully activated 4-core system requires that four of this feature be ordered, and a fully activated 8-core system requires that eight of this feature be ordered. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and is intalled on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level.

Note: If feature 7982 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors.

• Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#7982)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7983) PowerVM Express

This feature allows the customer to create up to 3 logical partitions of any size in a system, which share processors and I/O. This feature does not require an HMC. PowerVM Starter may be managed by the Integrated Virtualization Manager (IVM). This feature allows users to try out the IVM and the VIOS, which they would not get with an HMC.

Note: If feature 7983 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors.

• Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#7983)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#7986) PowerVM Enterprise

This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. When Virtualization is installed in the system, all activated processors must have the Virtualization feature. A fully activated 2-core system requires that two of this feature be ordered. A fully activated 4-core system requires that four of this feature be ordered, and a fully activated 8-core system requires that eight of this feature be ordered. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and is intalled on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level. PowerVM Enterprise also includes Live Partition Mobility, which allows for the movement of a logical partition from one POWER6 server to another with no application downtime.

Note: If feature 7986 is ordered, the quantity ordered must be equal to the number of active processors.

• Attributes provided: Capability to partition processor
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#7986)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: N

(#8143) Linux Software Preinstall

#8143 is a prerequisite for preinstall #5005.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#8143)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 for POWER Systems, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8144) Linux Software Preinstall (SDIs)

#8144 is a prerequisite for preinstall #5005 or #7305.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#8144)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 for POWER Systems, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8308) DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape

This feature code provides a 6x3.5" DASD backplane. Contains no external SAS port. Supports connections for a slim SATA DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM and a 5.25 inch half high tape drive.

• Attributes provided: 3.5" DASD Backplane
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#8308)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
    • No IBM i support.
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 5 for POWER, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Update 1 for POWER, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#8310) DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with External SAS Port

This feature code provides a high function and high availability 6x3.5" DASD backplane with an external SAS port. The external SAS port on this feature supports a single feature 5886 drawer attachment (with cable #3668) and supports disk units within the CEC to be split into two distinct 3-disk groups (with cable #3669). Supports connections for a slim SATA DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM and a 5.25 inch half high tape drive.

• Attributes provided: 3.5" DASD Backplane with external SAS port
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#8310)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-08 Technology Level and Service Pack 7, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-09 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
    • AIX 5L for POWER version 5.3 with the 5300-10 Technology Level, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-00 Technology Level and Service Pack 9, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-01 Technology Level and Service Pack 5, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-02 Technology Level and Service Pack 4, or later.
    • AIX Version 6.1 with the 6100-03 Technology Level, or later.
    • IBM i 5.4.5, or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 5 for POWER, or later.
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 Update 1 for POWER, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#8341) DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/DVD/Tape

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

This feature code provides a 6x3.5" DASD backplane. Contains no external SAS port.

• Attributes provided: 3.5" DASD Backplane
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#8341)
  • Minimum required: 0)
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later.) AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#8345) DASD/Media Backplane for 3.5" DASD/DVD/Tape with External SAS Port

(No Longer Available as of May 29, 2009)

This feature code provides a high function and high availability 6x3.5" DASD backplane with an external SAS port. The external SAS port on this feature supports feature 5886 drawer only.

• Attributes provided: 3.5" DASD Backplane with external SAS port
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#8345)
  • Minimum required: 0)
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later.) AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later. AIX 6.1 or later. IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#8346) DASD/Media Backplane for 2.5" DASD/SATA DVD/Tape with External SAS Port

This feature code provides a high function and high availability 8x2.5" SFF (Small Form Factor) DASD backplane with an external SAS port. The external SAS port on this feature supports a single feature 5886 drawer only. Supports connection for a slim SATA DVD-ROM or DVD-RAM and a 5.25 inch half high tape drive.

• Attributes provided: 2.5" (SFF) DASD Backplane with external SAS port.
• Attributes required: Appropriate Op Panel Cable, #1878 for Rack-mount or #1856 for Deskside.
• For 8204-E8A: (#8346)
  • Minimum required: 0)
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-07 Technology Level or later
    • AIX 5.3 with the 5300-06 Technology Level with Service Pack 4 or later
    • AIX 6.1 or later
    • IBM i 6.1 or later
    • SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 for POWER Systems, or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, Version 4.5 or later
    • Red Hat Enterprise Linux for POWER, version 5.1 or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#8800) Keyboard - USB, US English, #103P

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8800)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8801) Keyboard - USB, French, #189

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8801)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8802) Keyboard - USB, Italian, #142

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8802)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8803) Keyboard - USB, German/Austrian, #129

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8803)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8804) Keyboard - USB, UK English, #166

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8804)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8805) Keyboard - USB, Spanish, #172

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8805)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8806) Keyboard - USB, Japanese, #194

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8806)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8807) Keyboard - USB, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8807)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8808) Keyboard - USB, Canadian French, #058

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8808)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8810) Keyboard - USB, Belgium/UK, #120

This feature provides a USB attached Belgium/UK #120 Quiet Touc keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8810)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8811) Keyboard - USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8811)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8812) Keyboard - USB, Danish, #159

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8812)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8813) Keyboard - USB, Bulgarian, #442

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8813)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8814) Keyboard - USB, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss/French/German #150F/G Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8814)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8816) Keyboard - USB, Norwegian, #155

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8816)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8817) Keyboard - USB, Dutch, #143

This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8817)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8818) Keyboard - USB, Portuguese, #163

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8818)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8819) Keyboard - USB, Greek, #319

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8819)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8820) Keyboard - USB, Hebrew, #212

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8820)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8821) Keyboard - USB, Hungarian, #208

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8821)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8823) Keyboard - USB, Polish, #214

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8823)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8825) Keyboard - USB, Slovakian, #245

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8825)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8826) Keyboard - USB, Czech, #243

This feature provides a USB attached Czeck #243 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8826)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8827) Keyboard - USB, Turkish, #179

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8827)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8829) Keyboard - USB, LA Spanish, #171

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8829)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8830) Keyboard - USB, Arabic, #253

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #253 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8830)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8833) Keyboard - USB, Korean, #413

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8833)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8834) Keyboard - USB, Chinese/US, #467

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese/US #467 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8834)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8835) Keyboard - USB, French Canadian, #445

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8835)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8836) Keyboard - USB, Thai, #191

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8836)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8838) Keyboard - USB, Russian, #443

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8838)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8839) Keyboard - USB, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105

This feature provides a USB attached Yugoslavian/Latin #105 Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8839)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8840) Keyboard - USB, US English (EMEA), #103P

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P (EMEA) Quiet Touch keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Not available in Japan. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: Keyboard
• Attributes required: USB Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8840)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#8841) Mouse - USB, with Keyboard Attachment Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2009)

This feature provides a three button USB mouse and a cable for attachment to a keyboard. Color is Business Black.

• Attributes provided: 3-Button USB Mouse
• Attributes required: Keyboard with USB Mouse Attachment Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8841)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: I BM i - not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#8845) - USB Mouse

The optical LED USB Mouse has 2 buttons and a scroll wheel that acts as a third button. Mouse cable is 1.8 meters long. OS does not support scrolling with the wheel. Business black with red scroll wheel.

• Attributes provided: 2-Button USB Mouse w/scroll wheel that acts as 3rd button.
• Attributes required: USB attachment Port
• For 8204-E8A: (#8845)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i - not supported
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No

(#9169) Order Routing Indicator - System Plant

This feature will be auto-selected by the Configurator Tool when required. Use of this feature will affect the routing of the order. Selection of this indicator will direct the order to a system plant for fulfillment.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9169)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9300) Language Group Specify - US English

English language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9300)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9440) New AIX License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run AIX.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9440)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9441) New IBM i License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run IBM i.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9441)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9442) New Red Hat License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run Red Hat Linux.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9442)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9443) New SUSE License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run SUSE Linux.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9443)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9444) Other AIX License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of existing AIX licenses transferred from another server.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9444)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9445) Other Linux License Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of existing Linux licenses transferred from another server.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9445)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9446) 3rd Party Linux Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run 3rd party Linux.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9446)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9447) VIOS Core Counter

This feature is used to count the number of cores licensed to run VIOS (Virtual I/O Server).

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9447)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9461) Month Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9461)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9462) Day Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9462)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 31 (Initial order maximum: 31)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9463) Hour Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9463)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9464) Minute Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9464)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 60 (Initial order maximum: 60)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9465) Qty Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9465)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 999 (Initial order maximum: 999)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9466) Countable Member Indicator

Administrative indicator used to enable configuration of orders with a total quantity greater than thirty to be processed.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9466)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9642) Power 550 Express Edition for IBM i

This feature code defines to the configurator a select minimum configuration for an 8204-E8A.

• Attributes provided: i Edition
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9642)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9645) Power 550 4-Core Solution Edition (2 i) for IBM i

This feature code defines to the configurator a select minimum configuration for an 8204-E8A 4-core solution offering. Includes two no-charge processor entitlements and two no-charge IBM i license entitlements.

• Attributes provided: Solution Edition for IBM i
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9645)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9646) Power 550 4-core Solution Edition (4 i) for IBM i

This feature code defines to the configurator a select minimum configuration for an 8204-E8A 4-core solution offering. Includes two no-charge processor entitlements and three no-charge IBM i license entitlements.

• Attributes provided: Solution Edition for IBM i
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9646)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: IBM i V5R4 with V5R4M5 machine code, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9700) Language Group Specify - Dutch

Dutch language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9700)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9703) Language Group Specify - French

French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9703)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9704) Language Group Specify - German

German language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: Language specify
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9704)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9705) Language Group Specify - Polish

Polish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: Language specify
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#9705)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9706) Language Group Specify - Norwegian

Norwegian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: Language specify
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9706)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9707) Language Group Specify - Portuguese

Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9707)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9708) Language Group Specify - Spanish

Spanish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9708)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9711) Language Group Specify - Italian

Italian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9711)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9712) Language Group Specify - Canadian French

Canadian French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9712)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9714) Language Group Specify - Japanese

Japanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9714)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9715) Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)

Traditional Chinese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9715)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9716) Language Group Specify - Korean

Korean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9716)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9718) Language Group Specify - Turkish

Turkish language group for nomenclature and publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9718)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9719) Language Group Specify - Hungarian

Hungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: none
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#9719)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9720) Language Group Specify - Slovakian

Slovakian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: none
• Attributes required: none
• For 8204-E8A: (#9720)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9721) Language Group Specify - Russian

Russian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9721)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9722) Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)

Simplified Chinese language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9722)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9724) Language Group Specify - Czech

Czech language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9724)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9725) Language Group Specify -- Romanian

Romanian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9725)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9726) Language Group Specify - Croatian

Croatian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: Language specify
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9726)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9727) Language Group Specify -- Slovenian

Slovenian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: None
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9727)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9728) Language Group Specify - Brazilian Portuguese

Brazilian Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: Language specify
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9728)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

(#9729) Language Group Specify - Thai

Thai language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

• Attributes provided: Language specify
• Attributes required: None
• For 8204-E8A: (#9729)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: N/A
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

Feature Exchanges

Not available.
Back to top
 

Accessories

None.

Customer Replacement Parts

None.
Back to top
 

Machine Elements

Not available.
Back to top
 

Supplies

None.

Supplemental Media

None.

Trademarks

(R), (TM), * Trademark or registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

** Company, product, or service name may be a trademark or service mark of others.

Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
 © IBM Corporation 2009.
Back to top